This is a modern-English version of The Science of Human Nature: A Psychology for Beginners, originally written by Pyle, William Henry.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
The Science of Human Nature
A PSYCHOLOGY FOR BEGINNERS
BY
WILLIAM HENRY PYLE
PROFESSOR OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI
BY
WILLIAM HENRY PYLE
PROFESSOR OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI

SILVER, BURDETT & COMPANY
BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
SILVER, BURDETT & COMPANY
BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
AUTHOR’S PREFACE
This book is written for young students in high schools and normal schools. No knowledge can be of more use to a young person than a knowledge of himself; no study can be more valuable to him than a study of himself. A study of the laws of human behavior,—that is the purpose of this book.
This book is written for young students in high schools and teacher training colleges. There’s no knowledge more useful to a young person than knowing themselves; no study more valuable for them than studying themselves. Understanding the principles of human behavior—that's the goal of this book.
What is human nature like? Why do we act as we do? How can we make ourselves different? How can we make others different? How can we make ourselves more efficient? How can we make our lives more worth while? This book is a manual intended to help young people to obtain such knowledge of human nature as will enable them to answer these questions.
What is human nature like? Why do we act the way we do? How can we change ourselves? How can we change others? How can we become more efficient? How can we make our lives more meaningful? This book is a guide designed to help young people gain an understanding of human nature that will allow them to answer these questions.
I have not attempted to write a complete text on psychology. There are already many such books, and good ones too. I have selected for treatment only such topics as young students can study with interest and profit. I have tried to keep in mind all the time the practical worth of the matters discussed, and the ability and experience of the intended readers.
I haven’t tried to write a comprehensive book on psychology. There are already plenty of those, and some are quite good. I’ve chosen only the topics that young students can explore with interest and benefit. I’ve always kept in mind the practical value of the subjects discussed, as well as the skills and experiences of the target readers.
TO THE TEACHER
This book can be only a guide to you. You are to help your students study human nature. You must, to some extent, be a psychologist yourself before you can teach psychology. You must yourself be a close and scientific student of human nature. Develop in the students the spirit of inquiry and investigation. Teach them to look to their own minds and their neighbor’s actions for verification of the statements of the text. Let the students solve by observation and experiment the questions and problems raised in the text and the exercises. The exercises should prove to be the most valuable part of the book. The first two chapters are the most difficult but ought to be read before the rest of the book is studied. If you think best, merely read these two chapters with the pupils, and after the book is finished come back to them for careful study.
This book is just a guide for you. You need to help your students understand human nature. To some degree, you have to be a psychologist yourself before you can teach psychology. You should be a careful and scientific observer of human behavior. Encourage your students to be curious and investigative. Teach them to look to their own thoughts and the actions of others to confirm the ideas in the text. Allow the students to address the questions and problems presented in the text and exercises through observation and experimentation. The exercises should end up being the most valuable part of the book. The first two chapters are the hardest but should be read before moving on to the rest of the book. If you prefer, just read these two chapters with the students, and after completing the book, revisit them for a more thorough study.
In the references, I have given parallel readings, for the most part to Titchener, Pillsbury, and Münsterberg. I have purposely limited the references, partly because a library will not be available to many who may use the book, and partly because the young student is likely to be confused by much reading from different sources before he has worked out some sort of system and a point of view of his own. Only the most capable members of a high school class will be able to profit much from the references given.
In the references, I've included parallel readings mainly from Titchener, Pillsbury, and Münsterberg. I've intentionally kept the references limited, partly because many who use the book might not have access to a library, and partly because young students can easily get confused by reading from too many sources before they develop their own system and perspective. Only the most capable members of a high school class are likely to benefit significantly from the references provided.
TO THE STUDENT
You are beginning the study of human nature. You can not study human nature from a book, you must study yourself and your neighbors. This book may help you to know what to look for and to understand what you find, but it can do little more than this. It is true, this text gives you many facts learned by psychologists, but you must verify the statements, or at least see their significance to you, or they will be of no worth to you. However, the facts considered here, properly understood and assimilated, ought to prove of great value to you. But perhaps of greater value will be the psychological frame of mind or attitude which you should acquire. The psychological attitude is that of seeking to find and understand the causes of human action, and the causes, consequences, and significance of the processes of the human mind. If your first course in psychology teaches you to look for these things, gives you some skill in finding them and in using the knowledge after you have it, your study should be quite worth while.
You are starting to explore human nature. You can't learn about human nature just from a book; you need to study yourself and those around you. This book might help you know what to look for and understand what you discover, but it can only do so much. While this text provides many facts gathered by psychologists, you need to verify these statements or at least see how they matter to you, or they won't be valuable. However, the facts discussed here, when understood and absorbed correctly, should be very useful to you. Yet, even more valuable might be the psychological perspective or mindset that you need to develop. This psychological mindset involves seeking to find and comprehend the causes of human action, as well as the causes, consequences, and significance of the processes of the human mind. If your first course in psychology teaches you to look for these things, gives you some skills in identifying them, and helps you apply that knowledge, your study will definitely be worthwhile.
EDITOR’S PREFACE
There are at least two possible approaches to the study of psychology by teacher-training students in high schools and by beginning students in normal schools.
There are at least two potential approaches to studying psychology for teacher-training students in high schools and for first-year students in training colleges.
One of these is through methods of teaching and subject matter. The other aims to give the simple, concrete facts of psychology as the science of the mind. The former presupposes a close relationship between psychology and methods of teaching and assumes that psychology is studied chiefly as an aid to teaching. The latter is less complicated. The plan contemplates the teaching of the simple fundamentals at first and applying them incidentally as the occasion demands. This latter point of view is in the main the point of view taken in the text.
One way is through teaching methods and subject matter. The other focuses on providing straightforward, concrete facts about psychology as the study of the mind. The first approach assumes a strong connection between psychology and teaching methods and suggests that psychology is mainly studied to help with teaching. The second approach is simpler. It involves teaching the basic fundamentals first and applying them as needed. This latter perspective is primarily the approach taken in the text.
The author has taught the material of the text to high school students to the end that he might present the fundamental facts of psychology in simple form.
The author has taught the content of the text to high school students so he could present the basic concepts of psychology in an easy-to-understand way.
W. W. C.
W.W.C.
CONTENTS
page | |||
---|---|---|---|
Chapter | I. | Introduction | 1 |
Chapter | II. | Development of the Race and of the Individual | 18 |
Chapter | III. | Mind and Body | 34 |
Chapter | IV. | Inherited Tendencies | 50 |
Chapter | V. | Feeling and Attention | 73 |
Chapter | VI. | Habit | 87 |
Chapter | VII. | Memory | 124 |
Chapter | VIII. | Thinking | 152 |
Chapter | IX. | Individual Differences | 176 |
Chapter | X. | Applied Psychology | 210 |
Glossary | 223 | ||
Index | 227 |
THE SCIENCE OF HUMAN NATURE
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
Science. Before attempting to define psychology, it will be helpful to make some inquiry into the nature of science in general. Science is knowledge; it is what we know. But mere knowledge is not science. For a bit of knowledge to become a part of science, its relation to other bits of knowledge must be found. In botany, for example, bits of knowledge about plants do not make a science of botany. To have a science of botany, we must not only know about leaves, roots, flowers, seeds, etc., but we must know the relations of these parts and of all the parts of a plant to one another. In other words, in science, we must not only know, we must not only have knowledge, but we must know the significance of the knowledge, must know its meaning. This is only another way of saying that we must have knowledge and know its relation to other knowledge.
Science. Before trying to define psychology, it's helpful to look into what science is in general. Science is knowledge; it's what we know. But just having knowledge doesn't make it science. For a piece of knowledge to be considered part of science, we need to understand how it connects to other pieces of knowledge. Take botany, for instance: knowing facts about plants alone doesn't create a science of botany. To develop a science of botany, we need to not only understand leaves, roots, flowers, seeds, etc., but also how those parts relate to each other and to the whole plant. In other words, in science, we need to not just know or have knowledge, but we also need to understand the significance of that knowledge, to grasp its meaning. This essentially means we must have knowledge and also understand how it relates to other knowledge.
A scientist is one who has learned to organize his knowledge. The main difference between a scientist and one who is not a scientist is that the scientist sees the significance of facts, while the non-scientific man sees facts as more or less unrelated things. As one comes to hunt for causes and inquire into the significance of things, one becomes a scientist. A thing or an event always points beyond itself to something else. This something else is what goes before it or comes after it,—is its cause or its effect. This causal relationship that exists between events enables a scientist to prophesy. By carefully determining what always precedes a certain event, a certain type of happening, a scientist is able to predict the event. All that is necessary to be able to predict an event is to have a clear knowledge of its true causes. Whenever, beyond any doubt, these causes are found to be present, the scientist knows the event will follow. Of course, all that he really knows is that such results have always followed similar causes in the past. But he has come to have faith in the uniformity and regularity of nature. The chemist does not find sulphur, or oxygen, or any other element acting one way one day under a certain set of conditions, and acting another way the next day under exactly the same conditions. Nor does the physicist find the laws of mechanics holding good one day and not the next.
A scientist is someone who has learned to organize their knowledge. The main difference between a scientist and someone who isn’t a scientist is that the scientist understands the significance of facts, while a non-scientific person sees facts as more or less unrelated. When someone starts to look for causes and examines the significance of things, they become a scientist. An object or event always points beyond itself to something else. This “something else” is what comes before or after it—it is its cause or its effect. This causal relationship between events allows a scientist to make predictions. By carefully determining what always happens before a certain event or type of occurrence, a scientist can predict the event. All that’s needed to predict an event is a clear understanding of its true causes. Whenever these causes are undeniably present, the scientist knows the event will follow. Of course, what they really know is that similar causes have always led to the same results in the past. But they have come to trust in the consistent and regular nature of reality. A chemist doesn’t find sulfur or oxygen or any other element acting one way one day under the same conditions and acting a different way the next day under those same conditions. Nor does a physicist find the laws of mechanics holding true one day and not the next.
The scientist, therefore, in his thinking brings order out of chaos in the world. If we do not know the causes and relations of things and events, the world seems a very mixed-up, chaotic place, where anything and everything is happening. But as we come to know causes and relations, the world turns out to be a very orderly and systematic place. It is a lawful world; it is not a world of chance. Everything is related to everything else.
The scientist, therefore, brings order out of chaos in the world through his thinking. If we don't understand the causes and relationships of things and events, the world can feel really disorganized and chaotic, where anything can happen at any moment. But as we start to understand these causes and relationships, the world reveals itself to be quite orderly and systematic. It’s a world governed by laws, not just random chance. Everything is connected to everything else.
Now, the non-scientific mind sees things as more or less unrelated. The far-reaching causal relations are only imperfectly seen by it, while the scientific mind not only sees things, but inquires into their causes and effects or consequences. The non-scientific man, walking over the top of a mountain and noticing a stone there, is likely to see in it only a stone and think nothing of how it came to be there; but the scientific man sees quite an interesting bit of history in the stone. He reads in the stone that millions of years ago the place where the rock now lies was under the sea. Many marine animals left their remains in the mud underneath the sea. The mud was afterward converted into rock. Later, the shrinking and warping earth-crust lifted the rock far above the level of the sea, and it may now be found at the top of the mountain. The one bit of rock tells its story to one who inquires into its causes. The scientific man, then, sees more significance, more meaning, in things and events than does the non-scientific man.
Now, the non-scientific mind views things as mostly unrelated. The extensive causal connections are only partially recognized by it, while the scientific mind not only observes things but also investigates their causes and effects. The non-scientific person walking on a mountain and spotting a stone is likely to see it simply as a stone, thinking nothing of how it ended up there; however, the scientific person sees an intriguing piece of history in the stone. They interpret the stone as evidence that millions of years ago, the area where it now rests was underwater. Many marine creatures left their remains in the seabed mud. Over time, the mud transformed into rock. Eventually, as the earth's crust shrank and warped, the rock was pushed high above sea level, and now it can be found at the mountain's peak. That single piece of rock tells its story to someone who seeks to understand its origins. Therefore, the scientific person perceives more significance and meaning in things and events than the non-scientific person does.
Each science has its own particular field. Zoölogy undertakes to answer every reasonable question about animals; botany, about plants; physics, about motion and forces; chemistry, about the composition of matter; astronomy, about the heavenly bodies, etc. The world has many aspects. Each science undertakes to describe and explain some particular aspect. To understand all the aspects of the world, we must study all the sciences.
Each science has its own specific area. Zoology seeks to answer any reasonable questions about animals; botany focuses on plants; physics explores motion and forces; chemistry deals with the composition of matter; and astronomy studies celestial bodies, among others. The world has many different facets. Each science aims to describe and explain a particular facet. To grasp all the aspects of the world, we need to study every science.
A Scientific Law. By law a scientist has reference to uniformities which he notices in things and events. He does not mean that necessities are imposed upon things as civil law is imposed upon man. He means only that in certain well-defined situations certain events always take place, according to all previous observations. The Law of Falling Bodies may be cited as an example. By this law, the physicist means that in observing falling bodies in the past, he has noticed that they fall about sixteen feet in the first second and acquire in this time a velocity of thirty-two feet. He has noted that, taking into account the specific gravity of the object and the resistance of the air, this way of falling holds true of all objects at about the level of the sea.
A Scientific Law. By law, a scientist refers to the patterns he sees in things and events. He doesn’t mean that necessities are forced upon things like civil laws are on people. He just means that in certain specific situations, certain events always happen, based on all previous observations. The Law of Falling Bodies can be cited as an example. By this law, the physicist says that when observing falling bodies in the past, he has found that they fall about sixteen feet in the first second and reach a speed of thirty-two feet during that time. He has observed that, considering the object's specific gravity and air resistance, this pattern of falling applies to all objects at sea level.
The more we carefully study the events of the world, the more strongly we come to feel that definite causes, under the same circumstances, always produce precisely the same result. The scientist has faith that events will continue to happen during all the future in the same order of cause and effect in which they have been happening during all the past.
The more we closely examine world events, the more we realize that specific causes, under the same conditions, consistently yield the same outcomes. Scientists believe that events will keep occurring in the same sequence of cause and effect in the future as they have in the past.
The astronomer, knowing the relations of the members of the solar system—the sun and planets—can successfully predict the occurrence of lunar and solar eclipses. In other fields, too, the scientist can predict with as much certainty as does the astronomer, provided his knowledge of the factors concerned is as complete as is the knowledge which the astronomer has of the solar system. Even in the case of human beings, uncertain as their actions seem to be, we can predict their actions when our knowledge of the factors is sufficiently complete. In a great many instances we do make such predictions. For example, if we call a person by name, we expect him to turn, or make some other movement in response. Our usual inability to make such predictions in the case of human beings is not because human beings are not subject to the law of cause and effect, it is not that their acts are due to chance, but that the factors involved are usually many, and it is difficult for us to find out all of them.
The astronomer, understanding the relationships within the solar system—the sun and planets—can accurately predict when lunar and solar eclipses will happen. In other areas, scientists can also make predictions with just as much certainty as astronomers, as long as they have a complete understanding of the relevant factors, similar to the astronomer's knowledge of the solar system. Even regarding human behavior, which often seems unpredictable, we can forecast actions when we have enough information about the influencing factors. In many cases, we do make such predictions. For instance, when we call someone by name, we expect them to turn or react in some way. Our usual inability to predict human behavior isn't because people aren't governed by cause and effect or that their actions are random, but rather because the number of factors involved is often large, making it hard for us to identify all of them.
We have said that each science undertakes to describe some particular aspect of the world. Human psychology is the science of human nature. But human nature has many aspects. To some extent, our bodies are the subject matter for physiology, anatomy, zoölogy, physics, and chemistry. Our bodies may be studied in the same way that a rock or a table might be studied. But a human being presents certain problems that a rock or table does not present. If we consider the differences between a human being and a table, we shall see at once the special field of psychology. If we stick a pin into a leg of the table, we get no response. If we stick a pin into a leg of a man, we get a characteristic response. The man moves, he cries out. This shows two very great differences between a man and a table. The man is sensitive and has the power of action, the power of moving himself. The table is not sensitive, nor can it move itself. If the pin is thrust into one’s own leg, one has pain. Human beings, then, are sensitive, conscious, acting beings. And the study of sensitivity, action, and consciousness is the field of psychology. These three characteristics are not peculiar to man. Many, perhaps all, animals possess them. There is, therefore, an animal psychology as well as human psychology.
We’ve mentioned that each science aims to describe a specific aspect of the world. Human psychology is the science of human nature. However, human nature has many dimensions. In some ways, our bodies are the focus of physiology, anatomy, zoology, physics, and chemistry. Our bodies can be studied just like a rock or a table can be studied. But a human being presents certain challenges that a rock or table does not. By looking at the differences between a human and a table, we can quickly see the unique area of psychology. If we poke a pin into the leg of a table, there’s no reaction. But if we poke a pin into a human leg, there’s a typical response. The person moves and cries out. This highlights two major differences between a human and a table. A human is sensitive and has the ability to act, to move on their own. The table is neither sensitive nor can it move itself. If a pin is pushed into one’s own leg, a person feels pain. Thus, human beings are sensitive, conscious, acting beings. The study of sensitivity, action, and consciousness falls under psychology. These three traits aren’t exclusive to humans; many, perhaps all, animals have them too. So, there is both animal psychology and human psychology.
A study of the human body shows us that the body-surface and many parts within the body are filled with sensitive nerve-ends. These sensitive nerve-ends are the sense organs, and on them the substances and forces of the world are constantly acting. In the sense organs, the nerve-ends are so modified or changed as to be affected by some particular kind of force or substance. Vibrations of ether affect the eye. Vibrations of air affect the ear. Liquids and solutions affect the sense of taste. Certain substances affect the sense of smell. Certain organs in the skin are affected by low temperatures; others, by high temperatures; others, by mechanical pressure. Similarly, each sense organ in the body is affected by a definite kind of force or substance.
A study of the human body reveals that the surface and many parts inside the body are filled with sensitive nerve endings. These nerve endings serve as sense organs, and they are constantly influenced by the substances and forces around us. In the sense organs, the nerve endings are specifically adapted to respond to particular kinds of forces or substances. Light waves impact the eye. Sound waves influence the ear. Liquids and solutions affect our sense of taste. Certain substances trigger our sense of smell. Some receptors in the skin respond to low temperatures, while others react to high temperatures or mechanical pressure. Each sense organ in the body responds to a specific type of force or substance.
This affecting of a sense organ is known technically as stimulation, and that which affects the organ is known as the stimulus.
This impact on a sense organ is technically called stimulation, and what affects the organ is referred to as the stimulus.
Two important consequences ordinarily follow the stimulation of a sense organ. One of these is movement. The purpose of stimulation is to bring about movement. To be alive is to respond to stimulation. When one ceases to respond to stimulation, he is dead. If we are to continue alive, we must constantly adjust ourselves to the forces of the world in which we live. Generally speaking, we may say that every nerve has one end in a sense organ and the other in a muscle. This arrangement of the nerves and muscles shows that man is essentially a sensitive-action machine. The problems connected with sensitivity and action and the relation of each to the other constitute a large part of the field of psychology.
Two key outcomes usually follow when a sense organ is stimulated. One of these is movement. The purpose of stimulation is to trigger movement. Being alive means responding to stimulation. When someone stops responding to stimulation, they are dead. To stay alive, we must continuously adapt to the forces in the world around us. Generally, we can say that every nerve has one end in a sense organ and the other in a muscle. This setup of nerves and muscles indicates that humans are fundamentally sensitive-action machines. The issues related to sensitivity and action, and how they relate to each other, make up a significant part of psychology.
We said just now, that a nerve begins in a sense organ and ends in a muscle. This statement represents the general scheme well enough, but leaves out an important detail. The nerve does not extend directly to a muscle, but ordinarily goes by way of the brain. The brain is merely a great group of nerve cells and fibers which have developed as a central organ where a stimulation may pass from almost any sense organ to almost any muscle.
We just mentioned that a nerve starts in a sense organ and ends in a muscle. While this statement captures the general idea, it misses an important detail. The nerve doesn’t go directly to a muscle; it usually travels through the brain. The brain is essentially a large collection of nerve cells and fibers that have evolved into a central organ where a stimulation can move from almost any sense organ to almost any muscle.
But another importance attaches to the brain. When a sense organ is stimulated and this stimulation passes on to the brain and agitates a cell or group of cells there, we are conscious. Consciousness shifts and changes with every shift and change of the stimulation.
But another significance relates to the brain. When a sense organ is stimulated and this stimulation reaches the brain and activates a cell or group of cells there, we become aware. Consciousness shifts and changes with every alteration in the stimulation.
The brain has still another important characteristic. After it has been stimulated through sense organ and nerve, a similar brain activity can be revived later, and this revival is the basis of memory. When the brain is agitated through the medium of a sense organ, we have sensation; when this agitation is revived later, we have a memory idea. A study of consciousness, or mind, the conditions under which it arises, and all the other problems involved, give us the other part of the field of psychology.
The brain has another important feature. After it gets triggered through our senses and nerves, a similar brain activity can be brought back later, and this revival is what we call memory. When the brain is stimulated through a sense, we experience sensation; when this stimulation is recalled later, we have a memory idea. Exploring consciousness or the mind, the conditions under which it comes about, and all the related issues gives us another part of the field of psychology.
We are not merely acting beings; we are conscious acting beings. Psychology must study human nature from both points of view. We must study man not only from the outside; that is, objectively, in the same way that we study a stone or a tree or a frog, but we must study him from the inside or subjectively. It is of importance to know not only how a man acts, but also how he thinks and feels.
We are not just beings that act; we are aware beings that act. Psychology needs to explore human nature from both perspectives. We should examine individuals not just externally; that is, objectively, like we would study a rock, a tree, or a frog, but we must also look at them internally or subjectively. It's important to understand not just how a person acts, but also how they think and feel.
It must be clear now, that human action, human behavior, is the main field of psychology. For, even though our main interests in people were in their minds, we could learn of the minds only through the actions. But our interests in other human beings are not in their minds but in what they do. It is true that our interest in ourselves is in our minds, and we can know these minds directly; but we cannot know directly the mind of another person, we can only guess what it is from the person’s actions.
It should be clear now that human actions and behaviors are the main focus of psychology. Even though we primarily care about people’s thoughts, we can only understand those thoughts through their actions. But when it comes to other people, our interest lies in what they do. It’s true that our interest in ourselves centers on our own thoughts, which we can know directly; however, we cannot directly know another person's mind; we can only infer what it might be from their actions.
The Problems of Psychology. Let us now see, in some detail, what the various problems of psychology are. If we are to understand human nature, we must know something of man’s past; we must therefore treat of the origin and development of the human race. The relation of one generation to that preceding and to the one following makes necessary a study of heredity. We must find out how our thoughts, feelings, sensations, and ideas are dependent upon a physical body and its organs. A study of human actions shows that some actions are unlearned while others are learned or acquired. The unlearned acts are known as instincts and the acquired acts are known as habits. Our psychology must, therefore, treat of instincts and habits.
The Problems of Psychology. Let's take a closer look at the various problems of psychology. To understand human nature, we need to learn about humanity's past; this means examining the origin and development of the human race. The connection between one generation and those before and after it requires us to study heredity. We need to investigate how our thoughts, feelings, sensations, and ideas depend on our physical bodies and their organs. Analyzing human behavior reveals that some actions are instinctual while others are learned or acquired. The instinctual actions are called instincts, and the learned behaviors are referred to as habits. Therefore, our psychology must explore instincts and habits.
How man gets experience, and retains and organizes this experience must be our problem in the chapters on sensations, ideas, memory, and thinking. Individual differences in human capacity make necessary a treatment of the different types and grades of intelligence, and the compilation of tests for determining these differences. We must also treat of the application of psychology to those fields where a knowledge of human nature is necessary.
How a person gains experience, and how they store and organize that experience, must be our focus in the chapters on sensations, ideas, memory, and thinking. Individual differences in human ability require us to address the various types and levels of intelligence, as well as develop tests to identify these differences. We also need to discuss how psychology can be applied to areas where understanding human nature is essential.
Applied Psychology. At the beginning of a subject it is legitimate to inquire concerning the possibility of applying the principles studied to practical uses, and it is very proper to make this inquiry concerning psychology. Psychology, being the science of human nature, ought to be of use in all fields where one needs to know the causes of human action. And psychology is applicable in these fields to the extent that the psy chologist is able to work out the laws and principles of human action.
Applied Psychology. At the start of a subject, it’s reasonable to ask if the principles being studied can be applied practically, and this question is absolutely relevant to psychology. Since psychology deals with human nature, it should be useful in all areas where understanding the reasons behind human behavior is necessary. Additionally, psychology can be applied in these areas as far as the psychologist can determine the laws and principles governing human behavior.
In education, for example, we wish to influence children, and we must go to psychology to learn about the nature of children and to find out how we can influence them. Psychology is therefore the basis of the science of education.
In education, for instance, we want to have an impact on children, and we need to turn to psychology to understand their nature and discover how we can influence them. Psychology is thus the foundation of educational science.
Since different kinds of work demand, in some cases, different kinds of ability, the psychology of individual differences can be of service in selecting people for special kinds of work. That is to say, we must have sometime, if we do not now, a psychology of professions and vocations. Psychological investigations of the reliability of human evidence make the science of service in the court room. The study of the laws of attention and interest give us the psychology of advertising. The study of suggestion and abnormal states make psychology of use in medicine. It may be said, therefore, that psychology, once abstract and unrelated to any practical interests, will become the most useful of all sciences, as it works out its problems and finds the laws of human behavior.
Since different types of jobs require different abilities, understanding individual differences in psychology can help us choose the right people for specific roles. In other words, we need a psychology of professions and vocations, whether we have one now or not. Psychological research into the reliability of human testimony supports the science of service in the courtroom. The study of attention and interest informs the psychology of advertising. Analyzing suggestion and unusual mental states makes psychology valuable in medicine. Therefore, it can be said that psychology, which was once theoretical and disconnected from practical concerns, will become one of the most useful sciences as it solves its issues and uncovers the laws of human behavior.
At present, the greatest service of psychology is to education. So true is this that a department has grown up called “educational psychology,” which constitutes at the present time the most important subdivision of psychology. While in this book we treat briefly of the various applications of psychology, we shall have in mind chiefly its application to education.
Right now, the biggest benefit of psychology is for education. This is so true that a field has emerged called “educational psychology,” which is currently the most significant branch of psychology. Although we will briefly discuss the different uses of psychology in this book, our main focus will be its application in education.
The Science of Education. Owing to the importance which psychology has in the science of education, it will be well for us to make some inquiry into the nature of education. If the growth, development, and learning of children are all controlled and determined by definite causal factors, then a systematic statement of all these factors would constitute the science of education. In order to see clearly whether there is such a science, or whether there can be, let us inquire more definitely as to the kind of problems a science of education would be expected to solve.
The Science of Education. Given how important psychology is to education, it makes sense for us to explore what education really is. If the growth, development, and learning of children are influenced and shaped by specific factors, then outlining all these factors would form the basis of the science of education. To determine if such a science exists or can exist, let’s look more closely at the types of problems a science of education would need to address.
There are four main questions which the science of education must solve: (1) What is the aim of education? (2) What is the nature of education? (3) What is the nature of the child? (4) What are the most economical methods of changing the child from what it is into what it ought to be?
There are four key questions that the field of education needs to address: (1) What is the goal of education? (2) What does education actually involve? (3) What is the essence of a child? (4) What are the most efficient ways to transform a child from their current state into what they should become?
The first question is a sociological question, and it is not difficult to find the answer. We have but to inquire what the people wish their children to become. There is a pretty general agreement, at least in the same community, that children should be trained in a way that will make them socially efficient. Parents generally wish their children to become honest, truthful, sympathetic, and industrious. It should be the aim of education to accomplish this social ideal. It should be the aim of the home and the school to subject children to such influences as will enable them to make a living when grown and to do their proper share of work for the community and state, working always for better things, and having a sympathetic attitude toward neighbors. Education should also do what it can to make people able to enjoy the world and life to the fullest and highest extent. Some such aim of education as this is held by all our people.
The first question is a sociological one, and it's not hard to find the answer. We just need to ask what parents want their children to become. There is pretty much a consensus, at least within the same community, that children should be raised in a way that helps them thrive socially. Parents typically want their kids to be honest, truthful, empathetic, and hardworking. The goal of education should be to achieve this social ideal. Both home and school should expose children to influences that prepare them to earn a living as adults and contribute positively to their community and society, always striving for improvement and maintaining a caring attitude toward others. Education should also aim to equip people to fully enjoy life and the world around them. This kind of educational goal is something that our society agrees on.
The second question is also answered. Psychological analysis reveals the fact that education is a process of becoming adjusted to the world. It is the process of acquiring the habits, knowledge, and ideals suited to the life we are to live. The child in being educated learns what the world is and how to act in it—how to act in all the various situations of life.
The second question is also answered. Psychological analysis shows that education is a process of adapting to the world. It involves acquiring the habits, knowledge, and values needed for the life we are going to lead. As the child is educated, they learn what the world is like and how to respond to it—how to navigate all the different situations in life.
The third question—concerning the nature of the child—cannot be so briefly answered. In fact, it cannot be fully answered at the present time. We must know what the child’s original nature is. This means that we must know the instincts and all the other inherited capacities and tendencies. We must know the laws of building up habits and of acquiring knowledge, the laws of retention and the laws of attention. These problems constitute the subject matter of educational psychology, and at present can be only partially solved. We have, however, a very respectable body of knowledge in this field, though it is by no means complete.
The third question—about the nature of the child—can't be answered so quickly. In fact, it can't be fully answered right now. We need to understand what the child's original nature is. This means we must know the instincts and all the inherited abilities and inclinations. We need to understand the rules for developing habits and acquiring knowledge, the rules for retention, and the rules for attention. These issues make up the focus of educational psychology, and currently, they can only be partially resolved. However, we do have a solid amount of knowledge in this area, even though it's not complete.
The answer to the fourth question is in part dependent upon the progress in answering the third. Economical methods of training children must be dependent upon the nature of children. But in actual practice, we are trying to find out the best procedure of doing each single thing in school work; we are trying to find out by experimentation. The proper way to teach children to read, to spell, to write, etc., must be determined in each case by independent investigation, until our knowledge of the child becomes sufficient for us to infer from general laws of procedure what the procedure in a particular case should be. We venture to infer what ought to be done in some cases, but generally we feel insecure till we have proved our inference correct by trying out different methods and measuring the results.
The answer to the fourth question partly depends on how well we address the third. Effective ways to train children must consider their unique characteristics. However, in practice, we're focused on discovering the best method for each individual task in schooling through experimentation. The right way to teach kids to read, spell, write, and so on needs to be determined case by case through independent research, until we learn enough about children to apply general principles to specific situations. We might guess what should be done in some cases, but usually, we feel uncertain until we can validate our guesses by testing various methods and assessing the outcomes.
Education will not be fully scientific till we have definite knowledge to guide us at every step. What should we teach? When should we teach it? How should we teach it? How poorly we answer these questions at the present time! How inefficient and uneconomical our schools, because we cannot fully answer them! But they are answerable. We can answer them in part now, and we know how to find out the answer in full. It is just a matter of patient and extensive investigation. We must say, then, that we have only the beginnings of a science of education. The problems which a science of education must solve are almost wholly psychological problems. They could not be solved till we had a science of psychology. Experimental psychology is but a half-century old; educational psychology, less than a quarter-century old. In the field of education, the science of psychology may expect to make its most important practical contribution. Let us, then, consider very briefly the problems of educational psychology.
Education won't be truly scientific until we have clear knowledge to guide us at every step. What should we teach? When should we teach it? How should we teach it? We currently have really poor answers to these questions! Our schools are inefficient and wasteful because we can't properly answer them! But they can be answered. We can partially answer them now, and we know how to find complete answers. It's just a matter of careful and thorough investigation. So, we can say that we only have the early stages of a science of education. The challenges a science of education needs to address are mostly psychological issues. These couldn't be addressed until we had a science of psychology. Experimental psychology is only about fifty years old; educational psychology is less than twenty-five years old. In education, the science of psychology is likely to make its most significant practical impact. Now, let’s briefly look at the issues in educational psychology.
Educational Psychology. Educational psychology is that division of psychology which undertakes to discover those aspects of human nature most closely related to education. These are (1) the original nature of the child—what it is and how it can be modified; (2) the problem of acquiring and organizing experience—habit-formation, memory, thinking, and the various factors related to these processes. There are many subordinate problems, such as the problem of individual differences and their bearing on the education of subnormal and supernormal children. Educational psychology is not, then, merely the application of psychology to education. It is a distinct science in itself, and its aim is the solving of those educational problems which for their solution depend upon a knowledge of the nature of the child.
Educational Psychology. Educational psychology is a branch of psychology focused on finding the aspects of human nature most related to education. These include (1) the inherent characteristics of the child—what they are and how they can be changed; (2) the challenge of acquiring and organizing experiences—developing habits, memory, thinking, and the various factors involved in these processes. There are many additional issues, such as individual differences and how they impact the education of children with both below-average and above-average abilities. Educational psychology is not just the application of psychology in educational settings. It is a distinct science in its own right, aimed at addressing educational challenges that rely on understanding the nature of the child.
The Method of Psychology. We have enumerated the various problems of psychology, now how are they solved? The method of psychology is the same as that of all other sciences; namely, the method of observation and experiment. We learn human nature by observing how human beings act in all the various circumstances of life. We learn about the human mind by observing our own mind. We learn that we see under certain objective conditions, hear under certain objective conditions, taste, smell, feel cold and warm under certain objective conditions. In the case of ourselves, we can know both our actions and our mind. In the case of others, we can know only their actions, and must infer their mental states from our own in similar circumstances. With certain restrictions and precautions this inference is legitimate.
The Method of Psychology. We’ve listed the different problems in psychology, so how do we solve them? The method of psychology is the same as in all other sciences: through observation and experiment. We understand human nature by watching how people act in various life situations. We learn about the human mind by examining our own minds. We discover that we see under specific objective conditions, hear under certain conditions, and taste, smell, feel cold, and warm under particular conditions. For ourselves, we can comprehend both our actions and our mind. For others, we can only observe their actions and must guess their mental states based on our experiences in similar situations. With some limitations and caution, this inference is valid.
We said the method of psychology is that of observation and experiment. The experiment is observation still, but observation subjected to exact methodical procedure. In a psychological experiment we set out to provide the necessary conditions, eliminating some and supplying others according to our object. The experiment has certain advantages. It enables us to isolate the phenomena to be studied, it enables us to vary the circumstances and conditions to suit our purposes, it enables us to repeat the observation as often as we like, and it enables us to measure exactly the factors of the phenomena studied.
We said that the approach of psychology involves observation and experimentation. An experiment is still a form of observation, but it's guided by a precise and systematic process. In a psychological experiment, we aim to create the necessary conditions, removing some factors and adding others based on our goal. Experiments have specific advantages. They allow us to isolate the phenomena we're examining, modify the circumstances and conditions to meet our needs, repeat the observations as many times as we want, and measure the factors of the phenomena under study with accuracy.
A Psychological Experiment. Let us illustrate psychological method by a typical experiment. Suppose we wish to measure the individual differences among the members of a class with respect to a certain ability; namely, the muscular speed of the right hand. Psychological laboratories have delicate apparatus for making such a study. But let us see how we can do it, roughly at least, without any apparatus. Let each member of the class take a sheet of paper and a pencil, and make as many strokes as possible in a half-minute, as shown in Figure I. The instructor can keep the time with a stop watch, or less accurately with the second hand of an ordinary watch. Before beginning the experiment, the instructor should have each student taking the test try it for a second or two. This is to make sure that all understand what they are to do. When the instructor is sure that all understand, he should have the students hold their pencils in readiness above the paper, and at the signal, “Begin,” all should start at the same time and make as many marks as possible in the half-minute. The strokes can then be counted and the individual scores recorded. The experiment should be repeated several times, say six or eight, and the average score for each individual recorded.
A Psychological Experiment. Let's illustrate the psychological method with a typical experiment. Suppose we want to measure the individual differences among the members of a class regarding a specific ability: the muscular speed of the right hand. Psychological laboratories have specialized equipment for conducting such studies. However, let’s see how we can do it, at least roughly, without any equipment. Each class member should take a sheet of paper and a pencil and make as many strokes as possible in half a minute, as shown in Figure I. The instructor can keep time with a stopwatch or, less accurately, with the second hand of a standard watch. Before starting the experiment, the instructor should have each student practice for a second or two to ensure that everyone understands what they are supposed to do. Once the instructor is sure that everyone understands, they should have the students hold their pencils ready above the paper, and at the signal, “Begin,” everyone should start at the same time and try to make as many marks as possible in half a minute. The strokes can then be counted, and the individual scores recorded. The experiment should be repeated several times, say six or eight, and the average score for each individual recorded.

Figure I.—Strokes Made in Thirty Seconds.
Figure I.—Strokes Made in Thirty Seconds.
A test of muscular speed
A test of muscle speed
Whether the result in such a performance as this varies from day to day, and is accidental, or whether it is constant and fundamental, can be determined by repeating the experiment from day to day. This repetition will also show whether improvement comes from practice.
Whether the outcome of a performance like this changes from day to day and is random, or whether it is steady and essential, can be figured out by repeating the experiment each day. This repetition will also reveal whether improvement comes from practice.
If it is decided to repeat the experiment in order to study these factors, constancy and the effects of practice, some method of studying and interpreting the results must be found. Elaborate methods of doing this are known to psychologists, but the beginner must use a simpler method. When the experiment is performed for the first time, the students can be ranked with reference to their abilities, the fastest one being called “first,” the second highest, “second,” and so on down to the slowest performer. Then after the experiment has been performed the second time, the students can be again ranked.
If it's decided to repeat the experiment to examine these factors, like consistency and the impact of practice, a way to study and interpret the results needs to be found. Psychologists have complex methods for this, but beginners should stick to a simpler approach. When the experiment is conducted for the first time, the students can be ranked based on their abilities, naming the fastest one “first,” the second fastest “second,” and so forth down to the slowest performer. After the experiment is conducted a second time, the students can be ranked again.
A rough comparison can then be made as follows: Determine how many who were in the best half in the first experiment are among the best half in the second experiment. If most who were among the best half the first time are among the best half in the second experiment, constancy in this performance is indicated. Or we might determine how many change their ranks and how much they change. Suppose there are thirty in the class and only four improve their ranks and these to the extent of only two places each. This would indicate a high degree of constancy. Two different performances can be compared as above described. The abilities on successive days can be determined by taking the average rank of the first day and comparing it with the average rank of the second day.
A simple comparison can be made like this: Find out how many people who were in the top half in the first experiment are also in the top half in the second experiment. If most from the top half in the first round are still in the top half the second time, it shows consistency in their performance. Alternatively, we can look at how many change their rankings and by how much. For example, if there are thirty people in the class and only four improve their rankings, and they each move up just two places, this would suggest a strong level of consistency. Two different performances can be compared in this way. The abilities on different days can be assessed by taking the average rank from the first day and comparing it to the average rank from the second day.
If the effects of practice are to be studied, the experiments must be kept up for many days, and each student’s work on the first day compared with his work on succeeding days. Then a graph can be plotted to show the improvement from day to day. The average daily speed of the class can be taken and a graph made to show the improvement of the class as a whole. This might be plotted in black ink, then each individual student could put on his improvement in red ink, for comparison. A group of thirty may be considered as furnishing a fair average or norm in this kind of performance.
If we want to study the effects of practice, the experiments need to be conducted over several days, and each student’s work on the first day should be compared with their work on the following days. This way, we can create a graph that shows improvement from day to day. We can calculate the average daily speed of the class and make a graph to illustrate the overall improvement of the class. This could be plotted in black ink, while each individual student could mark their improvement in red ink for comparison. A group of thirty students can be seen as providing a reasonable average in this type of performance.
In connection with this simple performance, making marks as fast as possible, it is evident that many problems arise. It would take several months to solve anything like all of them. It might be interesting, for example, to determine whether one’s speed in writing is related to this simple speed in marking. Each member of the class might submit a plan for making such a study.
In relation to this straightforward task of making marks as quickly as possible, it's clear that many challenges come up. It would take several months to address even a fraction of them. For instance, it could be intriguing to find out if someone's writing speed is connected to this basic speed of marking. Each student in the class could propose a plan to conduct such a study.
The foregoing simple study illustrates the procedure of psychology in all experimentation. A psychological experiment is an attempt to find out the truth in regard to some aspect of human nature. In finding out this truth, we must throw about the experiment all possible safeguards. Every source of error must be discovered and eliminated. In the above experiment, for example, the work must be done at the same time of day, or else we must prove that doing it at different times of day makes no difference. Nothing must be taken for granted, and nothing must be assumed. Psychology, then, is like all the other sciences, in that its method of getting its facts is by observation and experiment.
The simple study above showcases the process of psychology in all experiments. A psychological experiment aims to uncover the truth about some aspect of human nature. To find this truth, we need to put as many safeguards around the experiment as possible. Every potential error must be identified and eliminated. In the example given, for instance, the work should be done at the same time each day, or we need to demonstrate that conducting it at different times does not affect the results. We can't take anything for granted, and we can't assume anything. Psychology, like all other sciences, relies on observation and experimentation to gather facts.
Summary. Science is systematic, related knowledge. Each science has a particular field which it attempts to explore and describe. The field of psychology is the study of sensitivity, action, and consciousness, or briefly, human behavior. Its main problems are development, heredity, instincts, habits, sensation, memory, thinking, and individual differences. Its method is observation and experiment, the same as in all other sciences.
Summary. Science is a system of organized knowledge that is interconnected. Each branch of science concentrates on its own specific area for investigation and explanation. Psychology examines sensitivity, actions, and awareness—in other words, human behavior. Its main topics include development, heredity, instincts, habits, sensation, memory, thinking, and individual differences. It employs observation and experimentation as its methods, just like all the other sciences.
CLASS EXERCISES
Make out a list of things about human nature which you would like to know. Paste your list in the front of this book, and as you find your questions answered in this book, or in other books which you may read, check them off. At the end of the course, note how many remain unanswered. Find out whether those not answered can be answered at the present time.
Make a list of things about human nature that you want to know. Stick your list at the front of this book, and as you find answers to your questions in this book or others you read, check them off. By the end of the course, see how many are still unanswered. Find out if those unanswered questions can be addressed at this time.
Does everything you do have a cause? What kind of cause?
Does everything you do have a reason? What kind of reason?
Human nature is shown in human action. Human action consists in muscular contraction. What makes a muscle contract?
Human nature is revealed through human actions. Human actions involve muscle contractions. What causes a muscle to contract?
Plan an experiment the object of which shall be to learn something about yourself.
Plan an experiment aimed at discovering something about yourself.
Enumerate the professions and occupations in which a knowledge of some aspect of human nature would be valuable. State in what way it would be valuable.
List the jobs and careers where understanding some part of human nature would be beneficial. Explain how it would be beneficial.
Make a list of facts concerning a child, which a teacher ought to know.
Make a list of facts about a child that a teacher should know.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, Chapters I, II, and V.
- Pillsbury: Essentials of Psychology, Chapter I.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapter I.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, Chapter I.
CHAPTER II
DEVELOPMENT OF THE RACE AND OF THE INDIVIDUAL
Racial Development. The purpose of this chapter is to make some inquiry concerning the origin of the race and of the individual. In doing this, it is necessary for us first of all to fix in our minds the idea of causality. According to the view of all modern science, everything has a cause. Nothing is uncaused. One event is the result of other previous events, and is in turn the cause of other events that follow. Yesterday flowed into to-day, and to-day flows into to-morrow. The world as it exists to-day is the result of the world as it existed yesterday. This is true not only of the inorganic world—the world of physics and chemistry—but it is true of living things as well. The animals and plants that exist to-day are the descendants of others that lived before. There is probably an unbroken line of descent from the first life that existed on the earth to the living forms of to-day.
Racial Development. The purpose of this chapter is to explore the origins of race and the individual. To do this, we first need to understand the concept of causality. According to modern science, everything has a cause. Nothing happens without a reason. One event results from previous events and becomes the cause of subsequent events. Yesterday transitions into today, and today will transition into tomorrow. The world as it exists today is shaped by how it was yesterday. This applies not only to the non-living world—the realm of physics and chemistry—but also to living organisms. The animals and plants we see today are descendants of those that existed before. There is likely an unbroken lineage from the first life forms on Earth to the living beings we have today.
Not only does the law of causality hold true in the case of our bodies, but of our minds as well. Our minds have doubtless developed from simpler minds just as our bodies have developed from simpler bodies. That different grades and types of minds are to be found among the various classes of animals now upon the earth, no one can doubt, for the different forms certainly show different degrees of mentality. According to the evidence of those scientists who have studied the remains of animals found in the earth’s crust, there is a gradual development of animal forms shown in successive epochs. In the very oldest parts of the earth’s crust, the remains of animal life found are very simple. In later formations, the remains show an animal life more complex. The highest forms of animals, the mammals, are found only in the more recent formations. The remains of man are found only in the latest formations.
Not only does the law of causality apply to our bodies, but it also applies to our minds. Our minds have clearly evolved from simpler ones, just like our bodies have evolved from simpler forms. It's undeniable that different levels and types of minds exist among the various animal classes on Earth, as their different forms definitely demonstrate different degrees of mental capability. According to scientists who have studied the remains of animals in the Earth's crust, there is a gradual evolution of animal forms over time. In the oldest layers of the Earth's crust, the animal remains found are very simple. In later layers, the remains reveal more complex forms of animal life. The highest forms, the mammals, are only found in more recent layers. The remains of humans are found only in the most recent layers.
Putting these two facts together—(1) that the higher types of mind are found to-day only in the higher types of animals, and (2) that a gradual development of animal forms is shown by the remains in the earth’s crust—the conclusion is forced upon us that mind has passed through many stages of development from the appearance of life upon the earth to the present time. Among the lower forms of animals to-day one sees evidence of very simple minds. In amœbas, worms, insects, and fishes, mind is very simple. In birds, it is higher. In mammals, it is higher still. Among the highest mammals below man, we see manifestations of mind somewhat like our own. These grades of mentality shown in the animals of to-day represent the steps in the development of mind in the animals of the past.
Putting these two facts together—(1) that higher types of intelligence are found today only in the more advanced types of animals, and (2) that a gradual evolution of animal forms is demonstrated by the remains in the earth’s crust—the conclusion is unavoidable that intelligence has gone through many stages of development from the emergence of life on earth to now. Among the lower forms of animals today, we can see evidence of very simple minds. In amoebas, worms, insects, and fish, the mind is very basic. In birds, it's more advanced. In mammals, it's even more so. Among the highest mammals below humans, we can see signs of intelligence that resemble our own. These varying levels of intelligence observed in today's animals reflect the stages in the development of intelligence in animals of the past.
We cannot here go into the proof of the doctrine of development. For this proof, the reader must be referred to zoölogy. One further point, however, may be noted. If it is difficult for the reader to conceive of the development of mind on the earth similar to the development of animals in the past, let him think of the development of mind in the individual. There can certainly be no doubt of the development of mind in an individual human being. The infant, when born, shows little manifestation of mentality; but as its body grows, its mind develops, becoming more and more complex as the individual grows to maturity.
We can’t get into the proof of the theory of development here. For that, the reader should look to zoology. However, one more thing can be pointed out. If it’s hard for the reader to imagine the development of the mind on Earth similar to the development of animals in the past, they should consider the development of the mind in an individual. There’s no doubt about the development of the mind in an individual human being. A newborn shows very little sign of mental ability; but as their body grows, their mind develops, becoming more and more complex as they reach maturity.
The World as Dynamic. The view of the world outlined above, and held by all scientific men of the present time, may be termed the dynamic view. Man formerly looked upon the world as static, a world where everything was fixed and final. Each thing existed in itself and for itself, and in large measure independent of all other things. We now look upon things and events as related and dependent. Each thing is dependent upon others, related to others.
The World as Dynamic. The perspective of the world described above, which is shared by all current scientists, can be called the dynamic view. In the past, people saw the world as static, a place where everything was fixed and unchanging. Each thing existed on its own and for its own sake, largely independent of everything else. Today, we see things and events as interconnected and dependent. Each thing relies on others and is related to them.
Man not only lives in such a world, but is part of such a world. In this world of constant and ceaseless change, man is most sensitive and responsive. Everything may affect him. To all of the constant changes about him he must adjust himself. He has been produced by this world, and to live in it he must meet its every condition and change. We must, then, look upon human nature as something coming out of the past and as being influenced every moment by the things and forces of the present. Man is not an independent being, unaffected by everything that happens; on the contrary, he is affected by all influences that act upon him. Among these influences may be mentioned weather, climate, food, and social forces.
Man not only exists in such a world, but is also part of it. In this world of constant and ongoing change, people are highly sensitive and responsive. Everything can impact him. He must adapt to all the changes around him. He has been shaped by this world, and to live in it, he must meet its every condition and change. Therefore, we should view human nature as something that emerges from the past and is influenced at every moment by the things and forces of the present. Man is not an independent being, unaffected by what happens; instead, he is influenced by all the factors that impact him. Some of these influences include weather, climate, food, and social forces.
The condition of the various organs of a child’s body determine, to some extent, the effect which these various forces have upon it. If a child’s eyes are in any way defective, making vision poor, this tremendously influences his life. Not only is such a child unable to see the world as it really is, but the eyestrain resulting from poor vision has serious effects on the child, producing all sorts of disorders. If a child cannot hear well or is entirely deaf, many serious consequences follow. In fact, every condition or characteristic of a child that is in any way abnormal may lead on to other conditions and characteristics, often of a serious nature. The growth of adenoids, for example, may lead to a serious impairment of the mind. Poor vision may affect the whole life and character of the individual. The influence of a parent, teacher, or friend may determine the interest of a child and affect his whole life. The correct view of child life is that the child is affected, in greater or less degree, by every influence which acts upon him.
The health of a child’s organs impacts how various forces affect them. If a child has any issues with their eyesight that make it difficult to see, it greatly affects their life. Not only is the child unable to see the world accurately, but the eyestrain from poor vision can lead to numerous problems for the child. If a child has trouble hearing or is completely deaf, there are many serious consequences that follow. In fact, any abnormal condition or trait in a child can lead to other serious conditions and traits. For instance, the growth of adenoids may severely impair a child’s cognitive abilities. Poor vision can shape the entire life and character of the individual. The influence of a parent, teacher, or friend can spark a child's interests and impact their entire life. The reality of childhood is that every influence acting upon the child affects them to some degree.
Significance of Development and Causality. What are the consequences of the view just set forth? What is the significance of the facts that have been enumerated? It is of great consequence to our thinking when we come to recognize fully the idea of causality. We then fully accept the fact that man’s body and mind are part of a causal and orderly world.
Significance of Development and Causality. What are the implications of the perspective just presented? What is the importance of the facts we've outlined? Understanding causality is crucial for our thought process. We then fully acknowledge that both the body and mind of a person are elements of a causal and organized world.
Let us consider, for example, the movement of a muscle. Every such movement must be caused. The physiologist has discovered what this cause is. Ordinarily and normally, a muscle contracts only when stimulated by a nerve current. Tiny nerve fibrils penetrate every muscle, ending in the muscle fibers. The nerve-impulse passing into the fibers of the muscles causes them to contract. The nerve stimulus itself has a cause; it ordinarily arises directly or indirectly from the stimulation of a sense organ. And the sense organs are stimulated by outside influences, as was explained previously.
Let’s take the movement of a muscle as an example. Every movement has to be triggered by something. The physiologist has figured out what that trigger is. Typically, a muscle only contracts when it’s stimulated by a nerve signal. Tiny nerve fibers run through every muscle, connecting to the muscle fibers. When the nerve impulse reaches the muscle fibers, it causes them to contract. The nerve stimulus itself comes from a source; it usually originates directly or indirectly from the stimulation of a sense organ. And these sense organs get stimulated by external factors, as was mentioned before.
Not only are our movements caused, but our sensations, our ideas, and our feelings follow upon or are dependent upon some definite bodily state or condition. The moment that we recognize this we see that our sensations, ideas, and feelings are subject to control. It is only because our minds are in a world of causality, and subject to its laws, that education is possible. We can bring causes to bear upon a child and change the child. It is possible to build up ideas, ideals, and habits. And ideas, ideals, and habits constitute the man. Training is possible only because a child is a being that can be influenced. What any child will be when grown depends upon what kind of child it was at the beginning and upon the influences that affect it during its early life while it is growing into maturity. We need have no doubt about the outcome of any particular child if we know, with some degree of completeness, the two sets of factors that determine his life—his inheritance and the forces that affect this inheritance. We can predict the future of a child to the extent that we know and understand the forces that will be effective in his life.
Not only are our actions influenced, but our sensations, thoughts, and emotions are also dependent on a specific physical state or condition. Once we recognize this, we understand that our sensations, thoughts, and emotions can be controlled. It is only because our minds exist in a world governed by cause and effect, and are subject to its rules, that education can happen. We can influence a child and bring about change. It is possible to foster ideas, ideals, and habits. These ideas, ideals, and habits make up a person. Training is possible only because a child is someone who can be shaped. What any child will become depends on what kind of child they were initially and on the influences they experience during their formative years as they grow into adulthood. We can be confident about the future of any particular child if we have a good understanding of the two sets of factors that shape their life—what they inherit and the influences on that inheritance. We can predict a child's future to the extent that we understand the forces that will play a role in their life.
The notion of causality puts new meaning into our view of the training of a child. The doctrine of development puts new meaning into our notion of the nature of a child. We can understand man only when we view him genetically, that is, in the light of his origin. We can understand a child only in the light of what his ancestors have been.
The concept of causality gives us a fresh perspective on the training of a child. The idea of development reshapes our understanding of the nature of a child. We can only fully understand a person when we look at them from a genetic viewpoint, meaning by considering their origins. We can understand a child only by looking at who their ancestors were.
As these lines are being written, the greatest, the bloodiest war of history is in progress. Men are killing men by thousands and hundreds of thousands. How can we explain such actions? Observation of children shows that they are selfish, envious, and quarrelsome. They will fight and steal until they are taught not to do such things. How can we understand this? There is no way of understanding such actions until we come to see that the children and men of to-day are such as they are because of their ancestors. It has been only a few generations, relatively speaking, since our ancestors were naked savages, killing their enemies and eating their enemies’ bodies. The civilized life of our ancestors covers a period of only a few hundred years. The pre-civilized life of our ancestors goes back probably thousands and thousands of years. In the relatively short period of civilization, our real, original nature has been little changed, perhaps none at all. The modern man is, at heart, the same old man of the woods.
As these words are being written, the biggest and bloodiest war in history is happening. People are killing each other by the thousands and hundreds of thousands. How do we explain such actions? Observing children shows that they can be selfish, envious, and prone to fighting. They will fight and steal until they are taught not to do those things. How do we understand this? There is no way to make sense of such actions until we realize that the children and adults of today are shaped by their ancestors. It's only been a few generations, relatively speaking, since our ancestors lived as naked savages, killing their enemies and consuming their bodies. The civilized life of our ancestors spans only a few hundred years. Their pre-civilized existence likely stretches back thousands of years. In this relatively short span of civilization, our true, original nature has changed very little, if at all. Modern man is, at heart, the same as the old man of the woods.
The improvements of civilization form what is called a social heritage, which must be impressed upon the original nature of each individual in order to have any effect. Every child has to learn to speak, to write, to dress, to eat with knife and fork; he must learn the various social customs, and to act morally as older people dictate. The child is by nature bad, in the sense that the nature which he inherits from the past fits him better for the original kind of life which man used to live than it does for the kind of life which we are trying to live now. This view makes us see that training a child is, in a very true sense, making him over again. The child must be trained to subdue and control his original impulses. Habits and ideals that will be suitable for life in civilized society must be built up. The doctrine of the Bible in regard to the original nature of man being sinful, and the necessity of regeneration, is fundamentally correct. But this regeneration is not so much a sudden process as it is the result of long and patient building-up of habits and ideals.
The advancements of civilization create what we call social heritage, which needs to be instilled in each individual’s original nature to have any impact. Every child has to learn how to speak, write, dress, and eat with utensils; they must understand various social customs and behave morally as older people instruct. By nature, a child can be considered bad because the instincts they inherit from the past better suit the original way of life that humans used to lead than the lifestyle we’re trying to adopt now. This perspective helps us realize that training a child is, in a very real sense, remaking them. The child must learn to control and manage their natural impulses. Habits and values suitable for life in a civilized society must be developed. The Biblical view that human nature is sinful and the need for regeneration is fundamentally accurate. However, this regeneration is not so much a sudden event as it is the outcome of a long and patient process of building habits and ideals.
One should not despair of this view of child-life. Neither should one use it as an excuse for being bad, or for neglecting the training of children. On the contrary, taking the genetic view of childhood should give us certain advantages. It makes us see more clearly the necessity of training. Every child must be trained, or he will remain very much a savage. In the absence of training, all children are much alike, and all alike bad from our present point of view. The chief differences in children in politeness and manners generally, in morals, in industry, etc., are due, in the main, to differences in training. It is a great help merely to know how difficult the task of training is, and that training there must be if we are to have a civilized child. We must take thought and plan for the education and training of our children. The task of education is in part one of changing human nature. This is no light task. It is one that requires, in the case of each child, some twenty years of hard, patient, persistent work.
One shouldn't lose hope about this perception of childhood. Nor should it be used as an excuse for bad behavior or for neglecting the upbringing of kids. On the flip side, looking at childhood from a genetic perspective should offer us some benefits. It helps us recognize the importance of training. Every child needs to be guided; otherwise, they’ll remain quite primitive. Without training, all children are pretty similar and tend to be problematic from our current perspective. The main differences in children’s politeness, manners, morals, and work ethic usually stem from the differences in their upbringing. Recognizing how challenging the training process is is incredibly valuable, as we need to focus on training if we want to have well-adjusted children. We must think carefully and plan for the education and upbringing of our kids. The task of education partly involves reshaping human nature. This is no small feat. For each child, it takes about twenty years of hard, patient, and consistent effort.
Individual Development. Heredity is a corollary of evolution. Individual development is intimately related to racial development. Indeed, racial development would be impossible without heredity in the individual. The individual must carry on and transmit what the race hands down to him. This will be evident when we explain what heredity means.
Individual Development. Heredity is a result of evolution. Individual development is closely connected to racial development. In fact, racial development wouldn’t be possible without the heredity of individuals. Each person must continue and pass on what their race has inherited. This will become clear when we explain what heredity means.
By heredity we mean the likeness between parent and offspring. This likeness is a matter of form and structure as well as likeness of action or response. Animals and plants are like the parents in form and structure, and to a certain extent their responses are alike when the individuals are placed in the same situation. A robin is like the parent robins in size, shape, and color. It also hops like the parent birds, sings as they do, feeds as they do, builds a similar nest, etc. But the likeness in action is dependent upon likeness in structure. The young robin acts as does the old robin, because the nervous mechanism is the same, and therefore a similar stimulus brings about a similar response.
By heredity, we mean the similarity between parents and their offspring. This similarity includes both physical traits and behaviors. Animals and plants resemble their parents in terms of form and structure, and to some degree, their reactions are similar when they are placed in the same situations. A robin looks like its parent robins in size, shape, and color. It also hops like them, sings similarly, feeds in the same way, builds comparable nests, and so on. However, the similarity in behavior is based on the similarity in structure. A young robin behaves like an adult robin because their nervous systems are the same, so a similar stimulus results in a similar response.
Most of the scientific work in heredity has been done in the study of the transmission of physical characteristics. The main facts of heredity are evident to everybody, but not many people realize how far-reaching is the principle of resemblance between parent and offspring. From horses we raise horses. From cows we raise cows. The children of human beings are human. Not only is this true, but the offspring of horses are of the same stock as the parents. Not only are the colts of the same stock as the parents, but they resemble the parents in small details. This is also true of human beings. We expect a child to be not only of the same race as the parents, but to have family resemblances to the parents—the same color of hair, the same shape of head, the same kind of nose, the same color of eyes, and to have such resemblances as moles in the same places on the skin, etc. A very little investigation reveals likenesses between parent and offspring which we may not have expected before.
Most of the research in genetics has focused on how physical traits are passed down. The basic facts about heredity are obvious to everyone, but not everyone realizes how profound the resemblance between parents and their children can be. We breed horses from horses. We breed cows from cows. Human children come from human parents. This isn’t just true; the offspring of horses come from the same breed as their parents. Not only do foals share the same lineage as their parents, but they also look like them in subtle ways. The same is true for humans. We expect a child not only to be of the same ethnicity as their parents but also to share family traits with them—such as the same hair color, head shape, nose type, eye color, and even moles in the same spots on their skin, etc. A little investigation can uncover similarities between parents and their children that we might not have anticipated.
However, if we start out to hunt for facts of heredity, we shall perhaps be as much impressed by differences between parent and child as we shall by the resemblances. In the first place, every child has two parents, and it is often impossible to resemble both. One cannot, for example, be both short and tall; one cannot be both fair and dark; one cannot be both slender and heavy; one cannot have both brown eyes and blue. In some cases, the child resembles one parent and not the other. In other cases, the child looks somewhat like both parents but not exactly like either. If one parent is white and the other black, the child is neither as white as the one parent nor as black as the other.
However, if we set out to explore the facts of heredity, we might find ourselves just as struck by the differences between parent and child as by the similarities. First of all, every child has two parents, and it’s often impossible to resemble both. For instance, you can’t be both short and tall; you can’t be both fair and dark; you can’t be both slender and heavy; you can’t have both brown eyes and blue. In some cases, the child looks like one parent but not the other. In other instances, the child may have some traits from both parents but doesn’t look exactly like either. If one parent is white and the other is black, the child is neither as white as one parent nor as black as the other.
The parents of a child are themselves different, but there are four grandparents, and each of them different from the others. There are eight great grandparents, and all of them different. If we go back only seven generations, covering a period of perhaps only a hundred and fifty years, we have one hundred and twenty-eight ancestors. If we go back ten generations, we have over a thousand ancestors in our line of descent. Each of these people was, in some measure, different from the others. Our inheritance comes from all of them and from each of them.
The parents of a child are unique individuals, but there are four grandparents, and each one is different from the others. There are eight great-grandparents, and all of them are distinct. If we go back just seven generations, covering about a hundred and fifty years, we have one hundred twenty-eight ancestors. If we look back ten generations, we find over a thousand ancestors in our lineage. Each of these people was, in some way, different from the others. Our inheritance comes from all of them and from each one individually.
How do all of these diverse characteristics work out in the child? In the first place, it seems evident that we do not inherit our bodies as wholes, but in parts or units. We may think of the human race as a whole being made up of a great number of unit characters. No one person possesses all of them. Every person is lacking in some of them. His neighbor may be lacking in quite different ones. Now one parent transmits to the child a certain combination of unit characters; the other parent, a different combination. These characteristics may not all appear in the child, but all are transmitted through it to the next generation, and they are transmitted purely. By being transmitted purely, we mean that the characteristic does not seem to lose its identity and disappear in fusions or mixtures. The essential point in this doctrine of heredity is known as Mendelism; it is the principle of inheritance through the pure transmission of unit characters.
How do all these different traits come together in a child? First of all, it’s clear that we don’t inherit our bodies as complete units, but rather as parts or individual traits. We can think of the human race as a whole made up of many individual characteristics. No one person has all of them; each person is missing some that others might have. One parent passes down a certain combination of traits to the child, while the other parent contributes a different combination. Not all of these traits may show up in the child, but they are all passed on to the next generation, and they are transmitted in their original form. By being transmitted in their original form, we mean that the trait doesn’t lose its identity and doesn’t blend or mix with others. The key idea in this heredity concept is known as Mendelism; it is the principle of inheritance through the pure transmission of individual traits.
An illustration will probably make the Mendelian principle clear. Let us select our illustration from the plant world. It is found that if white and yellow corn are crossed, all the corn the first year, resulting from this crossing, will be yellow. Now, if this hybrid yellow corn is planted the second year, and freely cross-fertilized, it turns out that one fourth of it will be white and three fourths yellow. But this yellow consists of three parts: one part being pure yellow which will breed true, producing nothing but yellow; the other two parts transmit white and yellow in equal ratio. That is to say, these two parts are hybrids, the result of crossing white with yellow. It is not meant that one can actually distinguish these two kinds of yellow, the pure yellow and the hybrid yellow, but the results from planting it show that one third of the yellow is pure and that the other two thirds transmit white and yellow in equal ratio.
An example will probably make the Mendelian principle clear. Let’s choose our example from the plant world. It turns out that if you cross white and yellow corn, all the corn produced in the first year from this cross will be yellow. Now, if this hybrid yellow corn is planted in the second year and allowed to cross-fertilize, it turns out that one fourth of it will be white and three fourths will be yellow. However, this yellow corn consists of three types: one part is pure yellow that will breed true, producing only yellow corn; the other two parts transmit white and yellow in equal amounts. In other words, these two parts are hybrids, the result of crossing white with yellow. It’s not meant that you can actually tell these two types of yellow apart, the pure yellow and the hybrid yellow, but planting the corn shows that one third of the yellow is pure and the other two thirds transmit white and yellow in equal amounts.
The main point to notice in all this is that when two individuals having diverse characteristics are crossed, the characteristics do not fuse and disappear ultimately, but that the two characteristics are transmitted in equal ratio, and each will appear in succeeding generations, and will appear pure, just as if it had not been crossed with something different. The first offspring resulting from the cross—known as hybrids—may show either one or the other of the diverse characteristics, or, when such a thing is possible, even a blending of the two characteristics. But whatever the actual appearance of the first generation of offspring resulting from crossing parents having diverse characteristics, their germ-cells transmit the diverse characteristics in equal proportion, as explained above.
The key thing to understand here is that when two individuals with different traits are bred together, those traits don’t mix and disappear; instead, both traits are passed on equally, and each will show up in future generations, remaining distinct as if they had never been mixed with something else. The first generation of offspring from this cross, known as hybrids, may show one of the different traits or, when possible, even a mix of both traits. However, no matter how the first generation of hybrids appears, their reproductive cells carry both traits in equal amounts, as described earlier.
When one of the diverse characteristics appears in the first generation of offspring and the other does not appear, or is not apparent, the one that appears is said to be dominant, while the one not appearing is said to be recessive. In our example of the yellow and white corn, yellow is dominant and white recessive. And it must be remembered that the white corn that appears in the second generation will breed true just as if it had never been crossed with the yellow corn. One third of the yellow of the second generation would also breed true if it could be separated from the other two thirds.
When one of the different traits shows up in the first generation of offspring while the other doesn't show at all, the trait that does show is called dominant, and the one that doesn’t show is called recessive. In our example with yellow and white corn, yellow is dominant and white is recessive. It’s important to note that the white corn appearing in the second generation will breed true, as if it had never been crossed with the yellow corn. One third of the yellow in the second generation would also breed true if it could be isolated from the other two thirds.
It is not here claimed that Mendelism is a universal principle, that all characteristics are transmitted in this way. However, the results of the numerous experiments in heredity lead one to expect this to be the case. Most of the experiments have been with lower animals and with plants, but recent experiments and statistical studies show that Mendelism is an important factor in human heredity, in such characteristics as color of hair and eyes and skin, partial color blindness, defects of eye, ear, and other important organs.
It is not claimed here that Mendelism is a universal principle or that all traits are passed down this way. However, the results from numerous heredity experiments suggest this might be true. Most of the experiments have focused on lower animals and plants, but recent experiments and statistical studies show that Mendelism plays an important role in human heredity, influencing characteristics like hair color, eye color, skin color, partial color blindness, and defects in the eyes, ears, and other important organs.
The studies that have been made of human heredity have been, for the most part, studies of the transmission of physical characteristics. Very little has been done that bears directly upon the transmission of mental characteristics. But our knowledge of the dependence of mind upon body should prepare us to infer mental heredity from physical heredity. Such studies as throw light on the question bear us out in making such an inference.
The research done on human heredity has mostly focused on the passing down of physical traits. Not much has been explored regarding the inheritance of mental traits. However, our understanding of how the mind relies on the body should lead us to connect mental inheritance with physical inheritance. Studies that provide insight into this issue support us in making that connection.
The studies that have been more directly concerned with mental heredity are those dealing with the resemblances of twins, studies of heredity in royalty, studies of the inheritance of genius, and studies of the transmission of mental defects and defects of sense organs. The results of all these studies indicate the inheritance of mental characteristics in the same way that physical characteristics are transmitted. Not only are human mental characteristics transmitted from parent to offspring, but they seem to be transmitted in Mendelian fashion.
The studies that focus more directly on mental inheritance are those examining the similarities between twins, research on heredity in royal families, investigations into the inheritance of genius, and studies on the transmission of mental disabilities and issues with sensory organs. The findings from all these studies suggest that mental traits are inherited in the same way as physical traits. Not only are human mental characteristics passed down from parents to children, but they also appear to be inherited according to Mendelian principles.
Feeble-mindedness, for example, seems to be a Mendelian character and recessive. From the studies that have been made, it seems that two congenitally feeble-minded parents will have only feeble-minded children. Feeble-mindedness acts in heredity as does the white corn in the example given above. If one parent only is feeble-minded, the other being normal, all of the children will be normal, just as all of the corn, in the first generation after the crossing, was yellow. But these children whose parents are the one normal and the other feeble-minded, while themselves normal, transmit feeble-mindedness in equal ratio with normality. It works out as follows: If a feeble-minded person marry a person of sound mind and sound stock, the children will all be of sound, normal mind. If these children take as husbands and wives men and women who had for parents one normal and one feeble-minded person, their children will be one fourth feeble-minded and three fourths of them normal.
Feeble-mindedness, for instance, appears to be a hereditary trait that is recessive. From the research conducted, it looks like two congenitally feeble-minded parents will only have feeble-minded children. Feeble-mindedness behaves in heredity similarly to the white corn in the previous example. If one parent is feeble-minded and the other is normal, all of the children will be normal, just like all of the corn in the first generation after the crossing was yellow. However, these children, having one normal parent and one feeble-minded parent, while themselves normal, pass on feeble-mindedness in equal proportions to normality. It breaks down like this: If a feeble-minded person marries someone of sound mind and good background, all their children will be of sound, normal mind. If these children then marry men and women whose parents were one normal and one feeble-minded person, their children will be one-fourth feeble-minded and three-fourths normal.
To summarize the various conditions: If a feeble-minded person marry a feeble-minded person, all the children will be feeble-minded. If a feeble-minded person marry a sound, normal person (pure stock), all the children will be normal. If the children, in the last case, marry others like themselves as to origin, one fourth of their offspring will be feeble-minded. If such hybrid children marry feeble-minded persons, one half of the offspring will be feeble-minded. It is rash to prophesy, but future studies of heredity may show that Mendelism, or some modification of the principle, always holds true of mind as well as of body.
To summarize the different situations: If a mentally challenged person marries another mentally challenged person, all their children will be mentally challenged. If a mentally challenged person marries a healthy, normal person (pure stock), all their children will be normal. If the children from the second scenario marry others with similar backgrounds, one-fourth of their offspring will be mentally challenged. If these mixed-background children marry mentally challenged individuals, half of their offspring will be mentally challenged. It’s bold to make predictions, but future research on heredity might reveal that Mendel's laws, or some variation of the principle, apply to the mind just as they do to the body.
Little can be said about the transmission of particular definite mental traits, such as the various aspects of memory, association, attention, temperament, etc. Before we can speak with any certainty here, we must make very careful experimental studies of these mental traits in parents and offspring. No such work has been done. All we have at the present time is the result of general observation.
Little can be said about the transmission of specific mental traits, like different aspects of memory, association, attention, temperament, and so on. Before we can speak confidently about this, we need to conduct thorough experimental studies of these mental traits in both parents and their children. No such research has been done yet. All we have right now are results from general observations.
Improvement of the Race. Eugenics is the science of improvement of the human race by breeding. While we can train children and thereby make them much better than they would be without such training, this training does not improve the stock. The improvement of the stock can be accomplished only through breeding from the best and preventing the poor stock from leaving offspring. This is a well-known principle in the breeding of domestic animals.
Improvement of the Race. Eugenics is the science of enhancing the human race through selective breeding. While we can educate children and make them significantly better than they would be without that education, this training doesn’t actually improve the genetic material. The improvement of the genetic material can only happen by breeding from the best individuals and preventing those with weaker genetics from reproducing. This is a well-known principle in breeding domestic animals.
It is doubtless just as true in the case of human beings. The hygienic and scientific rearing of children is good for the children and makes their lives better, but probably does not affect their offspring. We should not forget that all the social and educational influences die with the generation that receives them. They must be impressed by training on the next generation or that generation will receive no influence from them. The characters which we acquire in our lifetime seem not to be transmitted to our children, except through what is known as social heredity, which is merely the taking on of characteristics through imitation. Our children must go through all the labor of learning to read, write, spell, add, multiply, subtract, and divide, which we went through. Moral traits, manners and customs, and other habits and ideals of social importance must be acquired by each successive generation.
It's definitely true for people too. Raising children in a healthy and scientific way benefits them and improves their lives, but it probably doesn't have an impact on their kids. We must remember that all the social and educational influences disappear with the generation that experiences them. They need to be passed down to the next generation through training; otherwise, that generation won't be influenced by them. The traits we develop in our lives don’t seem to get passed on to our children, except through what’s called social heredity, which is just adopting traits by imitation. Our kids have to do all the hard work of learning to read, write, spell, add, multiply, subtract, and divide, just like we did. Moral traits, manners, customs, and other important social habits and ideals have to be learned by each new generation.
Heredity versus Environment. The question is often asked whether heredity or the influence of environment has the most to do with the final outcome of one’s life. It is a rather useless question to ask, for what a human being or anything else in the world does depends upon what it is itself and what the things and forces are that act upon it. Heredity sets a limitation for us, fixes the possibilities. The circumstances of life determine what we will do with our inherited abilities and characteristics. Hereditary influences incline us to be tall or short, fat or lean, light or dark. The characteristics of our memory, association, imagination, our learning capacity, etc., are determined by heredity. Of course, how far these various aspects develop is to some extent dependent upon the favorable or unfavorable influences of the environment. What is possible for us to do is settled by heredity; what we may actually do, what we may have the opportunity to do, is largely a matter of the circumstances of life.
Heredity versus Environment. People often wonder whether heredity or environmental influences play a bigger role in shaping the outcome of someone's life. It's actually a pretty pointless question because what happens to a person, or anything else in the world, depends on its inherent nature and the various factors acting upon it. Heredity sets boundaries for us and defines our potential. The conditions we face in life dictate how we will use our inherited traits and talents. Genetic influences may predispose us to be tall or short, heavy or thin, light-skinned or dark-skinned. Our memory, associations, imagination, and learning abilities are also shaped by our genes. Naturally, the extent to which these characteristics develop can be influenced by the positive or negative factors in our environment. What we are capable of achieving is determined by heredity; what we actually accomplish and the opportunities we have largely depend on our life circumstances.
In certain parts of New England, the number of men who become famous in art, science, or literature is very great compared to the number in some other parts of our country. As far as we have any evidence, the native stocks are the same in the two cases, but in New England the influences turn men into the direction of science, art, and literature. Everything there is favorable. In other parts of the country, the influences turn men into other spheres of activity. They become large landowners, men of business and affairs.
In some parts of New England, a significant number of men achieve fame in art, science, or literature compared to other areas of the country. From what we can tell, the native backgrounds are similar in both cases, but in New England, the environment encourages men to pursue science, art, and literature. Everything there supports these pursuits. In other regions, the environment pushes men toward different paths. They often become large landowners or involved in business and other affairs.
The question may be asked whether genius makes its way to the front in spite of unfavorable circumstances. Sometimes it doubtless does. But pugnacity and perseverance are not necessarily connected with intellectual genius. Genius may be as likely to be timid as belligerent. Therefore unfavorable circumstances may crush many a genius.
The question can be raised whether genius can rise to the top despite difficult situations. Sometimes it certainly can. However, aggression and determination aren't always linked to intellectual genius. A genius can be just as likely to be shy as they are to be confrontational. As a result, challenging circumstances can overwhelm many geniuses.
The public schools ought to be on the watch for genius in any and all kinds of work. When a genius is found, proper training ought to be provided to develop this genius for the good of society as well as for the good of the individual himself. A few children show ability in drawing and painting, others in music, others in mechanical invention, some in literary construction. When it is found that this ability is undoubtedly a native gift and not a passing whim, special opportunity should be provided for its development and training. It will be better for the general welfare, as well as for individual happiness, if each does in life that for which he is by nature best fitted. For most of us, however, there is not much difference in our abilities. We can do one thing as well as we can many other things. But in a few there are undoubted special native gifts.
Public schools should be on the lookout for talent in all kinds of work. When talent is discovered, proper training should be given to nurture it for the benefit of both society and the individual. Some children show promise in drawing and painting, others in music, others in mechanical invention, and some in writing. When it's clear that this ability is a natural gift and not just a passing interest, special opportunities should be provided for its development and training. It will benefit both the general good and individual happiness if everyone does what they are naturally best suited for. For most of us, though, there isn't much difference in our abilities; we can do one thing as well as many others. But for a few, there are undeniable special natural gifts.
Summary. This is an orderly world, in which everything has a cause. All events are connected in a chain of causes and effects. Human beings live in this world of natural law and are subject to it. Human life is completely within this world of law and order and is a part of it. Education is possible only because we can change human beings by having influences act upon them.
Summary. This is a structured world where everything has a purpose. All events are connected in a chain of causes and effects. People in this world are governed by natural laws and are bound by them. Human life is completely part of this system of law and order. Education is only possible because we can change individuals through various influences that impact them.
Individuals receive their original traits from their ancestors, probably as parts or units. Mendelism is the doctrine of the pure transmission of unit characters. Eugenics is the science of improving the human race by selective breeding. An individual’s life is the result of the interaction of his hereditary characteristics and his environment.
Individuals inherit their original traits from their ancestors, likely as different parts or units. Mendelism is the belief in the simple transmission of these unit traits. Eugenics is the study of improving the human race through selective breeding. A person’s life is shaped by the interaction between their genetic traits and their environment.
CLASS EXERCISES
Try to find rock containing the remains of animals. You can get information on such matters from a textbook on geology.
Try to find rocks that have the remains of animals. You can find information on this in a geology textbook.
Read in a geology about the different geological epochs in the history of the earth.
Read about the different geological epochs in Earth's history in a geology book.
Make a comparison of the length of infancy in the lower animals and in man. What is the significance of what you find? What advantage does it give man?
Make a comparison of how long infancy lasts in lower animals versus humans. What does your comparison reveal? What benefits does this give to humans?
What is natural selection? How does it lead to change in animals? Does natural selection still operate among human beings? (See a modern textbook on zoölogy.)
What is natural selection? How does it cause changes in animals? Does natural selection still happen among humans? (Check out a modern textbook on zoology.)
By observation and from consulting a zoölogy, learn about the different classes of animal forms, from low forms to high forms.
By observing and checking a zoology book, learn about the different classes of animal forms, from lower forms to higher forms.
By studying domestic animals, see what you can learn about heredity. Enumerate all the points that you find bearing upon heredity.
By studying pets, see what you can learn about inheritance. List all the points you discover related to heredity.
In a similar way, make a study of heredity in your family. Consider such characteristics as height, weight, shape of head, shape of nose, hair and eye color. Can you find any evidence of the inheritance of mental traits?
In the same way, study heredity in your family. Look at characteristics like height, weight, head shape, nose shape, and hair and eye color. Can you find any signs of inherited mental traits?
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Davenport: Heredity in Relation to Eugenics.
- Kellicott: The Social Direction of Human Evolution.
CHAPTER III
MIND AND BODY
Gross Dependence. The relation of mind to body has always been an interesting one to man. This is partly because of the connection of the question with that of life after death. An old idea of this relation, almost universally held till recently, was that the mind or spirit lived in the body but was more or less independent of the body. The body has been looked upon as a hindrance to the mind or spirit. Science knows nothing about the existence of spirits apart from bodies. The belief that after death the mind lives on is a matter of faith and not of science. Whether one believes in an existence of the mind after death of the body, depends on one’s religious faith. There is no scientific evidence one way or the other. The only mind that science knows anything about is bound up very closely with body. This is not saying that there is no existence of spirit apart from body, but that at present such existence is beyond the realm of science.
Gross Dependence. The relationship between mind and body has always fascinated people. This is partly due to the connection between this question and the idea of life after death. An old belief about this relationship, which was almost universally accepted until recently, was that the mind or spirit resides in the body but is somewhat independent of it. The body has often been seen as a limitation to the mind or spirit. Science has no evidence regarding the existence of spirits outside of bodies. The belief that the mind continues after death is a matter of faith rather than science. Whether someone believes in the mind's existence after the body dies depends on their religious beliefs. There is no scientific evidence supporting either side of the debate. The only mind that science understands is closely linked to the body. This doesn’t mean that spirits don’t exist separately from the body; it just means that, for now, such existence is beyond the reach of science.
The dependence of mind upon body in a general way is evident to every one, upon the most general observation and thought. We know the effect on the mind of disease, of good health, of hunger, of fatigue, of overwork, of severe bodily injury, of blindness or deafness. We have, perhaps, seen some one struck upon the head by a club, or run over by an automobile, and have noted the tremendous consequences to the person’s mind. In such cases it sometimes happens that, as far as we can see, there is no longer any mind in connection with that body. The most casual observation, then, shows that mind and body are in some way most intimately related.
The way the mind relies on the body is obvious to everyone with just a little observation and thought. We understand how things like illness, good health, hunger, tiredness, overworking, serious injuries, blindness, or deafness impact the mind. We might have seen someone hit in the head with a club or run over by a car, and we've noticed the huge effects on that person's mind. In those situations, it sometimes seems like there’s no mind connected to that body anymore. So, it's clear that the mind and body are closely linked.
Finer Dependence. Let us note this relation more in detail, and, in particular, see just which part of the body it is that is connected with the mind. First of all, we note the dependence of mind upon sense organs. We see only with our eyes. If we close the eyelids, we cannot see. If we are born blind, or if injury or disease destroys the retinas of the eyes or makes the eyes opaque so that light cannot pass through to the retinas, then we cannot see.
Finer Dependence. Let's take a closer look at this relationship and specifically identify which part of the body is linked to the mind. First, we observe the dependence of the mind on the sense organs. We can only see with our eyes. If we close our eyelids, we can’t see. If we're born blind, or if an injury or illness damages the retinas or makes the eyes opaque so that light can’t reach the retinas, then we can't see.
Similarly, we hear only by means of the ears. If we are born deaf, or if injury destroys some important part of the hearing mechanism, then we cannot hear. In like manner, we taste only by means of the taste organs in the mouth, and smell only with the organs of smell in the nose. In a word, our primary knowledge of the world comes only through the sense organs. We shall see presently just how this sensing or perceiving is accomplished.
Similarly, we can only hear through our ears. If we're born deaf or an injury damages a crucial part of the hearing system, we can't hear. In the same way, we can only taste through the taste buds in our mouths and smell through the olfactory organs in our noses. In short, our main understanding of the world comes through our sense organs. We'll soon explore how this sensing or perceiving happens.
Dependence of Mind on Nerves and Brain. We have seen how in a general way the mind is dependent on the body. We have seen how in a more intimate way it is dependent on the special sense organs. But the part of the body to which the mind is most directly and intimately related is the nervous system. The sense organs themselves are merely modifications of the nerve ends together with certain mechanisms for enabling stimuli to act on the nerve ends. The eye is merely the optic nerve spread out to form the retina and modified in certain ways to make it sensitive to ether vibrations. In addition to this, there is, of course, the focusing mechanism of the eye. So for all the sense organs; they are, each of them, some sort of modification of nerve-endings which makes them sensitive to some particular force or substance.
Dependence of Mind on Nerves and Brain. We have seen how the mind generally depends on the body. We've also seen how it more closely depends on the specific sense organs. However, the part of the body that the mind is most directly and closely related to is the nervous system. The sense organs are just modified nerve endings along with certain mechanisms that let stimuli affect the nerve endings. The eye is essentially the optic nerve stretched out to form the retina and adjusted in specific ways to make it responsive to light waves. Additionally, the eye has a focusing mechanism. This applies to all sense organs; each one is some form of modification of nerve endings that makes them sensitive to a particular force or substance.
Let us make the matter clear by an illustration. Suppose I see a picture on the wall. My eyes are directed toward the picture. Light from the picture is refracted within the eyes, forming an image on each retina. The retina is sensitive to the light. The light produces chemical changes on the retina. These changes set up an excitation in the optic nerves, which is conducted to a certain place in the brain, causing an excitation in the brain. Now the important point is that when this excitation is going on in the brain, we are conscious, we see the picture.
Let me clarify this with an example. Imagine I see a picture on the wall. My eyes focus on the picture. Light from the picture is bent inside my eyes, creating an image on each retina. The retina is sensitive to light. The light triggers chemical reactions on the retina. These reactions create signals in the optic nerves, which are sent to a specific area in the brain, causing excitement in the brain. The key point is that when this excitement is happening in the brain, we are aware, we see the picture.
As far as science can determine, we do not see, nor hear, nor taste, nor smell, nor have any other sensation unless a sense organ is excited and produces the excitation in the brain. There can be no doubt about our primary, sensory experience. By primary, sensory experience is meant our immediate, direct knowledge of any aspect of the world. In this field of our conscious life, we are entirely dependent upon sense organs and nerves and brain. Injuries to the eyes destroying their power to perform their ordinary work, or injuries to the optic nerve or to the visual center in the brain, make it impossible for us to see.
As far as science can tell, we don't see, hear, taste, smell, or experience any other sensations unless a sensory organ is stimulated, which sends signals to the brain. There’s no doubt about our basic sensory experiences. By basic sensory experiences, I mean our immediate, direct awareness of anything in the world. In this aspect of our conscious life, we rely completely on our sensory organs, nerves, and brain. If the eyes are injured and lose their ability to function normally, or if the optic nerve or the visual center in the brain is damaged, we can no longer see.
These facts are so self-evident that it seems useless to state them. One has but to hold his hands before his eyes to convince himself that the mind sees by means of eyes, which are physical sense organs. One has but to hold his hands tight over his ears to find out that he hears by means of ears—again, physical sense organs.
These facts are so obvious that it feels pointless to mention them. All you have to do is cover your eyes with your hands to realize that the mind sees through the eyes, which are physical sensory organs. Similarly, if you cover your ears with your hands, you’ll find out that you hear with your ears—again, physical sensory organs.
But simple and self-evident as the facts are, their acceptance must have tremendous consequences to our thinking, and to our view of human nature. If the mind is dependent in every feature on the body with its sense organs, this must give to this body and its sense organs an importance in our thought and scheme of things that they did not have before. This close dependence of mind upon body must give to the body a place in our scheme of education that it would not have under any other view of the mind. We wish to emphasize here that this statement of the close relation of the mind and body is not a theory which one may accept or not. It is a simple statement of fact. It is a presupposition of psychology. By “presupposition” is meant a fundamental principle which the psychologist always has in mind. It is axiomatic, and has the same place in psychology that axioms have in mathematics. All explanations of the working of the mind must be stated in terms of nerve and brain action, and stimulation of sense organs.
But while the facts may seem straightforward and obvious, accepting them has significant implications for our thinking and our understanding of human nature. If the mind relies on the body and its sense organs for all its functions, this elevates the importance of the body and its senses in our perspectives and frameworks in ways we haven't recognized before. This strong connection between mind and body must also give the body a role in our education system that it wouldn’t have under any other understanding of the mind. We want to stress that this assertion about the close relationship between mind and body isn’t just a theory that one can choose to accept or ignore. It’s a straightforward statement of fact. It’s a foundational assumption in psychology. By "assumption," we mean a core principle that psychologists always consider. It’s a given and holds the same significance in psychology as axioms do in mathematics. All explanations of how the mind functions must be framed in terms of nerve and brain activity, as well as the stimulation of sense organs.
Since the sense organs are the primary and fundamental organs through which we get experience, and since the sensations are the elementary experiences out of which all mental life is built, it is necessary for us to have a clear idea of the sense organs, their structure and functions, and of the nature of sensations.
Since the sense organs are the main and essential means by which we gain experience, and since sensations are the basic experiences that form the foundation of all mental life, it's important for us to have a clear understanding of the sense organs, including their structure, functions, and the nature of sensations.
Vision. The Visual Sense Organs. The details of the anatomy of the eye can be looked up in a physiological textbook. The essential principles are very simple. The eye is made on the principle of a photographer’s camera. The retina corresponds to the sensitive plate of the camera. The light coming from objects toward which the eyes are directed is focused on the retina, forming there an image of the object. The light thus focused on the retina sets up a chemical change in the delicate nerve tissue; this excitation is transmitted through the optic nerve to the occipital (back) part of the brain, and sets up brain action there. Then we have visual sensation; we see the object.
Vision. The Visual Sense Organs. You can find the details of the eye's anatomy in a physiology textbook. The basic concepts are quite straightforward. The eye works like a photographer’s camera. The retina acts like the camera's sensitive film. Light from objects that our eyes are focused on is directed to the retina, creating an image of that object there. This focused light triggers a chemical reaction in the sensitive nerve tissue; this response is sent via the optic nerve to the occipital (back) part of the brain, where it generates brain activity. As a result, we experience visual sensation; we see the object.
The different colors that we see are dependent upon the vibration frequency of the ether. The higher frequencies give us the colors blue and green, and the lower frequencies give us the colors yellow and red. The intermediate frequencies give us the intermediate colors blue-green and orange. By vibration frequencies is meant the rate at which the ether vibrates, the number of vibrations a second. If the reader wishes to know something about these frequencies, such information can be found in a textbook on physics.
The various colors we see depend on the vibration frequency of the ether. Higher frequencies produce blue and green, while lower frequencies result in yellow and red. The intermediate frequencies create colors like blue-green and orange. Vibration frequencies refer to how fast the ether vibrates, specifically the number of vibrations per second. If you're interested in learning more about these frequencies, you can find that information in a physics textbook.
It will be found that the vibration rates of the ether are very great. It is only within a certain range of vibration frequency that sunlight affects the retina. Slower rates of vibration than that producing red do not affect the eye, and faster than that producing violet do not affect the eye. The lightness and darkness of a color are dependent upon the intensity of the vibration. Red, for example, is produced by a certain vibration frequency. The more intense the vibration, the brighter the red; the less intense, the darker the red.
It turns out that the vibration rates of the ether are very high. Sunlight only impacts the retina within a specific range of vibration frequencies. Vibration rates slower than those that create red don't affect the eye, and those faster than what produces violet also don't affect it. The lightness and darkness of a color depend on the intensity of the vibration. For instance, red is generated by a particular vibration frequency. The more intense the vibration, the brighter the red; the less intense, the darker the red.
When all the vibration frequencies affect the eyes at the same time, we see no color at all but only brightness. This is due to the fact that certain vibration frequencies neutralize each other in their effect on the retina, so far as producing color is concerned. Red neutralizes green, blue neutralizes yellow, violet neutralizes yellowish green, orange neutralizes bluish green.
When all the vibration frequencies hit the eyes at the same time, we don't see any color, just brightness. This happens because certain vibration frequencies cancel each other out in their effect on the retina when it comes to producing color. Red cancels out green, blue cancels out yellow, violet cancels out yellowish green, and orange cancels out bluish green.
All variations in vision as far as color and brightness are concerned are due to variations in the stimulus. Changes in vibration frequency give the different colors. Changes in intensity give the different brightnesses: black, gray, and white. All explanations of the many interesting phenomena of vision are to be sought in the physiological action of the eye.
All differences in vision related to color and brightness come from changes in the stimulus. Variations in vibration frequency produce different colors. Variations in intensity create different brightness levels: black, gray, and white. All explanations for the many fascinating phenomena of vision can be found in the physiological function of the eye.
Besides the facts of color and light and shade, already mentioned, some further interesting visual phenomena may be mentioned here.
Besides the facts about color and light and shadow that have already been mentioned, there are a few more interesting visual phenomena to highlight here.
Visual Contrast. Every color makes objects near it take on the antagonistic or complementary color. Red makes objects near appear green, green makes them appear red. Blue makes near objects appear yellow, while yellow makes them appear blue. Orange induces greenish blue, and greenish blue induces orange. Violet induces yellowish green, and yellowish green induces violet. These color-pairs are known as antagonistic or complementary colors. Each one of a pair enhances the effect of its complementary when the two colors are brought close together. In a similar way, light and dark tints act as complementaries. Light objects make dark objects near appear darker, and dark objects make light objects near seem lighter.
Visual Contrast. Every color influences the colors of nearby objects, making them appear antagonistic or complementary. Red makes nearby objects look green, while green makes them look red. Blue makes nearby objects appear yellow, and yellow makes them look blue. Orange creates a greenish-blue effect, and greenish blue creates an orange effect. Violet makes things look yellowish green, and yellowish green makes them look violet. These color pairs are known as antagonistic or complementary colors. Each color in a pair enhances the effect of its complementary when placed close together. Similarly, light and dark shades act as complements. Light objects can make nearby dark objects appear darker, and dark objects can make nearby light objects seem lighter.
These universal principles of contrast are of much practical significance. They must be taken account of in all arrangements of colors and tints, for example, in dress, in the arrangement of flowers and shrubs, in painting.
These universal principles of contrast are really important in everyday practice. They need to be considered in all color and shade arrangements, such as in clothing, in how flowers and shrubs are arranged, and in painting.
Color-Mixture. If, on a rotating motor, disks of different colors—say red and yellow—are placed and rotated, one sees on looking at them not red or yellow but orange. This phenomenon is known as color-mixture. The result is due to the simultaneous stimulation of the retina by two kinds of ether vibration. If the colors used are a certain red and a certain green, they neutralize each other and produce only gray. All the pairs of complementary colors mentioned above act in the same way, producing, if mixed in the right proportion, no color, but gray. If colored disks not complementary are mixed by rotation on a motor, they produce an intermediate color. Red and yellow give orange. Blue and green give bluish green. Yellow and green give yellowish green. Red and blue give violet or purple, depending on the proportion. Mixing pigments gives, in general, the same results as mixing by means of rotating the disks. The ordinary blue and yellow pigments give green when mixed, because each of the two pigments contains green. The blue and yellow neutralize each other, leaving green.
Color-Mixture. If you place disks of different colors—like red and yellow—on a spinning motor and look at them, you won't see red or yellow but orange instead. This effect is called color-mixture. It happens because both colors stimulate the retina simultaneously with different types of ether vibrations. If you use a specific red and a specific green, they cancel each other out and only create gray. All pairs of complementary colors work the same way, producing gray instead of color when mixed in the right ratios. If you mix non-complementary colored disks by spinning them on a motor, you'll see an intermediate color. Red and yellow make orange. Blue and green create bluish green. Yellow and green result in yellowish green. Red and blue yield violet or purple, depending on how much of each is used. Mixing pigments usually gives the same outcomes as rotating the disks. Regular blue and yellow pigments mix to form green because both contain green. The blue and yellow cancel each other out, resulting in green.
Visual After-Images. The stimulation of the retina has interesting after effects. We shall mention here only the one known as negative after-images. If one will place on the table a sheet of white paper, and on this white paper lay a small piece of colored paper, and if he will then gaze steadily at the colored paper for a half-minute, it will be found that if the colored paper is removed one sees its complementary color. If the head is not moved, this complementary color has the same size and shape as the original colored piece of paper. The negative after-image can be projected on a background at different distances, its size depending on the distance of the background. The after-image will be found to mix with an objective color in accordance with the principles of color-mixture mentioned above.
Visual After-Images. The stimulation of the retina produces some interesting after effects. Here, we will only discuss the phenomenon known as negative after-images. If you place a sheet of white paper on the table and lay a small piece of colored paper on top, then stare at the colored paper for about thirty seconds, you'll notice that when you remove the colored paper, you see its complementary color. If your head remains still, this complementary color will have the same size and shape as the original colored paper. The negative after-image can be projected onto a background at varying distances, with its size depending on how far away that background is. You'll find that the after-image mixes with a real color based on the color-mixture principles mentioned earlier.
Adaptation. The fact last mentioned leads us to the subject of adaptation. If the eyes are stimulated by the same kind of light for some time, the eyes become adapted to that light. If the light is yellow, at first objects seem yellow, but after a time they look as if they were illuminated with white light, losing the yellow aspect. But if one then goes out into white light, everything looks bluish. The negative after-image of the yellow being cast upon everything makes the surroundings look blue, for the after-image of yellow is blue. All the other colors act in a similar way, as do also black and white. If one has been for some time in a dark room and then goes out to a lighter place, it seems unusually light. And if one goes from the light to a dark room, it seems unusually dark.
Adaptation. The previously mentioned fact leads us to the topic of adaptation. When the eyes are exposed to the same type of light for a while, they become adjusted to that light. If the light is yellow, at first objects appear yellow, but after some time, they look as though they are being lit by white light and lose the yellow tint. However, if someone then steps into white light, everything appears bluish. The negative after-image of yellow overlays everything, making the surroundings look blue since the after-image of yellow is blue. All other colors behave similarly, as do black and white. If someone has been in a dark room for a while and then goes into a brighter place, it feels unusually bright. Conversely, if someone transitions from light to a dark room, it seems exceptionally dark.
Hearing or Audition. Just as the eye is an organ sensitive to certain frequencies of ether vibration, so the ear is an organ sensitive to certain air vibrations. The reader should familiarize himself with the physiology of the ear by reference to physiologies. The drum-skin, the three little bones of the middle ear, and the cochlea of the inner ear are all merely mechanical means of making possible the stimulation of the specialized endings of the auditory nerve by vibrations of air.
Hearing or Audition. Just like the eye is an organ that responds to specific frequencies of light waves, the ear is an organ that responds to specific air vibrations. Readers should get to know the physiology of the ear by looking at relevant materials. The eardrum, the three tiny bones in the middle ear, and the cochlea in the inner ear are all just mechanical components that allow air vibrations to stimulate the specialized endings of the auditory nerve.
As the different colors are due to different vibration frequencies of the ether, so different pitches of sound are due to differences in the rates of the air vibrations. The low bass notes are produced by the low vibration frequencies. The high notes are produced by the high vibration frequencies. The lowest notes that we can hear are produced by about twenty vibrations a second, and the highest by about forty thousand vibrations a second.
As different colors result from varying vibration frequencies of the ether, different sound pitches arise from differences in air vibration rates. Low bass notes come from low vibration frequencies, while high notes come from high vibration frequencies. The lowest notes we can hear are produced by around twenty vibrations per second, and the highest by about forty thousand vibrations per second.
Other Sense Organs. We need not give a detailed statement of the facts concerning the other senses. In each case the sense organ is some special adaptation of the nerve-endings with appropriate apparatus in connection to enable it to be affected by some special thing or force in the environment.
Other Sense Organs. We don't need to provide an in-depth explanation of the facts regarding the other senses. In each instance, the sense organ is a specific adaptation of the nerve endings, equipped with the right structures to respond to particular stimuli or forces in the environment.
In the case of taste, we find in the mouth, chiefly on the back and edges of the tongue, organs sensitive to sweet, sour, salt, and bitter. In the nose we have an organ that is sensitive to the tiny particles of substances that float in the air which we breathe in through the nose.
In terms of taste, we have sensory organs in the mouth, mainly at the back and sides of the tongue, that detect sweet, sour, salty, and bitter flavors. In the nose, we have receptors that are sensitive to the tiny particles of substances that drift through the air we inhale.
In the skin we find several kinds of sense organs that give us the sensations of cold and warmth, of pressure and pain. These are all special and definite sensations produced by different kinds of organs. The sense of warmth is produced by different organs from those which produce the sense of cold. These organs can be detected and localized on the skin. So, also, pain and touch or pressure have each its particular organ.
In the skin, there are various types of sensory organs that allow us to feel sensations of cold and warmth, as well as pressure and pain. Each of these sensations is unique and produced by different types of organs. The sensation of warmth comes from different organs than those that sense cold. These organs can be identified and located on the skin. Similarly, pain and touch or pressure each have their own specific organ.
Within the body itself we have sense organs also, particularly in the joints and tendons and in the muscles. These give us the sensations which are the basis of our perception of motion, and of the position of the body and its members. In the semicircular canals of the inner ear are organs that give us the sense of dizziness, and enable us to maintain our equilibrium and to know up from down.
Within the body, we also have sensory organs, especially in the joints, tendons, and muscles. These provide us with the sensations that form the foundation of our perception of movement and the position of our body and its parts. In the semicircular canals of the inner ear are organs that give us the sense of balance and help us know which way is up or down.
The general nature of the sense organs and of sensa tion should now be apparent. The nervous system reaches out its myriad fingers to every portion of the surface of the body, and within the body as well. These nerve-endings are specially adapted to receive each its particular form of stimulation. This stimulation of our sense organs is the basis or cause of our sensations. And our sensations are the elementary stuff of all our experience. Whatever thoughts we have, whatever ideas or images we have, they come originally from our sensations. They are built up out of our sensations or from these sensations as they exist in memory.
The basic nature of our sense organs and sensation should be clear now. The nervous system extends its countless connections to every part of the body's surface and inside as well. These nerve endings are specifically designed to respond to their unique types of stimulation. The stimulation of our sense organs is what triggers our sensations. Our sensations form the fundamental material of all our experiences. Any thoughts, ideas, or images we have originate from our sensations. They are constructed from our sensations or from those sensations as they are stored in our memory.
Defects of Sense Organs. The organs of sight and hearing are now by far the most important of our sense organs. They enable us to sense things that are at a distance. We shall therefore discuss defects of these two organs only. Since sensations are the primary stuff out of which mind is made, and since sight and hearing are the most important sense organs, it is evident that our lives are very much dependent on these organs. If they cannot do their work well, then we are handicapped. And this is often the case.
Defects of Sense Organs. The organs of sight and hearing are currently the most crucial of our sense organs. They allow us to perceive things that are far away. Therefore, we will only discuss the defects of these two organs. Since sensations are the foundation of our mind, and sight and hearing are the most significant sense organs, it's clear that our lives depend heavily on these organs. If they don't function properly, we face challenges. And this is often true.
The making of the human eye is one of the most remarkable achievements of nature. But the making of a perfect eye is too big a task for nature. She never makes a perfect eye. There is always some defect, large or small. To take plastic material and make lenses and shutters and curtains is a great task. The curvature of the front of the eye and of the front and back of the crystalline lens is never quite perfect, but in the majority of cases it is nearly enough perfect to give us good vision. However, in about one third of school children the defect is great enough to need to be corrected by glasses.
The development of the human eye is one of nature's most amazing achievements. However, creating a perfect eye is too much for nature to handle. She never produces a flawless eye. There is always some imperfection, whether big or small. Taking plastic materials to create lenses, shutters, and curtains is a significant task. The curvature of the front of the eye and the front and back of the lens is never completely perfect, but in most cases, it's close enough for us to see well. However, about one-third of school children have defects that are significant enough to require glasses.
The principle of the correction of sight by means of glasses is merely this:[1] When the focusing apparatus of the eye is not perfect, it can be made so by putting in front of the eye the proper kind of lens. There is nothing strange or mysterious about it. In some cases, the eye focuses the light before it reaches the retina. Such cases are known as nearsightedness and are corrected by having placed in front of the eyes concave lenses of the proper strength. These lenses diverge the rays and make them focus on the retina. In other cases, the eye is not able to focus the rays by the time they reach the retina. In these cases, the eyes need the help of convex lenses of the proper strength to make the focus fall exactly on the retina.
The basic idea behind correcting vision with glasses is simple: when the eye's focusing ability isn't quite right, the right lens can fix it. There's nothing odd or mysterious about this. Sometimes, the eye focuses light before it hits the retina. These situations are called nearsightedness and are corrected by placing concave lenses of the right strength in front of the eyes. These lenses spread out the light rays so they focus on the retina. In other cases, the eye struggles to focus the rays by the time they reach the retina. In these situations, convex lenses of the right strength are needed to ensure the focus lands exactly on the retina.
[1] The teacher should explain these principles and illustrate by drawings. Consult a good text in physiology. Noyes’ University of Missouri Extension Bulletin on eye and ear defects will be found most useful.
[1] The teacher should explain these principles and show examples through drawings. Refer to a reliable textbook on physiology. Noyes’ University of Missouri Extension Bulletin on eye and ear defects will be very helpful.
Another defect of the eye, known as astigmatism, is due to the fact that the eye does not always have a perfectly spherical front (cornea). The curvature in one direction is different from that in others. For example, the vertical curvature may be more convex than the horizontal. Such a condition produces a serious defect of vision. It can be corrected by means of cylindrical lenses of the proper strength so placed before the eye as to correct the defect in curvature.
Another issue with the eye, called astigmatism, happens because the eye doesn't always have a perfectly round front (cornea). The curvature varies in different directions. For instance, the vertical curvature might be more curved than the horizontal one. This leads to significant vision problems. It can be fixed using cylindrical lenses of the right strength, which are positioned in front of the eye to correct the curvature issue.
Still another defect of vision is known as presbyopia or farsightedness due to old age. It has the following explanation: In early life, when we look at near objects, the crystalline lens automatically becomes thicker, more convex. This adjustment brings the rays to a focus on the retina, which is required for good vision. As we get old, the crystalline lens loses its power to change its adjustment for near objects, al though the eye may see at a distance as well as ever. The old person, therefore, must wear convex glasses when looking at near objects, as in reading and sewing.
Another vision issue is called presbyopia or farsightedness due to aging. Here's how it works: In our younger years, when we focus on nearby objects, the crystalline lens automatically thickens and becomes more curved. This change helps the rays of light focus on the retina, which is necessary for clear vision. As we age, the crystalline lens loses its ability to adjust for close-up viewing, although distance vision remains good. Consequently, older individuals need to wear convex glasses for activities like reading and sewing.
Another visual defect of a different nature is known as partial color blindness. The defects described above are due to misshapen eyes. Partial color blindness is due to a defect of the retina which makes it unable to be affected by light waves producing red and green. A person with this defect confuses red and green. While only a small percentage of the population has this defect, it is nevertheless very important that those having it be detected. People having the defect should not be allowed to enter occupations in which the seeing of red and green is important. It was recently brought to the author’s attention that a partially color-blind man was selling stamps in a post office. Since two denominations of stamps are distinguished by red and green colors, this man made frequent mistakes. He was doing one of the things for which he was specially unfitted. It is easy to detect color blindness by simple tests.
Another visual impairment of a different kind is known as partial color blindness. The issues mentioned earlier are caused by misshapen eyes. Partial color blindness, on the other hand, is due to a defect in the retina that prevents it from responding to light waves that produce red and green. A person with this condition confuses red and green. Although only a small percentage of the population has this defect, it's still very important to identify those who do. People with this defect should not be allowed to work in jobs where distinguishing red and green is crucial. It was recently brought to the author’s attention that a partially color-blind man was selling stamps at a post office. Since two denominations of stamps are identified by red and green colors, this man frequently made mistakes. He was doing one of the things for which he was particularly unqualified. Color blindness can be easily detected through simple tests.
So great is the importance of good vision in school work and the later work of life, that every teacher should know how to make simple tests to determine visual defects. Children showing any symptoms of eyestrain should be required to have their visual defects corrected by a competent oculist, and should be warned not to have the correction made by a quack. There is great popular ignorance and even prejudice concerning visual defects, and it is very important that teachers have a clear understanding of the facts.
The importance of good vision in school and later in life is so significant that every teacher should know how to perform simple tests to identify vision issues. Children who show any signs of eyestrain should be advised to have their vision problems addressed by a qualified eye doctor and should be cautioned against seeking out unqualified practitioners. There is widespread misunderstanding and even bias regarding vision issues, making it crucial for teachers to have a solid understanding of the facts.
Defects of Hearing. Hearing defects are only about half as frequent as those of sight. They are nearly all due to catarrhal infection of the middle ear through the Eustachian tube. The careful and frequent medical examination of school children cannot, therefore, be too strongly emphasized. The deafness or partial deafness that comes from this catarrhal infection can seldom be cured; it must be prevented by the early treatment of the troubles which cause it.
Hearing Issues. Hearing issues are only about half as common as vision problems. Almost all of them are caused by a catarrhal infection of the middle ear through the Eustachian tube. Therefore, it's crucial to emphasize the importance of regular medical check-ups for school children. The deafness or partial deafness that results from this catarrhal infection is rarely curable; it must be prevented through early treatment of the underlying issues that lead to it.
Summary. The mind is closely related to the body. Especially is it dependent upon the brain, nerves, and sense organs. The sense organs are special adaptations of the nerve-ends for receiving impressions. Each sense organ receives only its particular type of impression.
Summary. The mind is closely linked to the body, relying heavily on the brain, nerves, and sensory organs. These sensory organs are specialized parts of the nerve endings that are designed to detect different types of stimuli. Each sensory organ only focuses on its specific type of impression.
The main visual phenomena are those of color-mixture, after-images, adaptation, and contrast. Since sensation is the basis of mental life, defects of the sense organs are serious handicaps and should be corrected if possible. Visual defects are usually due to a misshapen eyeball and can be corrected by proper glasses, which should be fitted by an oculist. Hearing defects usually arise from catarrhal trouble in the middle ear.
The main visual phenomena include color mixing, afterimages, adaptation, and contrast. Since sensation is essential to our mental experiences, problems with the sense organs pose significant challenges and should be addressed whenever possible. Visual impairments are usually caused by an irregularly shaped eyeball and can be corrected with the right glasses, which should be prescribed by an eye doctor. Hearing problems often arise from issues like congestion in the middle ear.
CLASS EXERCISES
Make a study of the relation of the mind to the body. Enumerate the different lines of evidence which you may find indicating their close relationship.
Make a study of the connection between the mind and the body. List the various pieces of evidence that show their close relationship.
Can you find any evidence tending to show that the mind is independent of the body?
Can you find any evidence that suggests the mind is separate from the body?
Color-Mixture. Colored disks can be procured from C. H. Stoelting Company, Chicago. If a small motor is available, the disks can be rotated on the motor and the colors mixed. Mix pairs of complementary colors, also pairs of non-complementary colors, and note the result. A simple device can be made for mixing colors, as follows: On a board stand a pane of glass. On one side of the glass put a colored paper and on the other side of the glass put a different color. By looking through the glass you can see one color through transmitted light and the other color through reflected light. By inclining the glass at different angles you can get different proportions of the mixture, now more of one color, now more of the other.
Color Mixture. You can get colored disks from the C. H. Stoelting Company in Chicago. If you have a small motor, you can spin the disks on it to mix the colors. Try mixing pairs of complementary colors, as well as pairs of non-complementary colors, and observe the results. You can easily create a device for mixing colors like this: Set a pane of glass on a board. Place a colored paper on one side of the glass and a different color on the other side. When you look through the glass, you’ll see one color through transmitted light and the other through reflected light. Tilting the glass at different angles lets you achieve different proportions in the mixture, sometimes showing more of one color and other times more of the other.
Negative After-Images. Cut out pieces of colored paper a half inch square. Put one of these on a white background on the table. With elbows on the table, hold the head in the hands and gaze at the colored paper for about a half-minute, then blow the paper away and continue to gaze at the white background. Note the color that appears. Use different colors and tabulate the results. Try projecting the after-images at different distances. Project the after-images on different colored papers. Do the after-images mix with the colors of the papers?
Negative After-Images. Cut out squares of colored paper that are half an inch each. Place one of these on a white background on the table. With your elbows on the table, support your head in your hands and stare at the colored paper for about thirty seconds. Then blow the paper away and keep looking at the white background. Observe the color that appears. Use different colors and record your findings. Try projecting the after-images at varying distances. Project the after-images onto different colored papers. Do the after-images blend with the colors of the papers?
An interesting experiment with positive after-images can be performed as follows: Shut yourself in a dark closet for fifteen or twenty minutes to remove all trace of stimulation of the retina. With the eyes covered with several folds of thick black cloth go to a window, uncover the eyes and take a momentary look at the landscape, immediately covering the eyes again. The landscape will appear as a positive after-image, with the positive colors and lights and shades. The experiment is best performed on a bright day.
An interesting experiment with positive after-images can be performed like this: Lock yourself in a dark closet for fifteen or twenty minutes to eliminate any stimulation to the retina. With your eyes covered by several layers of thick black cloth, go to a window, uncover your eyes, and take a brief look at the landscape, then cover your eyes again immediately. The landscape will show up as a positive after-image, with vibrant colors, lights, and shades. This experiment works best on a bright day.
Adaptation. Put on colored glasses or hold before the eyes a large piece of colored glass. Note that at first everything takes on the color of the glass. What change comes over objects after the glasses have been worn for fifteen or twenty minutes? Describe your experience after removing the glasses. Plan and perform other experiments showing adaptation. For illustration, go from a very bright room into a dark room. Go from a very dark room to a light one. Describe your experience.
Adaptation. Wear colored glasses or hold a large piece of colored glass in front of your eyes. Notice that initially everything appears to be the color of the glass. What changes occur in the objects after wearing the glasses for fifteen to twenty minutes? Describe your experience after taking off the glasses. Plan and conduct other experiments demonstrating adaptation. For example, move from a very bright room to a dark room. Then, go from a very dark room to a light one. Describe your experience.
Contrast. Take a medium gray paper and lay it on white and various shades of gray and black paper. Describe and explain what you find.
Contrast. Take a medium gray piece of paper and place it on white, as well as on different shades of gray and black paper. Describe and explain what you observe.
Color Contrast. Darken a room by covering all the windows except one window pane. Cover it with cardboard. In the cardboard cut two windows six inches long and one inch wide. Over one window put colored glass or any other colored material through which some light will pass. By holding up a pencil you can cast two shadows on a piece of paper. What color are the shadows? One is a contrast color induced by the other; which one? Explain the results.
Color Contrast. Darken a room by covering all the windows except one window pane. Cover it with cardboard. Cut two windows in the cardboard, each six inches long and one inch wide. Over one window, place colored glass or any other colored material that lets some light through. By holding up a pencil, you can cast two shadows on a piece of paper. What color are the shadows? One is a contrast color created by the other; which one? Explain the results.
Make a study of the way in which women dress. What do you learn about color effects?
Study how women dress. What can you learn about the effects of color?
Defective Vision. Procure a Snellen’s test chart and determine the visual acuity of the members of the class. Seat the subject twenty feet from the chart, which should be placed in a good light. While testing one eye, cover the other with a piece of cardboard. Above each row of letters on the chart is a number which indicates the distance at which it can be read by a normal eye. If the subject can read only the thirty-foot line, his vision is said to be 20/30; if only the forty-foot line, the vision is 20/40. If the subject can read above the twenty-foot line and complains of headache from reading, farsightedness is indicated. If the subject cannot read up to the twenty-foot line, nearsightedness or astigmatism is indicated.
Defective Vision. Get a Snellen test chart and check the visual acuity of the class members. Have the subject sit twenty feet away from the chart, which should be well-lit. While testing one eye, cover the other with a piece of cardboard. Each row of letters on the chart has a number above it that shows the distance at which a normal eye can read it. If the subject can only read the thirty-foot line, their vision is considered 20/30; if they can only read the forty-foot line, it's 20/40. If the subject can read above the twenty-foot line but complains of headaches when reading, it suggests farsightedness. If they can't read up to the twenty-foot line, it indicates nearsightedness or astigmatism.
Hearing. By consultation with the teacher of physics, plan an experiment to show that the pitch of tones depends on vibration frequency. Such an experiment can be very simply performed by rotating a wheel having spokes. Hold a light stick against the spokes so that it strikes each spoke. If the wheel is rotated so as to give twenty or thirty strokes a second, a very low tone will be heard. By rotating the wheel faster you get a higher tone. Other similar experiments can be performed.
Hearing. Consult with your physics teacher to plan an experiment that demonstrates how the pitch of tones depends on the frequency of vibrations. You can easily conduct this experiment by spinning a wheel with spokes. Hold a light stick against the spokes so that it hits each one. If the wheel is spun to create twenty or thirty strikes per second, you will hear a very low tone. By spinning the wheel faster, you will produce a higher tone. You can also try other similar experiments.
Acuity of hearing can be tested by finding the distance at which the various members of the class can hear a watch-tick. The teacher can plan an experiment using whispering instead of the watch-tick. (See the author’s Examination of School Children.)
Acuity of hearing can be tested by determining how far away different students can hear a watch ticking. The teacher can design an experiment using whispering instead of the watch ticking. (See the author’s Examination of School Children.)
By using the point of a nail, one can find the “cold spots” on the skin. Warm the nail to about 40 degrees Centigrade and you can find the “warm spots.”
By using the tip of a nail, you can locate the "cold spots" on the skin. Heat the nail to around 40 degrees Celsius, and you can find the "warm spots."
By touching the hairs on the back of the hand, you can stimulate the “pressure spots.”
By touching the hair on the back of your hand, you can stimulate the "pressure spots."
By pricking the skin with the point of a needle, you can stimulate the “pain spots.”
By puncturing the skin with the tip of a needle, you can activate the “pain spots.”
The sense of taste is sensitive only to solutions that are sweet, sour, salt, or bitter. Plan experiments to verify this point. What we call the “taste” of many things is due chiefly to odor. Therefore in experiments with taste, the nostrils should be stopped up with cotton. It will be found, for example, that quinine and coffee are indistinguishable if their odors be eliminated by stopping the nose. The student should compare the taste of many substances put into the mouth with the nostrils open with the taste of the same substances with the nostrils closed.
The sense of taste is only responsive to sweet, sour, salty, or bitter solutions. Design experiments to confirm this. What we refer to as the “taste” of many things is primarily influenced by smell. Therefore, during taste experiments, the nostrils should be blocked with cotton. For instance, it will be discovered that quinine and coffee are indistinguishable if their smells are removed by blocking the nose. The student should compare the taste of various substances when the nostrils are open with the taste of the same substances when the nostrils are closed.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin and Bagley: Human Behavior, Chapters VII and XII.
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, Chapters III, IV, VI, and VII.
- Pillsbury Doughboy: Essentials of Psychology, Chapters II, III, and IV.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapter II.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, Chapter I, par. 3; also Chapter II.
CHAPTER IV
INHERITED TENDENCIES
Stimulus and Response. We have learned something about the sense organs and their functions. We have seen that it is through the sense organs that the world affects us, stimulates us. And we have said that we are stimulated in order that we may respond.
Stimulus and Response. We’ve learned a bit about the sense organs and what they do. We’ve noticed that it’s through our sense organs that the world influences us and triggers us. And we’ve mentioned that we get stimulated so we can respond.
We must now inquire into the nature of our responses. We are moving, active beings. But how do we move, how do we act when stimulated? Why do we do one thing rather than another? Why do we do one thing at one time and a different thing at another time?
We need to examine the nature of our reactions. We are dynamic, active beings. But how do we move, how do we act when we’re triggered? Why do we choose to do one thing over another? Why do we make one choice at one moment and a different choice at another moment?
Before we answer these questions it will be necessary for us to get a more definite and complete idea of the nature of stimulus and response. We have already used these terms, but we must now give a more definite account of them. It was said in the preceding chapter that when a muscle contracts, it must first receive a nerve-impulse. Now, anything which starts this nerve-impulse is called the stimulus. The muscular movement which follows is, of course, the response. The nervous system forms the connection between the stimulus and response.
Before we answer these questions, we need to have a clearer and more complete understanding of what stimulus and response really are. We've already mentioned these terms, but now we need to explain them more clearly. In the previous chapter, we said that for a muscle to contract, it first needs to receive a nerve impulse. Anything that triggers this nerve impulse is referred to as the stimulus. The muscle movement that comes afterward is the response. The nervous system connects the stimulus and response.
The stimulus which brings about a response may be very simple. Or, on the other hand, it may be very complex. If one blows upon the eyelids of a baby, the lids automatically close. The blowing is the stimu lus and the closing of the lids is the response. Both stimulus and response are here very simple.
The trigger that causes a reaction can be quite simple. Conversely, it can also be very complicated. For instance, if you blow on a baby's eyelids, they automatically close. The blowing is the stimulus, and the closing of the eyelids is the reaction. In this case, both the stimulus and the response are straightforward.
But sometimes the stimulus is more complex, not merely the simple excitation of one sense organ, but a complicated stimulation of an organ, or the simultaneous stimulation of several organs. In playing ball, the stimulus for the batter is the on-coming ball. The response is the stroke. This case is much more complex than the reflex closing of the eyelids. The ball may be pitched in many different ways and the response changes with these variations.
But sometimes the trigger is more complicated, not just the simple activation of one sense organ, but a complex stimulation of an organ, or the simultaneous stimulation of several organs. When playing ball, the trigger for the batter is the incoming ball. The response is the swing. This situation is much more complex than simply blinking. The ball can be pitched in many different ways, and the response changes with these variations.
In piano playing, the stimulus is the notes written in their particular places on the staff. Not only must the position of the notes on the staff be taken into account, but also many other things, such as sharps and flats, and various characters which give directions as to the manner in which the music is to be played. The striking of the notes in the proper order, in the proper time, and with the proper force, is the response.
In piano playing, the notes are the cues written in specific spots on the staff. It’s important to consider not just where the notes are positioned, but also things like sharps and flats, along with various symbols that indicate how the music should be played. Hitting the notes in the correct order, at the right timing, and with the right intensity is the response.
In typewriting, the stimulus is the copy, or the idea of what is to be written, and the response is the striking of the keys in the proper order. Speaking generally, we may say that the stimulus is the force or forces which excite the sense organs, and thereby, through the nervous system, bring about a muscular response.
In typing, the stimulus is the text or the idea of what you want to write, and the response is pressing the keys in the correct sequence. Generally speaking, we can say that the stimulus is the force or forces that activate the sense organs, which then trigger a muscular response through the nervous system.
This is the ordinary type of action, but we have already indicated a different type. In speaking of typewriting we said the stimulus might be either the copy or ideas. One can write from copy or dictation, in which the stimulus is the written or spoken word, but one can also write as one thinks of what one wishes to write. The latter is known as centrally initiated action. That is to say, the stimulus comes from within, in the brain, rather than from without.
This is the usual kind of action, but we’ve already pointed out a different kind. When we talked about typewriting, we mentioned that the stimulus could be either the text or the ideas. You can write from a text or dictation, where the stimulus is the written or spoken word, but you can also write as you think about what you want to say. The latter is known as centrally initiated action. In other words, the stimulus comes from within the brain, rather than from the outside.
Let us explain this kind of stimulation a little further. Suppose I am sitting in my chair reading. I finish a chapter and look at my watch. I notice that it is three o’clock, and recall that I was to meet a friend at that time. The stimulus in this case is in the brain itself; it is the nervous activity which corresponds to the idea of meeting my friend. If we disregard the distinction between mind and body, we may say that the stimulus for a response may be an idea as well as a perception, the perception arising from the immediate stimulation of a sense organ, and the idea arising from an excitation of the brain not caused by an immediate stimulation of a sense organ.
Let’s break down this type of stimulation a bit more. Imagine I’m sitting in my chair reading. I finish a chapter and check my watch. I see it’s three o’clock and remember that I was supposed to meet a friend at that time. The stimulus here is actually in my brain; it’s the nervous activity related to the thought of meeting my friend. If we ignore the difference between mind and body, we can say that the stimulus for a response can come from an idea as well as a perception. The perception comes from immediate stimulation of a sense organ, while the idea results from brain activity not triggered by direct sensory input.
Instincts and Habits. In human action it is evident that there is always a stimulus to start the nerve-impulse which causes the action. If we make inquiry concerning the connection between the stimulus and response; if we ask how it has come about that a particular stimulus causes a particular response rather than some other possible response, we find two kinds of causes. In one case the causal connection is established through heredity; in the other, the causal connection is established during a person’s lifetime through training.
Instincts and Habits. In human behavior, it's clear that there's always a trigger that ignites the nerve impulse leading to action. When we look into the relationship between the trigger and the response—wondering why a specific trigger results in a certain response rather than another possibility—we discover two types of causes. In one instance, the causal link is formed through heredity; in the other, it is established during a person's life through training.
A chicken, for example, hides under some cover the first time it hears the cry of a hawk; it scratches the first time its feet touch sand or gravel; it pecks the first time it sees an insect near by. An infant closes its eyes the first time it feels cold wind blow upon them; it cries the first time it feels pain; it clasps its fingers together the first time a touch is felt inside them. The child’s nervous system is so organized that, in each of the cases named, the stimulus brings forth the particular, definite response. These acts do not have to be learned.
A chicken, for instance, hides under something the first time it hears the cry of a hawk; it scratches the first time its feet touch sand or gravel; it pecks the first time it spots an insect nearby. An infant shuts its eyes the first time it feels a cold wind blowing on them; it cries the first time it experiences pain; it brings its fingers together the first time it feels a touch inside them. The child’s nervous system is organized in such a way that, in each of these situations, the stimulus triggers a specific, definite response. These actions don’t have to be learned.
But it is quite different in typewriting and piano playing. One must learn what keys on the piano to strike in response to the various situations of the notes as written in the music. One must also learn the keys on the typewriter before he can operate a typewriter. And in the case of other habits, we find, for example, that one does not respond by saying “81” for 9 times 9; nor “13” for 6 plus 7; nor “8” for 15 minus 7; nor “8” for the square root of 64; nor “144” for the square of 12, etc., until one has learned in each case.
But it's quite different when it comes to typing and playing the piano. One has to learn which keys on the piano to hit in response to the different notes as shown in the music. One also needs to learn the keys on the typewriter before they can use it. And in the case of other skills, we see that one doesn’t respond with “81” for 9 times 9; nor “13” for 6 plus 7; nor “8” for 15 minus 7; nor “8” for the square root of 64; nor “144” for the square of 12, etc., until they’ve learned each of those as well.
Some connections between stimulus and response we have through inheritance; all others are built up and established in one’s lifetime, particularly in the first thirty years of one’s life.
Some connections between stimulus and response come from our genes; all the others are developed and established during our lives, especially in the first thirty years.
We have spoken of bonds between stimulus and response, but have not explained just what can be meant by a bond. In what sense are stimulus and response bound together? A bond is a matter of greater permeability, of less resistance in one direction through the nervous system than in other directions. Nerves are conductors for nerve-currents. When a nerve-current is started in a sense organ, it passes on through the path of least resistance.
We’ve talked about the connections between stimulus and response, but we haven’t defined what a bond really is. In what way are stimulus and response linked? A bond refers to a greater ease of flow, with less resistance in one direction through the nervous system compared to others. Nerves serve as conductors for nerve signals. When a nerve signal is triggered in a sense organ, it travels along the path of least resistance.
Now, some nerves are so organized and connected through inheritance as to offer small resistance. This forms a ready-made connection between stimulus and response. Muscular responses that are connected with their stimuli through inherited bonds, by inherited nerve structure, are called instincts. Those that are connected by acquired bonds are called habits. Sucking, crying, laughing, are instinctive acts. Adding, typewriting, piano playing, are habits.
Now, some nerves are organized and connected through inheritance in a way that they offer minimal resistance. This creates a ready-made link between a stimulus and a response. Muscle responses that are linked to their stimuli through inherited connections, due to inherited nerve structures, are called instincts. Those linked by learned connections are called habits. Sucking, crying, and laughing are instinctual actions. Adding, typing, and playing the piano are habits.
The term instinct may be given to the act depending upon inherited structure, an inherited bond, or it may be given to the inherited bond itself. Similarly, the term habit may be given to an act that we have had to learn or to the bond which we ourselves establish between response and stimulus. In this book we shall usually mean by instinct an action depending upon inherited structure and by habit an act depending upon a bond established during lifetime. A good part of our early lives is spent in building up bonds between stimuli and responses. This establishing of bonds or connections is called learning.
The term instinct can refer to actions based on inherited traits or connections, or it can refer to the inherited connection itself. Likewise, the term habit can describe an action we’ve learned or the connection we create between a response and a stimulus. In this book, we’ll typically refer to instinct as actions based on inherited traits and habit as actions based on relationships formed during our lives. A significant part of our early lives is spent forming connections between stimuli and responses. This process of forming connections is known as learning.
Appearance of Inherited Tendencies. Not all of our inherited tendencies are manifested immediately after birth, nor indeed in the earliest years of childhood, but appear at different stages of the child’s growth. It has already been said that a child, soon after birth, will close its eyelids when they are blown upon. The lids do not close at this time if one strikes at them, but they will do this later. The proper working of an instinct or an inherited tendency, then, depends upon the child’s having reached a certain state of development.
Appearance of Inherited Tendencies. Not all of our inherited tendencies show up right after birth or even in the earliest years of childhood, but emerge at various stages of the child's growth. It has already been noted that a baby will shut its eyelids when air is blown on them shortly after birth. The eyelids don’t close if someone tries to hit them at this point, but they will do so later. The proper functioning of an instinct or an inherited tendency depends on the child reaching a certain stage of development.
The maturing of an instinct depends upon both age and use, that is to say, upon the age of the animal and the amount of use or exercise that the instinctive activity has had. The most important factor, however, seems to be age. While our knowledge of the dependence of an instinct upon the age of the animal is not quite so definite in the case of human instincts, the matter has been worked out in the case of chickens.
The development of an instinct relies on both age and usage, meaning the age of the animal and how much the instinctive behavior has been exercised. However, age appears to be the most crucial factor. Although our understanding of how human instincts depend on age isn't as clear, researchers have made progress with chickens.
The experiment was as follows: Chickens were taken at the time of hatching, and some allowed to peck from the first, while others were kept in a dark room and not allowed to peck. When the chickens were taken out of the dark room at the end of one, two, three, and four days, it was found that in a few hours they were peck ing as well as those that had been pecking from birth. It seems probable, if we may judge from our limited knowledge, that in the human child, activities are for the most part dependent upon the age of the child, and upon the state of development of the nervous system and of the organs of the body.
The experiment was set up like this: Chickens were taken right after hatching, with some allowed to peck immediately, while others were kept in a dark room and not allowed to peck at all. When the chickens were taken out of the dark room after one, two, three, and four days, it was found that within a few hours they were peck ing just as well as those that had been pecking since birth. It seems likely, based on our limited knowledge, that in human children, activities mainly depend on the child's age and the development of the nervous system and body organs.
Significance of Inherited Tendencies. Although human nature is very complex, although human action nearly always has some element of habit in it, nevertheless, inborn tendencies are throughout life powerful factors in determining action. This will at once be apparent if we consider how greatly we are influenced by anger, jealousy, love, fear, and competition. Now we do not have to learn to be jealous, to hate, to love, to be envious, to fight, or to fear. These are emotions common to all members of the human race, and their expression is an inborn tendency. Throughout life no other influences are so powerful in determining our action as are these. So, although most of our detailed actions in life are habits which we learn or acquire, the fundamental influences which decide the course of our action are inherited tendencies.
Significance of Inherited Tendencies. While human nature is very complex and human actions often have a habitual element, inborn tendencies are significant factors that shape our behavior throughout life. This becomes obvious when we consider how strongly we are affected by anger, jealousy, love, fear, and competition. We don’t need to learn to feel jealousy, hatred, love, envy, to fight, or to be afraid. These emotions are universal among all humans, and their expression is rooted in our biology. No other influences are as powerful in guiding our actions as these emotions. So, even though many of our specific actions are habits that we learn or pick up over time, the core influences that determine the direction of our actions are inherited tendencies.
Classification of Instincts. For convenience in treatment the instincts are grouped in classes. Those instincts most closely related to individual survival are called individualistic instincts. Those more closely related to the survival of the group are called socialistic. Those individualistic tendencies growing out of periodic changes of the environment may be called environmental instincts. Those closely related to human infancy, adapting and adjusting the child to the world in which he lives, may be called adaptive. There is still another group of inherited tendencies connected with sex and reproduction, which are not discussed in this book.
Classification of Instincts. For easier understanding, instincts are classified into groups. Instincts most related to personal survival are known as individualistic instincts. Those more related to the survival of the group are called socialistic. Individualistic tendencies that arise from changes in the environment can be referred to as environmental instincts. Those related to human infancy, helping the child adjust to the world around them, may be called adaptive. There is also another category of inherited tendencies linked to sex and reproduction, which won't be discussed in this book.
We shall give a brief discussion of the instincts falling under these various classes. It must be remembered, however, that the psychology of the instincts is indefinite and obscure. It is difficult to bring the instincts into the laboratory for accurate study. For our knowledge of the instincts we are dependent, for the most part, on general observation. We have had a few careful studies of the very earliest years of childhood. However, although from the theoretical point of view our knowledge of the instincts is incomplete, it is sufficient to be of considerable practical value.
We will briefly discuss the instincts that fall into these different categories. It's important to remember that the psychology of instincts is unclear and complex. It's challenging to study instincts in a laboratory setting accurately. Most of our understanding comes from general observation. We've conducted a few detailed studies on early childhood development. While our theoretical understanding of instincts may be lacking, it is still practically valuable.
The Individualistic Instincts. Man’s civilized life has covered but a short period of time, only a few hundred or a few thousand years. His pre-civilized life doubtless covered a period of millions of years. The inborn tendencies in us are such as were developed in the long period of savage life. During all of man’s life in the time before civilization, he was always in danger. He had many enemies, and most of these enemies had the advantage of him in strength and natural means of defense. Unaided by weapons, he could hardly hold his own against any of the beasts of prey. So there were developed in man by the process of natural selection many inherited responses which we group under the head of fear responses.
The Individualistic Instincts. Human civilization has only existed for a brief time—just a few hundred or a few thousand years. In contrast, our pre-civilized existence spanned millions of years. The instincts we have today were shaped during that long period of primitive life. Throughout humanity's existence before civilization, there was always danger. We faced numerous enemies, most of whom were stronger and better equipped to defend themselves. Without weapons, it was nearly impossible for early humans to defend themselves against predatory animals. As a result, many inherited reactions developed in us through natural selection, which we categorize as fear responses.
Just what the various situations are that bring forth these responses has never been carefully worked out. But any situation that suddenly puts an individual in danger of losing his life brings about characteristic reactions. The most characteristic of the responses are shown in connection with circulation and respiration. Both of these processes are much interfered with. Sometimes the action is accelerated, at other times it is retarded, and in some cases the respiratory and cir culatory organs are almost paralyzed. Also the small muscles of the skin are made to contract, producing the sensation of the hair standing on end. Just what the original use of all these responses was it is difficult now to work out, but doubtless each served some useful purpose.
Just what the different situations are that trigger these responses has never been clearly defined. However, any situation that suddenly puts someone at risk of losing their life leads to typical reactions. The most common responses are linked to circulation and breathing. Both of these processes are significantly affected. Sometimes the action speeds up, other times it slows down, and in some cases, the respiratory and circulatory systems are nearly immobilized. Additionally, the small muscles in the skin contract, causing the sensation of hair standing on end. It's hard to determine what the original purpose of these responses was, but surely each had some useful function.
Whether any particular situations now call forth inherited fear responses in us is not definitely established. But among lower animals there are certain definite and particular situations which do call forth fear responses. On the whole, the evidence rather favors the idea of definite fear situations among children. It seems that certain situations do invariably arouse fear responses. To be alone in the dark, to be in a strange place, to hear loud and sudden noises, to see large, strange animals coming in threatening manner, seem universally to call forth fear responses in children.
Whether specific situations trigger inherited fear responses in us is not clearly established. However, among lower animals, there are certain definite situations that do provoke fear responses. Overall, the evidence seems to support the idea that there are specific fear-inducing situations among children. It appears that certain scenarios consistently elicit fear responses. Being alone in the dark, being in an unfamiliar place, hearing loud and sudden noises, and seeing large, unfamiliar animals approaching in a threatening way seem to universally trigger fear responses in children.
However, the whole situation must always be considered. A situation in which the father or mother is present is quite different from one in which they are both absent. But it is certain that these and other fears are closely related to the age and development of the child. In the earlier years of infancy, certain fears are not present that are present later. And it can be demonstrated that the fears that do arise as infancy passes on are natural and inherited and not the result of experience.
However, the whole situation must always be considered. A situation where the father or mother is present is quite different from one where they are both absent. But it’s clear that these and other fears are closely related to the child's age and development. In the early years of infancy, certain fears aren't present that come up later. And it can be shown that the fears that do arise as infancy progresses are natural and inherited, not just the result of experience.
Few of the original causes of fear now exist. The original danger was from wild animals chiefly. Seldom are we now in such danger. But of course this has been the case for only a short time. Our bodies are the same sort of bodies that our ancestors had, therefore we are full of needless fears. During the early years of a child’s life, wise treatment causes most of the fear tendencies to disappear because of disuse. On the other hand, unwise treatment may accentuate and perpetuate them, causing much misery and unhappiness. Neither the home nor the school should play upon these ancestral fears. We should not try to get a child to be good by frightening him; nor should we often use fear of pain as an incentive to get a child to do his work.
Few of the original sources of fear still exist. The main danger used to come from wild animals. We rarely face that kind of threat now. However, this situation has only changed recently. Our bodies are still built like those of our ancestors, so we carry many unnecessary fears. In the early years of a child's life, proper care can help most of these fear tendencies fade away due to lack of use. On the flip side, poor treatment can strengthen and prolong these fears, leading to a lot of distress and unhappiness. Neither the home nor the school should exploit these age-old fears. We shouldn’t try to make a child behave by scaring them; nor should we frequently use the fear of pain as a way to motivate a child to complete their work.
Man has always been afraid, but he has also always been a fighter. He has always had to fight for his life against the lower animals, and he has also fought his fellow man. The fighting response is connected with the emotions of anger, envy, and jealousy. A man is angered by anything that interferes with his life, with his purposes, with whatever he calls his own. We become angry if some one strikes our bodies, or attacks our beliefs, or the beliefs of our dear friends, particularly of our families. The typical responses connected with anger are such as faster heart-beat, irregular breathing, congestion of the blood in the face and head, tightening of the voluntary muscles, particularly a setting of the teeth and a clinching of the fists. These responses are preparatory to actual combat.
Man has always been afraid, but he has also always been a fighter. He has had to struggle for his life against wild animals and has also fought against his fellow humans. The instinct to fight is linked to feelings of anger, envy, and jealousy. A person gets angry when anything disrupts their life, their goals, or what they consider to be theirs. We feel anger if someone physically attacks us, challenges our beliefs, or undermines the beliefs of our loved ones, especially our families. Common physical reactions associated with anger include an increased heart rate, irregular breathing, flushed skin, tensed muscles, a tight jaw, and clenched fists. These responses prepare us for real confrontation.
Anger, envy, and jealousy, and the responses growing out of them, have always played a large part in the life of man. A great part of history is a record of the fights of nations, tribes, and individuals. If the records of wars and strifes, and the acts growing out of envy and jealousy and other similar emotions should be taken out of history, there would not be much left. Much of literature and art depict those actions of man which grew out of these individualistic aspects of his nature. Competition, which is an aspect of fighting, even to the present day, continues to be one of the main factors in business and in life generally. Briefly, fighting re sponses growing out of man’s selfishness are as old as man himself, and the inherited tendencies connected with them are among the strongest of our natures.
Anger, envy, and jealousy, along with the reactions that stem from them, have always been major influences in human life. A significant portion of history records the conflicts between nations, tribes, and individuals. If we were to remove the accounts of wars and struggles, along with the actions driven by envy and jealousy and other similar emotions, there wouldn't be much history left. Much of literature and art reflects actions motivated by these individualistic traits of human nature. Competition, which is a form of conflict, remains a key factor in business and life today. In short, fighting and the reactions arising from human selfishness are as old as humanity itself, and the inherited tendencies linked to them are among our strongest traits.
In the training of children, one of the most difficult tasks is to help them to get control over the fighting instinct and other selfish tendencies. These tendencies are so deeply rooted in our natures that it is hard to get control of them. In fact, the control which we do get over them is always relative. The best we can hope to do is to get control over our fighting tendencies in ordinary circumstances.
In teaching children, one of the toughest challenges is helping them gain control over their instinct to fight and other selfish behaviors. These tendencies are so deeply embedded in us that it's difficult to manage them. In reality, the control we achieve is always relative. The most we can aim for is to manage our fighting instincts in everyday situations.
It is doubtful whether it would be good for us if the fighting spirit should disappear from the race. It puts vim and determination into the life of man. But our fighting should not be directed against our fellow man. The fighting spirit can be retained and directed against evil and other obstacles. We can learn to attack our tasks in a fighting spirit. But surely the time has come when we should cease fighting against our neighbors.
It’s questionable whether it would be beneficial for us if the fighting spirit disappeared from humanity. It brings energy and determination to our lives. However, our fighting shouldn’t be aimed at our fellow human beings. The fighting spirit can be maintained and focused against evil and other challenges. We can learn to tackle our tasks with a fighting attitude. But surely, it’s time to stop fighting against our neighbors.
Social Tendencies. Over against our fighting tendencies we may set the socialistic tendencies. Coöperative and sympathetic actions grow out of original nature, just as truly as do the selfish acts. But the socialistic tendencies are not, in general, as strong as are the individualistic ones. What society needs is the strengthening of the socialistic tendencies by use, and a weakening of at least some of the individualistic tendencies, by control and disuse.
Social Tendencies. In contrast to our aggressive tendencies, we can identify our social tendencies. Cooperative and empathetic actions originate from our true nature, just as much as selfish acts do. However, social tendencies are generally not as strong as individualistic ones. What society needs is to enhance social tendencies through practice and to reduce some individualistic tendencies through regulation and avoidance.
Socialistic tendencies show themselves in gangs and clubs formed by children and adults. It is, therefore, a common practice now to speak of the “gang” instinct. Human beings are pleased and content when with other human beings and not content, not satisfied, when alone. Of course circumstances make a differ ence in the desires of men, but the general original tendency is as stated.
Socialistic tendencies are evident in the groups and clubs formed by children and adults. That's why it's now common to talk about the “gang” instinct. People are happy and satisfied when they’re with others, but not content or fulfilled when they’re alone. Of course, circumstances can influence individual desires, but the overall original tendency is as described.
The gang of the modern city has the following explanation: Boys like to be with other boys. Moreover, they like to be active; they want to be doing something. The city does not provide proper means for the desired activities, such as hunting, fishing, tramping, and boating. It does not provide experiences with animals, such as boys have on the farm. Much of the boy’s day is spent in school in a kind of work not at all like what he would do by choice. There is not much home life. Usually there is not the proper parental control. Seldom do the parents interest themselves in planning for the activities of their children. The result is that the boys come together on the streets and form a club or gang. Through this organization the boy’s nature expresses itself. Without proper guidance from older people, this expression takes a direction not good for the future character and usefulness of the boy.
The group of kids in the city today has this to say: Boys want to hang out with other boys. Plus, they want to be active; they need to be doing something. The city doesn't offer the right opportunities for the activities they enjoy, like hunting, fishing, hiking, and boating. It doesn’t provide experiences with animals, which is what boys get on a farm. A lot of a boy's day is spent in school doing work that isn't what he'd choose for himself. There's not much family life. Usually, there isn’t adequate parental support. Parents often don’t take an interest in planning activities for their kids. As a result, boys gather on the streets and form clubs or gangs. Through these groups, boys express their nature. Without proper guidance from adults, this expression can lead to directions that aren't beneficial for the boy's future character and usefulness.
The social life of children should be provided for by the school in coöperation with the home. The school or the schoolroom should constitute a social unit. The teacher with the parents should plan the social life of the children. The actual work of the school can be very much socialized. There can be much more coöperation and much more group work can be done in the school than is the case at present. And many other social activities can be organized in connection with the school and its work. Excursions, pageants, shows, picnics, and all sorts of activities should be undertaken.
The school should support children's social life in collaboration with their families. The classroom should serve as a social unit. Teachers and parents should work together to plan the children's social activities. The school's daily activities can be made much more social. There can be a lot more cooperation and group work in schools than there is now. Additionally, many other social events can be organized alongside the school and its activities. Field trips, performances, events, picnics, and various activities should be a part of this.
The schoolhouse should be used by the community as the place for many of its social acts and performances. Almost every night, and throughout the summer as well as in the winter, the people, young and old, should meet at the school for some sort of social work or play. The Boy Scouts should be brought under the control of the school to help fulfill some of its main purposes.
The school should serve as a community hub for various social events and activities. Almost every night, during summer as well as winter, people of all ages should gather at the school for different social events or recreational activities. The Boy Scouts should be organized through the school to support its primary objectives.
Environmental Instincts. In this class there are at least two tendencies which seem to be part of the original nature of man; namely, the wandering and the collecting tendencies.
Environmental Instincts. In this class, there are at least two tendencies that appear to be part of human nature: the wandering and the collecting tendencies.
Wandering. The long life that our ancestors lived free and unrestrained in the woods has left its effect within us. One of the greatest achievements of civilization has been to overcome the inherited tendencies to roam and wander, to the extent that for the most part we live out our lives in one home, in one family, doing often but one kind of work all our lives. Originally, man had much more freedom to come and go and do whatever he wished.
Wandering. The long life that our ancestors lived freely and unconstrained in the woods has left its mark on us. One of the greatest achievements of civilization has been to overcome the natural tendencies to roam and wander, so that for the most part we spend our lives in one home, with one family, often doing just one type of work throughout our lives. Originally, humans had much more freedom to come and go and do whatever they wanted.
Truancies and runaways are the result of original tendencies and desires expressing themselves in spite of training, perhaps sometimes because of the lack of training. In childhood and youth these original tendencies should, to some extent, be satisfied in legitimate ways. Excursions and picnics can be planned both for work and for play. If the child’s desires and needs can be satisfied in legitimate ways, then he will not have to satisfy them illegitimately. The teaching itself can be done better by following, to some extent, the lead of the child’s nature. Much early education consists in learning the world. Now, most of the world is out of doors and the child must go out to find it. The teacher should make use of the natural desires of the children to wander and explore, as a means of educating them. The school work should be of such a nature that much outdoor work will need to be done.
Truancy and running away come from natural urges and desires that come out despite training—sometimes even because of a lack of it. In childhood and adolescence, these natural urges should be met in appropriate ways. We can plan trips and outings for both fun and learning. If a child's wants and needs can be fulfilled appropriately, they won't feel the need to seek out inappropriate ways to satisfy them. Teaching can be more effective if it somewhat aligns with the child’s natural inclinations. A big part of early education is learning about the world. Most of that world exists outdoors, and children need to go outside to discover it. Teachers should use kids' natural curiosity to explore and wander as a way to educate them. School work should be designed so that a lot of it takes place outside.
Collecting. It is in the nature of children to seize and, if possible, carry away whatever attracts attention. This tendency is the basis of what is called the collecting instinct. If one will take a walk with a child, one can observe the operation of the collecting tendency, particularly if the walk is in the fields and woods. The child will be observed to take leaves, flowers, fruits, seeds, nuts, pebbles, and in fact everything that is loose or can be gotten loose. They are taken at first aimlessly, merely because they attract attention. The original, natural response of the child toward that which attracts attention is usually to get it, get possession of it and take it along. It is easy to see why such tendencies were developed in man. In his savage state it was highly useful for him to do this. He must always have been on the lookout for things which could be used as food or as weapons. He had to do this to live. But one need not take a child to the woods to observe this tendency. One can go to the stores. Till a child is trained not to do it, he seizes and takes whatever attracts attention.
Collecting. It’s natural for children to grab and, if they can, take away anything that catches their eye. This behavior is the foundation of what we call the collecting instinct. If you take a walk with a child, you'll notice this instinct in action, especially if you're in a field or woods. The child will pick up leaves, flowers, fruits, seeds, nuts, pebbles, and essentially anything that's loose or can be easily taken. Initially, they collect these items without much thought, simply because they are appealing. The child's instinctive reaction to something interesting is usually to grab it, take ownership of it, and carry it along. It’s easy to see how this behavior developed in humans. In earlier times, it was essential for survival to be on the lookout for things that could serve as food or weapons. This was necessary for living. But you don’t have to go to the woods to see this instinct; you can observe it in stores. Until a child learns not to do so, they will reach for and take anything that catches their attention.
Just as the wandering tendencies can be used for the benefit of the child, so can the collecting tendencies. Not only should the children make expeditions to learn of the world, but specimens should be collected so that they can be used to form a museum at the school which will represent the surrounding locality. Geological, geographical, botanical, and zoölogical specimens should be collected. The children will learn much while making the collections, and much from the collections after they are made.
Just like the way kids' curiosity can work to their advantage, their tendency to collect things can be valuable too. Kids shouldn't just go on trips to learn about the world; they should also gather items to create a school museum that reflects the local area. They should collect geological, geographical, botanical, and zoological specimens. Children will gain a lot of knowledge while gathering these items and even more from them once the collections are complete.
“Education could profit greatly by making large demands upon the collecting instinct. It seems clear that in their childhood is the time when children should be sent forth to the fields and woods, to study what they find there and to gather specimens. The children can form naturalists’ clubs for the purpose of studying the natural environment. Such study should embrace rocks, soils, plants, leaves, flowers, fruits, and specimens of the wood of the various trees. Birds and insects can be studied and collected. The work of such a club would have a twofold value. (1) The study and collecting acquaint the child with his natural environment, and in doing it, afford a sphere for the activity of many aspects of his nature. They take him out of doors and give an opportunity for exploring every nook and corner of the natural environment. The collecting can often be done in such a way as to appeal to the group instincts. For example, the club could hold meetings for exhibiting and studying the specimens, and sometimes the actual collecting could be done in groups. (2) The specimens collected should be put into the school museum, and the aim of this museum should be to represent completely the local environment, the natural and physical environment, and also the industrial, civil, and social environment. The museum should be completely illustrative of the child’s natural, physical, and social surroundings. The museum would therefore be educative in its making, and when it is made, it would have immense value to the community, not only to the children but to all the people. In this museum, of course, should be found the minerals, rocks, soils, insects,—particularly those of economic importance,—birds, and also specimens of the wild animals of the locality. If proper appeal is made to the natural desire of the children, this instinct would soon be made of service in producing a very valuable collection. The school museum in which these specimens are placed should also include other classes of specimens. There should be specimens showing industrial evolution, the stages of manufacture of raw material, specimens of local historical interest, pictures, documents, books. The museum should be made of such a nature that parents would go there nearly as often as the children. The school should be for the instruction of all the people of the community. It should be the experiment station, the library, the debating club, the art gallery for the whole community.”[2]
“Education could benefit significantly by tapping into the instinct to collect. It's clear that childhood is the perfect time for children to be taken out to fields and woods to explore and gather specimens. They can form naturalist clubs aimed at studying their natural surroundings. This study should include rocks, soil, plants, leaves, flowers, fruits, and wood samples from various trees. Birds and insects could also be studied and collected. The work of such a club would have two main benefits. (1) The study and collection introduce children to their natural environment, while also engaging many aspects of their nature. It encourages outdoor activities and provides opportunities to explore every corner of their surroundings. Collecting can often involve group participation, like holding meetings to showcase and discuss specimens, and sometimes even collecting together. (2) The collected specimens should go into the school museum, which should fully represent the local environment, including natural, physical, industrial, civil, and social aspects. The museum should vividly illustrate children’s natural, physical, and social surroundings, making it educational in its creation. Once established, it would hold immense value for the community, benefiting not just the children but everyone. The museum should feature minerals, rocks, soils, insects—especially those of economic relevance—birds, and examples of local wildlife. If the natural curiosity of children is properly encouraged, this instinct will lead to a valuable collection. The school museum housing these specimens should also showcase other types of items. It should include displays on industrial evolution, manufacturing processes, local historical artifacts, pictures, documents, and books. The museum should be designed to attract parents just as much as children. The school should serve as an educational center for everyone in the community, functioning as an experiment station, library, debate club, and art gallery for all.”
Imitation. One of the fundamental original traits of human nature is the tendency to imitate. Imitation is not instinctive in the strict meaning of the word. Seeing a certain act performed does not, apart from training and experience, serve as a stimulus to make a child perform a similar act. Hearing a certain sound does not serve as a stimulus for the production of the same sound. Nevertheless, there is in the human child a tendency or desire to do what it sees others doing.
Imitation. One of the fundamental traits of human nature is the tendency to imitate. Imitation isn’t instinctive in the strict sense of the term. Just seeing someone do something doesn’t automatically lead a child to do the same thing without some training and experience. Hearing a specific sound doesn’t trigger the production of that sound either. However, there is in a human child a natural tendency or desire to replicate what they observe others doing.
A few hours spent in observing children ought to convince any one of the universality and of the strength of this tendency. As our experience becomes organized, the idea of an act usually serves as the stimulus to call it forth. However, this is not because the idea of an act, of necessity, always produces the act. It is merely a matter of the stimulus and the response becoming connected in that way as the result of experience. Our meaning is that an act can be touched off or prompted by any stimulus. Our nervous organization makes this possible. The particular stimulus that calls forth a particular response depends upon how we have been trained, how we have learned. In most cases our acts are coupled up with the ideas of the acts. We learn them that way.
Spending a few hours watching children should convince anyone of how universal and strong this tendency is. As we gain experience, the idea of an action usually serves as the trigger to initiate it. However, this doesn't mean that the idea of an action always causes the action to happen. It's simply about how the stimulus and the response become linked through experience. What we mean is that any stimulus can spark or encourage an action. Our nervous system makes this possible. The specific stimulus that brings out a particular response depends on how we've been trained and what we've learned. In most cases, our acts are connected to the ideas of those acts. That's how we learn them.
In early life particularly, the connection between stimulus and response is very close. When a child gets the idea of an act, he immediately performs the act, if he knows how. Now, seeing another perform an act brings the act clearly into the child’s consciousness, and he proceeds to perform it. But the act must be one which the child already knows how to perform, otherwise his performance of it will be faulty and incomplete. If he has never performed the particular act, seeing another perform the act sets him to trying to do it and he may soon learn it. If he successfully performs an act when he sees it done by another, the act must be one which he already knows how to perform, and for whose performance the idea has already served as a stimulus. Now if imitation were instinctive in the strict sense, one could perform the act for the first time merely from seeing another do it, without any previous experience or learning. It is doubtful whether there are any such inherited connections. It is, however, true that human beings are of such a nature that, particularly in early life, they like to do and want to do what they see others doing. This is one of the most important aspects of human nature, as we shall see.
In early life, the link between a stimulus and a response is really close. When a child has an idea for an action, they jump right in and do it if they know how. Watching someone else do something makes it clear to the child, and they try to do it themselves. However, the action needs to be something the child already knows how to do; otherwise, their attempt will be imperfect and incomplete. If they’ve never done the specific action before, seeing someone else do it encourages them to try, and they might quickly learn it. If they successfully perform an action after watching someone else, it must be something they already know how to do, and the idea they had has sparked their performance. If imitation were purely instinctual, someone could replicate an action for the first time just by observing it, without any prior experience or learning. It’s doubtful that such inherited connections exist. However, it’s true that humans are naturally inclined, especially in early life, to like and want to do what they see others doing. This is one of the most important aspects of human nature, as we will see.
Function and Importance of Imitation in Life. Natural selection has developed few aspects of human nature so important for survival as the tendency to imitate, for this tendency quickly leads to a successful adjustment of the child to the world in which he lives. Adult men and women are successfully adjusted to their environment. Their adjustment might be better, but it is good enough to keep them alive for a time. Now, if children do as they see their parents doing, they will reach a satisfactory adjustment. We may, therefore, say that the tendency to imitate serves to adjust the child to his environment. It is for this reason that imitation has been called an adaptive instinct. It would perhaps be better to say merely that the tendency to imitate is part of the original equipment of man.
Function and Importance of Imitation in Life. Natural selection has shaped some aspects of human nature that are crucial for survival, like the tendency to imitate, which helps children quickly adapt to the world around them. Adults are generally well-adjusted to their environment. While their adaptation could be improved, it's usually sufficient to keep them alive for some time. If children do what they see their parents doing, they will adjust well. Thus, we can say that the tendency to imitate helps children adapt to their surroundings. This is why imitation is often referred to as an adaptive instinct. It may be more accurate to say that the tendency to imitate is part of the original equipment of man.
Imitation is distinctively a human trait. While it occurs in lower animals it is probably not an important factor in adjusting them to their environment. But in the human race it is one of the chief factors in adjustment to environment. Imitation is one of the main factors in education. Usually the quickest way to teach a child to do a thing is to show him how.
Imitation is uniquely a human characteristic. While it happens in lower animals, it's not likely a significant factor in how they adapt to their environment. However, for humans, it's one of the key elements in adapting to our surroundings. Imitation plays a major role in education. Generally, the fastest way to teach a child to do something is to demonstrate it for them.
Through imitation we acquire our language, manners, and customs. Ideals, beliefs, prejudices, attitudes, we take on through imitation. The tendency to imitate others coupled with the desire to be thought well of by others is one of the most powerful factors in producing conformity. They are the whips which keep us within the bounds of custom and conventionality. The tendency to imitate is so strong that its results are almost as certain as are those of inherited tendencies. It is almost as certain that a child will be like his parents in speech, manners, customs, superstitions, etc., as it is that he will be like them in form of body. He not only walks and talks and acts like his parents, but he thinks as they do. We, therefore, have the term social heredity, meaning the taking on of all sorts of social habits and ideals through imitation.
Through imitation, we learn our language, behaviors, and traditions. We adopt ideals, beliefs, biases, and attitudes through this process. The urge to imitate others, combined with the desire to be well-regarded, is one of the strongest forces driving us toward conformity. These drives keep us within the limits of societal norms and conventional behavior. The tendency to imitate is so powerful that its effects are almost as predictable as those of inherited traits. It’s almost as likely that a child will resemble their parents in speech, behavior, customs, superstitions, etc., as it is that they will share physical similarities. A child doesn’t just walk, talk, and act like their parents; they also think like them. This brings us to the term social heredity, which refers to the acquisition of various social habits and ideals through imitation.
The part that imitation plays in the education of a child may be learned by going to a country home and noting how the boy learns to do all the many things about the farm by imitating his father, and how the girl learns to do all the housework by imitating her mother. Imitation is the basis of much of the play of children, in that their play consists in large part of doing what they see older people doing. This imitative play gives them skill and is a large factor in preparing for the work of life.
The role of imitation in a child's education can be seen by visiting a country home and observing how the boy learns to handle various tasks on the farm by copying his father, while the girl learns to manage household chores by following her mother's example. Imitation is a big part of how children play, as their play largely involves doing what they see adults do. This kind of imitative play helps them develop skills and is a key part of getting ready for the responsibilities of life.
Dramatization. Dramatization is an aspect of imitation, and is a means of making ideas more real than they would otherwise be. There is nothing that leads us so close to reality as action. We never completely know an act till we have done it. Dramatization is a matter of carrying an idea out into action. Ideas give to action its greatest fullness of meaning.
Dramatization. Dramatization is a form of imitation and a way to make ideas feel more real than they might otherwise. Nothing brings us closer to reality than action. We never fully understand an action until we’ve done it. Dramatization involves putting an idea into action. Ideas provide action with its deepest meaning.
Dramatic representation should, therefore, have a prominent place in the schools, particularly in the lower grades. If the child is allowed to mimic the characters in the reading lesson, the meaning of the lesson becomes fuller. Later on in the school course, dramatic representation of the characters in literature and history is a means of getting a better conception of these characters. In geography, the study of the manners and customs and occupations of foreign peoples can be much facilitated through dramatic representation. Children naturally have the dramatic tendency; it is one aspect of the tendency to imitate. We have only to encourage it and make use of it throughout the school course.
Dramatic representation should have a key role in schools, especially in the lower grades. When children are allowed to act out the characters from their reading lessons, they grasp the meaning of the lesson more fully. Later in their education, acting out characters from literature and history helps them understand these figures better. In geography, studying the customs, traditions, and jobs of people from other countries can be greatly enhanced through dramatic representation. Kids naturally have a dramatic inclination; it’s part of their tendency to imitate. We just need to encourage it and integrate it throughout their education.
Imitation in Ideals. Imitation is of importance not only in acquiring the actions of life but also in getting our ideals. Habits of thinking are no less an aspect of our lives than are habits of acting. Our attitudes, our prejudices, our beliefs, our moral, religious, and political ideals are in large measure copied from people about us. The family and social atmosphere in which one lives is a mold in which one’s mind is formed and shaped. We cannot escape the influence of this atmosphere if we would. One takes on a belief that his father has, one clings to this belief and interprets the world in the light of it. This belief becomes a part of one’s nature. It is a mental habit, a way of looking at the world. It is as much a part of one as red hair or big feet or a crooked nose. Probably no other influence has so much to do with making us what we are as social beings as the influence of imitation.
Imitation in Ideals. Imitation is important not just for learning how to act in life but also for shaping our ideals. Our thought patterns are just as significant to our lives as our actions. Our attitudes, biases, beliefs, and our moral, religious, and political ideals are largely borrowed from those around us. The family and social environment we grow up in shapes our minds. We can't escape the impact of this environment, even if we try. We adopt the beliefs of our parents, hold onto these beliefs, and view the world through their lens. This belief becomes part of our identity. It’s a mental habit, a way of perceiving the world. It’s as intrinsic to us as red hair, big feet, or a crooked nose. No other influence shapes us as social beings as much as the power of imitation.
Play. Play is usually considered to be a part of the original equipment of man. It is essentially an expression of the ripening instincts of children, and not a specific instinct itself. It is rather a sort of make-believe activity of all the instincts. Kittens and dogs may be seen in play to mimic fighting. They bite and chew each other as in real fighting, but still they are not fighting.
Play. Play is generally seen as a fundamental aspect of being human. It’s basically a way for children to express their developing instincts, rather than being a specific instinct on its own. It serves as a kind of imaginative activity that encompasses all instincts. You can watch kittens and puppies at play, pretending to fight. They nip and wrestle with each other just like in real fights, but they aren’t actually fighting.
As the structures and organs of children mature, they demand activity. This early activity is called play. It has several characteristics. The main one is that it is pleasurable. Play activity is pleasurable in itself. We do not play that we may get something else which we like, as is the case with the activity which we call work. Play is an end in itself. It is not a means to get something else which is intrinsically valuable.
As children's bodies and organs develop, they need to be active. This early activity is known as play. It has a few key traits. The main one is that it is enjoyable. Playing is enjoyable for its own sake. We don’t play to achieve something else we want, like we do with what we call work. Play is an end in itself. It isn’t a way to obtain something else that has intrinsic value.
One of the chief values of play comes from its activity aspect. We are essentially motor beings. We grow and develop only through exercise. In early life we do not have to exert ourselves to get a living. Play is nature’s means of giving our organs the exercise which they must have to bring them to maturity. Play is an expression of the universal tendency to action in early life. Without play, the child would not develop, would not become a normal human being.
One of the main benefits of play is its active nature. We are fundamentally physical beings. We only grow and develop through movement. When we’re young, we don’t need to work hard to survive. Play is nature’s way of giving our bodies the exercise they need to grow and mature. Play represents the natural drive for activity during childhood. Without play, a child wouldn’t develop properly or become a well-rounded person.
All day long the child is ceaselessly active. The value of this activity can hardly be overestimated. It not only leads to healthy growth, but is a means through which the child learns himself and the world. Everything that the child sees excites him to react to it or upon it. He gets possession of it. He bites it. He pounds it. He throws it. In this way he learns the properties of things and the characteristics of forces. Through play and imitation, in a very few years the child comes to a successful adjustment in his world.
All day long, the child is constantly active. The importance of this activity can't be overstated. It not only promotes healthy growth but also helps the child understand themselves and the world around them. Everything the child sees prompts a reaction. They grab it, bite it, hit it, or throw it. In doing so, they learn about the properties of objects and the nature of forces. Through play and imitation, in just a few years, the child successfully adapts to their environment.
Play and imitation are the great avenues of activity in early life. Even in later life, we seldom accomplish anything great or worth while until the thing becomes play to us, until we throw our whole being into it as we do in play, until it is an expression of ourselves as play is in our childhood. The proper use of play gives us the solution of many of the problems of early education.
Play and imitation are the main ways we engage with the world in early life. Even as we grow older, we rarely achieve anything significant or meaningful until we approach it like play, fully immersing ourselves just like we do when we’re kids. The right way to use play can help us solve many challenges in early education.
Play has two functions in the school: (1) Motor play is necessary to growth, development, and health. The constant activity of the child is what brings about healthy growth.
Play serves two purposes in school: (1) Motor play is essential for growth, development, and health. The continuous activity of the child promotes healthy growth.
In the country it is not difficult for children to get plenty of the proper kind of exercise, but in the larger cities it is difficult. Nevertheless, opportunity for play should be provided for every child, no matter what the trouble or expense, for without play children cannot become normal human beings. Everywhere parents and teachers should plan for the play life of the children.
In the countryside, it's easy for kids to get plenty of the right kind of exercise, but it's challenging in bigger cities. Still, every child should have access to play opportunities, regardless of the issues or costs involved, because without play, children can't develop into well-adjusted individuals. Parents and teachers everywhere should make plans for children's playtime.
(2) In the primary grades play can have a large place in the actual work of the school. The early work of education is to a large extent getting the tools of knowledge and thought and work—reading, spelling, writing, correct speech, correct writing, the elementary processes of arithmetic, etc. In many ways play can be used in acquiring these tools.
(2) In the early grades, play can play a significant role in the actual work of the school. The initial phase of education primarily involves acquiring the tools of knowledge, thinking, and work—reading, spelling, writing, proper speech, correct writing, and the basic processes of arithmetic, etc. Play can be utilized in various ways to help in acquiring these tools.
One aspect of play particularly should have a large place in education; namely, the manipulative tendencies of children. This is essentially play. Children wish to handle and manipulate everything that attracts their attention. They wish to tear it to pieces and to put it together. This is nature’s way of teaching, and by it children learn the properties and structures of things. They thereby learn what things do and what can be done with them. Teachers and parents should foster these manipulative tendencies and use them for the child’s good. These tendencies are an aspect of curiosity. We want to know. We are unhappy as long as a thing is before us which we do not understand, which has some mystery about it. Nature has developed these tendencies in us, for without a knowledge of our surroundings we could not live. The child therefore has in his nature the basis of his education. We have but to know this nature and wisely use and manipulate it to achieve the child’s education.
One important aspect of play should be emphasized in education: the hands-on tendencies of children. This is essentially what play is all about. Kids want to touch and manipulate everything that catches their eye. They want to take things apart and put them back together. This is how nature teaches us, and through this process, children learn about the properties and structures of objects. They discover what things can do and what can be done with them. Teachers and parents should encourage these hands-on tendencies and use them for the child's benefit. These tendencies stem from curiosity. We want to understand. We feel uneasy as long as something remains a mystery to us. Nature has nurtured these instincts in us because without understanding our surroundings, we couldn't survive. Therefore, children inherently possess the foundation for their education. We just need to recognize this nature and wisely support and guide it to facilitate the child’s learning.
Summary. Instincts are inherited tendencies to specific actions. They fall under the heads: individualistic, socialistic, environmental, adaptive, sexual or mating instincts. These inherited tendencies are to a large extent the foundation on which we build education. The educational problem is to control and guide them, suppressing some, fostering others. In everything we undertake for a child we must take into account these instincts.
Summary. Instincts are inherited urges to perform certain actions. They can be grouped into individual, social, environmental, adaptive, or sexual/mating instincts. These inherited urges primarily shape how we approach education. The challenge in education is to manage and guide these instincts, suppressing some and promoting others. In everything we do for a child, we have to take these instincts into account.
CLASS EXERCISES
Make a study of the instincts of a baby. See how many inherited responses you can observe. The simpler inherited responses are known as reflexes. The closing of the eyelids mentioned in the text is an example. How many such reflexes can you find in a child?
Observe the instincts of a baby. Take note of how many inherited responses you can see. The simpler inherited responses are called reflexes. The blinking of the eyelids mentioned in the text is one example. How many of these reflexes can you identify in a child?
Make a special study of the fears of very young children. How many definite situations can you find which excite fear responses in all children? Each member of the class can make a list of his own fears. It may then be seen whether any fears are common to all members of the class and whether there are any sex differences.
Make a focused study of the fears of very young children. How many specific situations can you identify that trigger fear responses in all children? Each class member can create a list of their own fears. Then, see if there are any fears that are common among all class members and if there are any differences between boys and girls.
Similarly, make a study of anger and fighting. What situations invariably arouse the fighting response? In what definite, inherited ways is anger shown? Do your studies and observations convince you that the fighting instinct and other inherited responses concerned with individual survival are among the strongest of inherited tendencies? Can the fighting instinct be eliminated from the human race? Is it desirable to eliminate it?
Similarly, study anger and fighting. What situations consistently trigger the fighting response? In what specific, inherited ways is anger expressed? Do your studies and observations lead you to believe that the fighting instinct and other inherited responses related to individual survival are some of the strongest inherited tendencies? Can the fighting instinct be removed from the human race? Is it even a good idea to try to eliminate it?
Make a study of children’s collections. Take one of the grades and find what collections the children have made. What different objects are collected?
Make a study of kids' collections. Choose one of the grades and find out what collections the kids have created. What different objects do they collect?
Outline a plan for using the collecting instinct in various school studies.
Outline a plan for using the collecting instinct in different school subjects.
With the help of the principal of the school make a study of some specific cases of truancy. What does your finding show?
With the principal's help, investigate some specific cases of truancy. What do your findings show?
Make a study of play by watching children of various ages play. Make a list of the games that are universal for infancy, those for childhood, and those for youth. (Consult Johnson’s Plays and Games.)
Observe children of different ages at play. Keep a list of games that are common in infancy, those for childhood, and those for youth. (Refer to Johnson’s Plays and Games.)
What are the two main functions of play in education? Why should we play after we are mature?
What are the two main purposes of play in education? Why should we keep playing as adults?
Study imitation in very young children. Do this by watching the spontaneous play of children under six. What evidences of imitation do you find?
Study imitation in young kids. Observe the spontaneous play of kids under six. What signs of imitation do you notice?
Outline the things we learn by imitation. What is your opinion of the place which imitation has in our education?
Outline the things we learn by imitation. What do you think about the role of imitation in our education?
Make a study of imitation as a factor in the lives of grown people. Consider styles, fashions, manners, customs, beliefs, prejudices, religious ideas, etc.
Examine how imitation plays a role in the lives of adults. Think about trends, styles, behaviors, customs, beliefs, biases, religious concepts, and so on.
Make a plan of the various ways in which dramatization can be profitably used in the schools.
Create a plan outlining the different ways dramatization can be effectively used in schools.
Make a study of your own ideals. What ideals do you have? Where did you get them? What ideals did you get from your parents? What from books? What from teachers? What from friends?
Make a study of your own values. What values do you hold? Where did you get them? What values did you learn from your parents? What from books? What from teachers? What from friends?
Show that throughout life inherited tendencies are the fundamental bases from which our actions proceed, on which our lives are erected.
Show that throughout life, inherited traits are the foundational elements from which our actions arise and on which our lives are built.
Make a complete outline of the chapter.
Make a full outline of the chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin and Bagley: Human Behavior, Chapters III, VIII, IX, and X.
- Kirkpatrick: Fundamentals of Child Study, Chapters IV–XIII.
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, pp. 184–187.
- Pillsbury Doughboy: Essentials of Psychology, Chapter X.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapters IV–IX.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, Chapter VIII.
CHAPTER V
FEELING AND ATTENTION
The Feelings. Related to the instincts on one side and to habits on the other are the feelings. In Chapter III we discussed sensation, and in the preceding chapter, the instincts, but when we have described an act in terms of instinct and sensation, we have not told all the facts.
The Feelings. Feelings are connected to instincts on one side and habits on the other. In Chapter III, we talked about sensation, and in the previous chapter, instincts. However, even after describing an action in terms of instinct and sensation, we still haven't covered everything.
For example, when a child sees a pretty red ball of yarn, he reaches out to get it, then puts it into his mouth, or unwinds it, and plays with it in various ways. It is all a matter of sensation and instinctive responses. The perception of the ball—seeing the ball—brings about the instinctive reaching out, grasping the ball, and bringing it to the mouth. But to complete our account, we must say that the child is pleased. We note a change in his facial expression. His eyes gleam with pleasure. His face is all smiles, showing pleasant contentment. Therefore we must say that the child not only sees, not only acts, but the seeing and acting are pleasant. The child continues to look, he continues to act, because the looking and acting bring joy.
For instance, when a child sees a cute red ball of yarn, he reaches out to grab it, then puts it in his mouth or unravels it, playing with it in different ways. It’s all about sensation and instinctive reactions. The perception of the ball—seeing it—leads to the instinctive reaction of reaching out, grasping the ball, and bringing it to his mouth. But to finish our explanation, we should mention that the child is happy. We can see a change in his facial expression. His eyes shine with joy. His face is filled with smiles, showing contentment. So, we must say that the child not only sees and acts, but the seeing and acting are enjoyable. The child keeps looking and keeps playing because the looking and acting bring him joy.
This is typical of situations that bring pleasure. We want them continued; we act in a way to make them continue. We go out after the pleasure-giving thing.
This is typical of situations that bring joy. We want them to last; we behave in a way that makes them last. We pursue the thing that brings us pleasure.
But let us consider a different kind of situation. A child sees on the hearth a glowing coal. It instinctively reaches out and grasps it, starts to draw the coal toward it, but instinctively drops it. This is not, however, the whole story. Instead of the situation being pleasant, it is decidedly unpleasant. The child fairly howls with pain. His face, instead of being wreathed in smiles, is covered with tears. He did not hold on to the coal. He did not try to continue the situation. On the contrary, he dropped the coal, and withdrew the hand. The body contracted and shrank away from the situation.
But let’s think about a different kind of situation. A child sees a glowing coal on the hearth. It instinctively reaches out to grab it, starts pulling the coal toward itself, but then drops it right away. However, that’s not the whole story. Rather than the situation being nice, it is definitely unpleasant. The child screams in pain. Instead of having a smile on its face, it’s filled with tears. It didn’t hold on to the coal. It didn’t try to keep going with the situation. Instead, it let the coal go and pulled its hand back. The body tensed up and shrank away from the situation.
These two cases illustrate the two simple feelings, pleasantness and unpleasantness. Most situations in life are either pleasant or unpleasant. Situations may sometimes be neutral; that is, may arouse neither the feeling of pleasantness or unpleasantness. But usually a conscious state is either pleasant or unpleasant. A situation brings us life, joy, happiness. We want it continued and act in a way to bring about its continuance. Or the situation tends to take away our life, brings pain, sorrow, grief, and we want it discontinued, and act in a way to discontinue it.
These two examples show the basic feelings of pleasure and discomfort. Most experiences in life are either enjoyable or not. Sometimes, situations may feel neutral, meaning they don't trigger feelings of either pleasure or discomfort. However, most of the time, we consciously feel either pleasure or discomfort. A situation can bring us life, joy, and happiness. We want that to last and will act to make it continue. On the other hand, a situation might drain our energy, cause pain, sadness, or grief, and we want it to stop, taking action to end it.
These two simple forms of feeling perhaps arose in the beginning in connection with the act of taking food. It is known that if a drop of acid touches an amœba, the animal shrinks, contracts, and tries to withdraw from the death-bringing acid. On the other hand, if a particle of a substance that is suitable for food touches the animal, it takes the particle within itself. The particle is life-giving and brings pleasure.
These two basic forms of feeling likely originated from the act of eating. It's known that when a drop of acid comes into contact with an amœba, the creature contracts and attempts to move away from the harmful acid. Conversely, when a piece of food touches the amœba, it takes the food in. That particle is nourishing and brings joy.
The circulatory system, the respiratory system, and nearly all the involuntary organs of the body form a great sounding board which instantly responds in various ways to the situations of life. When the youth sees the pretty maiden and when he touches her hand, his heart pumps away at a great rate, his cheeks become flushed, his breathing is paralyzed, his voice trembles. He experiences the emotion of love. The state is complex indeed. There is pleasantness, of course, but there is in addition the feeling of all the bodily reactions.
The circulatory system, the respiratory system, and almost all the involuntary organs in the body act like a huge sounding board that quickly reacts in different ways to life's situations. When a young man sees a beautiful girl and touches her hand, his heart races, his cheeks flush, his breathing becomes shallow, and his voice shakes. He feels the emotion of love. It’s a pretty complex state. There’s definitely joy, but also the awareness of all the physical reactions.
When the mother sees her dead child lying in its casket, her head falls over on her breast, her eyes fill with tears, her shoulders droop, her chest contracts, she sobs, her breathing is spasmodic. Nearly every organ of the body is affected in one way or another. The state is unpleasant, but there is also the feeling of the manifold bodily reactions.
When the mother sees her dead child in the casket, her head droops onto her chest, her eyes fill with tears, her shoulders sag, her chest tightens, she sobs, and her breathing becomes irregular. Almost every part of her body is affected in some way. The experience is unpleasant, but there's also the awareness of the many bodily reactions.
So it is always. The biologically important situations in life bring about, through hereditary connections in the nervous system, certain typical reactions. These reactions are largely the same for the same type of situation, and they give the particular coloring to each emotion. It is evident that the emotions are closely related to the instincts. The reflexes that take place in emotions are of the same nature as the instincts. Each instinctive act has its characteristic emotion. There are fear instincts and fear emotions. Fear is unpleasant. In addition to its unpleasantness there is a multitude of sensations that come from the body. The hair stands on end, the heart throbs, the circulation is hastened, breathing is interrupted, the muscles are tense. This peculiar mass of sensations, blended with the unpleasantness, gives the characteristic emotion of fear. But we need not go into an analysis of the various emotions of love, hate, envy, grief, jealousy, etc. The reader can do this for himself.[3]
It’s always like this. The important biological situations in life trigger certain typical reactions through inherited connections in the nervous system. These reactions are mostly the same for the same type of situation, and they provide the unique flavor to each emotion. It’s clear that emotions are closely tied to instincts. The reflexes involved in emotions are similar to instincts. Every instinctual action comes with its own distinct emotion. There are instincts for fear and emotions related to fear. Fear is unpleasant. On top of its unpleasantness, there are various sensations originating from the body. Hair stands on end, the heart races, circulation speeds up, breathing becomes irregular, and the muscles are tense. This unique mix of sensations, combined with the unpleasantness, creates the specific emotion of fear. But we don’t need to analyze the different emotions like love, hate, envy, grief, jealousy, and so on. The reader can figure that out for themselves.[3]
Nearly every organ of the body plays its part in the emotions: the digestive organs, the liver, the kidneys, the throat and mouth, the salivary glands, the eyes and tear glands, the skin muscles, the facial muscles, etc. And every emotion is made up of pleasantness or unpleasantness and the sensations produced by some combination of bodily reactions.
Almost every organ in the body contributes to our emotions: the digestive system, the liver, the kidneys, the throat and mouth, the salivary glands, the eyes and tear glands, the skin muscles, the facial muscles, and so on. Each emotion consists of feelings of pleasure or discomfort, along with the sensations created by various combinations of bodily reactions.
It is well for us to remember the part that bodily conditions and states play in the emotional life. The emotional state of a man depends upon whether he has had his dinner or is hungry, whether the liver is working normally, and upon the condition of the various secreting and excreting organs and glands. In a word, it is evident that our emotions fall within a world of cause and effect. Our feeling states are caused.
It’s important for us to recognize how our physical conditions and states affect our emotional well-being. A person’s emotional state can depend on whether they’ve eaten or are hungry, whether their liver is functioning properly, and the condition of various organs and glands that produce and remove substances. In short, it’s clear that our emotions exist within a realm of cause and effect. Our feelings are caused.
Importance in Life. Our feelings and emotions are the fountains from which nearly all our volitional actions flow. Feeling is the mainspring of life. Nearly everything we do is prompted by love, or hate, or fear, or jealousy, or rivalry, or anger, or grief. If the feelings have such close relation to action, then the schools must take them into account, for by education we seek to control action. If the feelings control action, then we must try to control the feelings. We must get the child into a right state of mind toward the school, toward his teacher, and toward his work. The child must like the school, like the teacher, and want to learn.
Importance in Life. Our feelings and emotions are the sources from which almost all our choices and actions come. Feeling is the driving force of life. Almost everything we do is influenced by love, or hate, or fear, or jealousy, or competition, or anger, or sadness. If our feelings are so closely linked to our actions, then schools need to consider them, because through education we aim to guide actions. If feelings drive actions, then we need to work on managing those feelings. We have to help the child develop a positive attitude towards school, their teacher, and their learning. The child needs to enjoy school, appreciate their teacher, and want to learn.
Moreover, we must create the right state of mind in connection with each study, each task. The child must come to feel the need and importance of each individual task as well as of each subject. The task is then desirable, it is to be sought for and worked at, it is important for life.
Moreover, we need to foster the right mindset in connection with each study and each task. The child should understand the necessity and significance of every individual task as well as each subject. The task then becomes desirable; it is something to pursue and engage with, and it holds importance for life.
This is merely enlisting the child’s nature in the interest of his education. For motive, we must always look to the child’s nature. The two great forces which pull and drive are pleasure and pain. Nature has no other methods. Formerly the school used pain as its motive almost exclusively. The child did his tasks to escape pain. For motive we now use more often the positive influences which give pleasure, which pull instead of drive. What will one not do for the loved one? What will one not do to the hated one? The child who does not love his teacher gets little good from school while under that teacher. Moreover, school work is often a failure because it is so unreal, has so little relation to an actual world, and seems foreign to any real needs of the child. No one is going to work very hard unless the work is prompted by desire. Our desires come from our needs. Therefore, if we are to enlist the child’s feelings in the service of his education, we must make the school work vital and relate it, if possible, to the actual needs of the child.
This is simply engaging the child's nature in the interest of their education. For motivation, we should always consider the child's nature. The two main forces that pull and push us are pleasure and pain. Nature only has these methods. In the past, schools relied almost entirely on pain as motivation. The child completed their assignments to avoid discomfort. Now, we more often use positive influences that provide pleasure, which attract rather than push. What wouldn't someone do for a loved one? What wouldn't one do to someone they hated? A child who doesn't love their teacher gains little from school while under that teacher. Additionally, schoolwork often fails because it's so unrealistic, has very little connection to the real world, and seems irrelevant to the child's actual needs. No one is going to work very hard unless their efforts are driven by desire. Our desires stem from our needs. Therefore, if we want to engage the child's feelings in their education, we must ensure the schoolwork is meaningful and, if possible, relate it to the child's actual needs.
It must not be forgotten, however, that we must build up permanent attitudes of respect for authority, obedience, and reverence for the important things of life. Neither must it be forgotten that we can create needs in the child. If in the education of the child we follow only such needs as he has, we will make a fine savage of him but nothing else. It is the business of the school to create in the child the right kind of needs. As was pointed out in our study of the instincts, we must make the child over again into what he ought to be. But this cannot be a sudden process. One cannot arouse enthusiasm in a six-year-old child over the beauties of higher mathematics. It takes ten or fifteen years to do that, and it must be done little by little.
We shouldn’t forget that we need to instill lasting attitudes of respect for authority, obedience, and appreciation for the important aspects of life. We also need to remember that we can create needs in children. If we only cater to the needs a child already has during their education, we’ll just turn them into a well-behaved savage and nothing more. It’s the school’s responsibility to create the right kinds of needs in a child. As we noted in our study of instincts, we have to reshape the child into who they should become. But this cannot happen overnight. You can’t spark excitement in a six-year-old about the wonders of advanced mathematics. It takes ten to fifteen years to achieve that, and it has to be done gradually.
Control of the Emotions. Without training, we remain at the mercy of our baser emotions. The child must be trained to control himself. Here is where habit comes in to modify primitive action. The child can be trained to inhibit or prevent the reactions that arise in hatred, envy, jealousy, anger, etc. For a fuller discussion of this point we must wait till we come to the discussion of habit and moral training.
Control of the Emotions. Without training, we are at the mercy of our basic emotions. A child needs to learn how to manage themselves. This is where habits help to change instinctive behavior. A child can be taught to hold back or stop the reactions that come from hatred, envy, jealousy, anger, and so on. For a more in-depth discussion on this topic, we will have to wait until we get to the section on habit and moral training.
Mood and Temperament. A mood is a somewhat extended emotional state continuing for hours or days. It is due to a continuance of the factors which cause it. The state of the liver and digestive organs may throw one for days into a cross and ugly mood. When the body becomes normal, the mood changes or disappears. Similarly, one may for hours or days be overjoyed, or depressed, or morose, or melancholy. Parents and teachers should look well to the matter of creating and establishing continuous and permanent states of feeling that are favorable to work and development.
Mood and Temperament. A mood is an emotional state that lasts for several hours or even days. It results from ongoing factors that contribute to it. The condition of the liver and digestive system can leave someone feeling grumpy and irritable for days. Once the body returns to normal, the mood shifts or fades away. Likewise, a person can feel extremely happy, sad, gloomy, or downcast for hours or days. Parents and teachers should pay close attention to fostering and maintaining positive emotional states that support work and personal growth.
Some people are permanently optimistic, others pessimistic. Some are always joyful, others as constantly see only the dark side of life. Some are always serious and solemn, others always gay, even giddy. These permanent emotional attitudes constitute temperament, and are due to fundamental differences within the body that are in some cases hereditary. Crossness and moroseness, for example, may be due to a dyspeptic condition and a chronically bad liver. The happy dispositions belong to bodies whose organs are func tioning properly, in which assimilation is good—all the parts of the body doing their proper work.
Some people are always optimistic, while others tend to be pessimistic. Some are consistently joyful, while others only see the negative side of life. Some are always serious and solemn, while others are consistently cheerful, even a bit silly. These enduring emotional attitudes make up temperament and are influenced by fundamental differences in the body, which can sometimes be hereditary. For instance, irritability and gloominess might stem from digestive issues and a consistently unhealthy liver. Happy dispositions are associated with bodies where the organs are functioning properly and where assimilation is effective—all parts of the body doing their jobs as they should.
Poor eyes which are under a constant strain, through the reflex effects upon various organs of the body, are likely to develop a permanently cross and irritable disposition. Through the close sympathetic relation of the various organs, anything affecting one organ and interfering with its proper action is likely to affect many other organs and profoundly influence the emotional states of the body. In growing children particularly, there are many influences which affect their emotions, things of which we seldom think, such as the condition of vision and hearing, the condition of the teeth, nose, and throat, and the condition of all the important vital organs of the body. When a child’s disposition is not what we think it ought to be, we should try to find out the causes.
Poor eyesight, which is constantly under strain, can lead to a permanently grumpy and irritable attitude due to its effects on various organs in the body. Because all organs are closely connected, anything that disrupts one organ can impact many others and significantly influence emotional states. This is especially true for growing children, who are affected by many factors that shape their emotions, often without us realizing it—like their vision and hearing, the health of their teeth, nose, and throat, and the condition of all vital organs. When a child’s mood isn’t what we expect, we should look for the underlying causes.
Training the Emotions. The emotions are subject to training. The child can be taught control. Moreover, he can be taught to appreciate and enjoy higher things than mere animal pleasure; namely, art, literature, nature, truth. The child thereby becomes a spiritual being instead of a mere pig. The ideal of the school should be to develop men and women whose baser passions are under control, who are calm, self-controlled, and self-directed, and who get their greatest pleasure from the finer and higher things of life, such as the various forms of music, the songs of birds, the beauties and intricate workings of nature.
Training the Emotions. Emotions can be trained. A child can learn to control them. Additionally, they can be taught to appreciate and find joy in greater things than just basic pleasures; specifically, art, literature, nature, and truth. This way, the child grows into a more spiritual being instead of just an instinct-driven one. The goal of education should be to nurture individuals whose basic urges are managed, who are calm, self-disciplined, and self-guided, and who derive their deepest satisfaction from the more refined and elevated aspects of life, like different types of music, the songs of birds, and the beauty and complexity of nature.
This is a wonderful world and a wonderful life, but the child may go through the world without seeing it, and live his life without knowing what it is to live. His eyes must be opened, he must be trained to see and to feel. It is not the place here to tell how this is to be done. This is not a book on methods of teaching. We can only indicate here that the business of the school is not merely to teach people how to make a living, but to teach them how to enjoy the living. There are many avenues from which we get the higher forms of pleasure. There are really many different worlds which we may experience: the world of animals, the world of plants, the mechanical world, the chemical world, the world of literature and of art, the world of music. It is the duty of the schools to open up these worlds to the children, and make them so many possibilities of joy and happiness.
This is an amazing world and an incredible life, but a child can go through life without really seeing it, living without understanding what it means to truly live. Their eyes need to be opened; they have to be taught to see and to feel. This isn't the place to explain how this should be done. This isn’t a book about teaching methods. We can only point out that the purpose of school isn't just to show people how to earn a living, but to help them learn how to enjoy life. There are many paths to experiencing deeper forms of pleasure. There are actually many different worlds we can engage with: the world of animals, the world of plants, the mechanical world, the chemical world, and the worlds of literature, art, and music. It’s the responsibility of schools to introduce these worlds to children, turning them into countless chances for joy and happiness.
The emotions and feelings, then, are not lawless and causeless, but are a part of a world of law and order. They are themselves caused and therefore subject to control and modification.
The emotions and feelings are not random or without reason; instead, they are part of a structured and orderly world. They have specific causes and can be managed and changed.
Attention. Attention, too, is related to inherited tendencies on the one side and to habits on the other. If one is walking in the woods and catches a glimpse of something moving in the trees, the eyes instinctively turn so that the person can get a better view of the object. If one hears a sudden sound, the head is instinctively turned so that the person can hear better. One stops, the body is held still and rigid, breathing is slow and controlled—all to favor better hearing.
Attention. Attention is also linked to inherited tendencies on one side and to habits on the other. If someone is walking in the woods and sees something moving in the trees, their eyes instinctively focus to get a better look at it. If they hear a sudden noise, their head instinctively turns to enhance their listening. They stop, their body remains still and tense, and their breathing becomes slow and controlled—all to improve their ability to hear.
The various acts of attention are reflex and instinctive. But what is attention? By attention we mean sensory clearness. When we say we are attentive to a thing or subject, we mean that perceptions or ideas of that thing or subject are clear as compared to other perceptions and ideas that are in consciousness at the same time. The contents of one’s consciousness, the perceptions and ideas that constitute one’s mind at any one moment are always arranged in an attentive pattern, some being clear, others unclear. The pattern constantly changes and shifts. What is now clear and in the focus of consciousness, presently is unclear and may in a moment disappear from consciousness altogether, while other perceptions or ideas take its place.
The different ways we pay attention are automatic and instinctual. But what do we mean by attention? By attention, we refer to sensory clarity. When we say we're focused on something or a topic, we mean that our perceptions or thoughts about that thing or topic are clear compared to other perceptions and thoughts that are also in our awareness at the same time. The contents of our consciousness—the perceptions and thoughts that make up our mind at any given moment—are always organized in an attentive way, with some being clear and others unclear. This arrangement is always changing and shifting. What is clear and in focus right now can quickly become unclear and may vanish from our awareness entirely, as other perceptions or thoughts take its place.
The first question that arises in connection with attention is, What are the causes of attention? The first group of causes are hereditary and instinctive. The child attends to loud things, bright things, moving things, etc. But as we grow older, the basis of attention becomes more and more habit. An illustration will make this clear. I once spent a day at a great exposition with a machinist. He was constantly attending to things mechanical, when I would not even see them. He had spent many years working with machinery, and as a result, things mechanical at once attracted him. Similarly, if a man and a woman walk along a street together and look in at the shop windows, the woman sees only hats, dresses, ribbons, and other finery, while the man sees only cigars, pipes, and automobile supplies. Every day we live, we are building up habits of attending to certain types of things. What repeatedly comes into our experience, easily attracts our attention to the exclusion of other things.
The first question that comes up regarding attention is: What causes it? The first group of causes is hereditary and instinctive. A child focuses on loud noises, bright colors, moving objects, and so on. However, as we age, our attention increasingly relies on habits. A quick example makes this clear. I once spent a day at a big exposition with a machinist. He was constantly focused on mechanical items that I didn’t even notice. After many years of working with machinery, those items naturally caught his eye. Similarly, if a man and a woman walk down a street together and look into shop windows, the woman notices only hats, dresses, ribbons, and other stylish things, while the man sees only cigars, pipes, and car parts. Every day, we build habits of focusing on specific types of things. What we encounter frequently easily grabs our attention while blocking out other things.
The Function of Attention. Attention is the unifying aspect of consciousness. There are always many things in consciousness, and we cannot respond to all at once. The part of consciousness that is clear and focal brings about action. The things to which we attend are the things that count.
The Function of Attention. Attention is the main feature of consciousness. There are always many things in our awareness, and we can't respond to everything at once. The clear and focused part of our consciousness leads to action. The things we pay attention to are what really matter.
In later chapters we shall learn that in habit-formation, attention is an important factor. We must attend to the acts we are trying to make habitual. In getting knowledge, we must attend to what we are trying to learn. In committing to memory, we must attend to the ideas that we are trying to fix and make permanent. In thinking and reasoning, those ideas become associated together that are together in attention.
In later chapters, we will learn that attention is an important factor in habit formation. We need to focus on the actions we want to make habitual. When gaining knowledge, we must pay attention to what we are trying to learn. When memorizing, we need to concentrate on the ideas we want to retain and make permanent. In thinking and reasoning, the ideas that we focus on together will become linked.
Attention is therefore the controlling aspect of consciousness. It is the basis of what we call will. The ideas that are clear and focal and that persist in consciousness are the ideas that control our action. When one says he has made up his mind, he has made a choice; that merely means that a certain group of ideas persist in consciousness to the exclusion of others. These are the ideas which ultimately produce action. And it is our past experience that determines what ideas will become focal and persist.
Attention is, therefore, the key element of consciousness. It forms the foundation of what we refer to as will. The ideas that are clear, focused, and remain in our consciousness are the ones that direct our actions. When someone says they’ve made up their mind, they’ve made a choice; this simply means that a specific set of ideas stays in consciousness while others fade away. These are the ideas that ultimately lead to action. Our past experiences shape which ideas become prominent and endure.
Training the Attention. There are two aspects of the training of attention. (1) We can learn to hold ourselves to a task. When we sit down to a table to study, there may be many things that tend to call us away. There lies a magazine which we might read, there is a play at the theater, there are noises outside, there is a friend calling across the street. But we must study. We have set ourselves to a task and we must hold fast to our purpose.
Training the Attention. There are two parts to training our attention. (1) We can learn to focus on a task. When we sit down at a table to study, a lot of distractions may try to pull us away. There's a magazine we could read, a play at the theater, noises outside, or a friend calling from across the street. But we need to study. We’ve committed to this task, and we must stick to our goal.
The young child cannot do this. He must be trained to do it. The instruments used to train him are pleasure and pain, rewards and punishments that come from parents. Gradually, slowly, the child gains control over himself. No one ever amounts to anything till he can hold himself to a task, to a fixed purpose. One must learn to form plans extending over weeks, months, and years, and to hold unflinchingly to them, just as one must hold himself to his study table and allow nothing to distract or to interfere. No training a child can receive is more important than this, for it gives him control over his life, it gives him control over the ideas that are to become focal and determine action. It is for this reason that we call such training a training of attention. It might perhaps better be called a training of the will. But the will is only the attentive consciousness. The idea that is clear, that holds its own in consciousness, is the idea that produces action. When we say that we will to do a certain thing, all we can mean is that the idea of this act is clearest and holds its focal place in consciousness to the exclusion of other ideas. It therefore goes over into action.
The young child can't do this. He needs to be taught how. The tools used to teach him are pleasure and pain, rewards and punishments from parents. Slowly and gradually, the child learns to gain self-control. No one becomes successful until they can commit to a task and a specific goal. One has to learn to make plans that stretch across weeks, months, and years, and stick to them without wavering, just like one has to stay focused at their study table and not let anything distract or interfere. No training a child can receive is more crucial than this, because it gives him control over his life and the ideas that will shape his actions. That’s why we refer to such training as training of attention. It might be better described as training of the will. But the will is just focused awareness. The idea that is clear and maintains its prominence in our conscious mind is the one that drives action. When we say that we will to do something, we really mean that the idea of this act is the clearest and dominates our consciousness over other ideas. This is what leads to action.
(2) The training just discussed may be called a general training of attention giving us a general power and control over our lives, but there is another type of training which is specific. As with the machinist mentioned above, so with all of us; we attend to the type of thing that we have formed a habit of attending to. Continued experience in a certain field makes it more and more easy to attend to things in that field. One can take a certain subject and work at it day after day, year after year. By and by, the whole world takes on the aspect of this chosen subject. The entomologist sees bugs everywhere, the botanist sees only plants, the mechanic sees only machines, the preacher sees only the moral and religious aspects of action, the doctor sees only disease, the mathematician sees always the quantitative aspect of things. Ideas and perceptions related to one’s chosen work go at once and readily to the focus of consciousness; other things escape notice.
(2) The training we just talked about can be called general training of attention, giving us overall power and control over our lives. However, there’s another type of training that is more specific. Just like the machinist mentioned earlier, we all pay attention to the things we’ve developed a habit of focusing on. As we keep gaining experience in a particular field, it becomes easier and easier to notice things related to that field. You can dedicate yourself to a specific subject and work on it day after day, year after year. Eventually, the entire world starts to look like that chosen subject. The entomologist notices bugs everywhere, the botanist only sees plants, the mechanic only sees machines, the preacher focuses on the moral and religious aspects of actions, the doctor sees only illness, and the mathematician always views things in terms of quantity. Ideas and perceptions related to one’s chosen work quickly and easily come to the forefront of awareness, while everything else goes unnoticed.
It is for this reason that we become “crankier” every year that we live. We are attending to only one aspect of the world. While this blinds us to other aspects of the world, it brings mastery in our individual fields. We can, then, by training and practice, get a general control over attention, and by working in a certain field or kind of work, we make it easy to attend to things in that field or work. This to an extent gives us control of our lives, of our destiny.
This is why we become “crankier” with each passing year. We focus on only one part of the world, which limits our view of other areas, but it also helps us become experts in our individual fields. Through training and practice, we can gain overall control of our attention, and by working in a specific area, we find it easier to focus on tasks related to that field. This, to some extent, allows us to take charge of our lives and our future.
Interest. The essential elements of interest are attention and feeling. When a person is very attentive to a subject and gets pleasure from experience in that subject, we commonly say that he is interested in that subject.
Interest. The key components of interest are attention and emotion. When someone is fully engaged with a topic and enjoys their experiences related to it, we typically say that they are interested in that topic.
Since the importance of attention and feeling in learning has already been shown and will be further developed in the chapters which follow in connection with the subjects of habit, memory, and thinking, little more need be said here.
Since the importance of attention and feeling in learning has already been demonstrated and will be explored further in the upcoming chapters about habit, memory, and thinking, there’s not much more to discuss here.
The key to all forms of learning is attention. The key to attention is feeling. Feeling depends upon the nature of the child, inherited and acquired. In our search for the means of arousing interest, we look first to the original nature of the child, to the instincts and the emotions. We look next to the acquired nature, the habits, the ideals, the various needs that have grown up in the individual’s life. Educational writers have overemphasized the original nature of the child as a basis of interest and have not paid enough attention to acquired nature. We should not ask so much what a child’s needs are, but what they ought to be. Needs can be created. The child’s nature to some extent can be changed. The problem of arousing interest is therefore one of finding in the child’s nature a basis for attention and pleasure. If the basis is not to be found there, then it must be built up. How this can be done, how human nature can be changed, is to some extent the main problem of psychology. Every chapter in this book, it is hoped, will be found to throw some light on the problem.
The key to all forms of learning is attention. The key to attention is feeling. Feeling is based on the child's inherent characteristics, both inherited and learned. In our quest to spark interest, we first look at the child's natural instincts and emotions. Next, we consider what the child has learned: their habits, values, and the various needs that have developed in their life. Educational writers have placed too much emphasis on the child’s natural characteristics as a source of interest, neglecting the importance of learned traits. We shouldn't focus solely on what a child's needs are, but rather on what they should be. Needs can be cultivated. A child's nature can be modified to some degree. Thus, the challenge of generating interest lies in identifying a foundation for attention and enjoyment within the child's nature. If that foundation isn’t there, it must be created. How this can be accomplished, and how human nature can be altered, is largely the central issue of psychology. It is hoped that every chapter in this book will shed some light on this problem.
Summary. The two elementary feeling states are pleasantness and unpleasantness. The emotions are complex mental states composed of feeling and the sensations from bodily reactions to the situations. Feeling and emotion are the motive forces of life, at the bottom of all important actions. The bodily reactions of emotions are reflex and instinctive. Attention is a matter of the relative clearness of the contents of consciousness. The function of attention is to unify thought and action. It is the important factor in all learning and thinking, for it is only the attentive part of consciousness that is effective.
Summary. The two basic emotions are pleasure and discomfort. Emotions are complicated mental states that consist of feelings and the physical sensations triggered by our body’s reactions to various situations. Feelings and emotions motivate us in life and form the basis for all major actions. Our body's responses to emotions happen automatically and instinctively. Attention refers to how clearly we perceive the things in our awareness. The purpose of attention is to connect thoughts and actions. It’s an essential component of all learning and thinking, as only the aspects of our consciousness that we focus on are truly effective.
CLASS EXERCISES
Make out a complete list of the more important emotions.
Make a complete list of the more important emotions.
Indicate the characteristic expression of each emotion in your list.
Indicate the typical expression of each emotion in your list.
Can you have an emotion without its characteristic expression? If, for example, when a situation arises which ordinarily arouses anger in you, you inhibit all the usual motor accompaniments of anger, are you really angry?
Can you feel an emotion without showing it? If, for instance, a situation comes up that usually makes you angry, but you hold back all the typical signs of anger, are you actually angry?
Are the expressions of the same emotion the same for all people?
Are the ways people express the same emotion the same for everyone?
Try to analyze some of your emotional states: anger, or fear, or grief. Can you detect the sensations that come from the bodily reactions?
Try to analyze some of your emotional states: anger, fear, or grief. Can you notice the feelings that arise from your body’s reactions?
Try to induce an emotional state by producing its characteristic reactions.
Try to create an emotional state by triggering its typical reactions.
Try to change an emotional state to an opposite emotion; for example, grief to joy.
Try to shift an emotional state to the opposite feeling; for example, change grief into joy.
Try to control and change emotional states in children.
Try to manage and alter children's emotional states.
Name some sensations that for you are always pleasant, others that are always unpleasant—colors, sounds, tastes, odors, temperatures.
Name some sensations that you always find pleasant, and others that you always find unpleasant—colors, sounds, tastes, smells, temperatures.
Confirm by observation the statement of the text as to the importance of emotions in all the important actions of life.
Confirm through observation the text's claim about the significance of emotions in all the key actions in life.
To what extent do you have control of your emotional states? What have you observed about differences in expression of deep emotions by different people? In case of death in the family, some people wail and moan and express their grief in the most extreme manner, while others do not utter a sound and show great control. Why the difference?
Make an introspective study of your conscious states to note the difference in clearness of the different processes that are going on in consciousness. Do you find a constant shifting?
Make a self-reflective examination of your conscious states to observe the variations in clarity among the different processes occurring in your consciousness. Do you notice a continuous change?
Perform experiments to show the effects of attention in forming habits and acquiring knowledge.
Perform experiments to demonstrate how attention influences habit formation and knowledge acquisition.
Perform tests in learning, using substitution tests as described in Chapter X. Use several different keys. In some experiments have no distractions, in others, have various distracting noises. What differences do you find in the results?
Perform tests in learning using substitution tests as described in Chapter X. Use several different keys. In some experiments, eliminate distractions; in others, introduce various distracting noises. What differences do you notice in the results?
Try learning nonsense syllables, some lists with distractions, others without distractions.
Try learning nonsense syllables, some lists with distractions and others without distractions.
Try getting the ideas from stories read to you, as in the logical memory experiment described in Chapter X. Some stories should be read without distractions, others with distractions.
Try getting the ideas from stories that are read to you, like in the logical memory experiment described in Chapter X. Some stories should be read without distractions, while others with distractions.
Why are you unable to study well when under the influence of some strong emotion?
Why can't you focus on studying when you're feeling a strong emotion?
Are you trained to the extent that you can concentrate on a task and hold yourself to it for a long time?
Are you skilled enough to focus on a task and stick with it for an extended period?
Do you see that as far as will and attention and the emotions are concerned, your life and character are in large measure in your own hands?
Do you realize that when it comes to your will, focus, and emotions, your life and character are largely in your own control?
Make a complete outline of the chapter.
Make a detailed outline of the chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin and Bagley: Human Behavior, Chapters IV, V, and VI.
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, Chapter XIV, also pp. 187–192 and pp. 370–371.
- Pillsbury Doughboy: Essentials of Psychology, Chapters V and XI.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapter XIV.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, Chapters IV, VIII, and XI.
CHAPTER VI
HABIT
The Nature of Habit. We now turn from man’s inherited nature to his acquired nature. Inherited tendencies to action we have called instincts; acquired tendencies to action we shall call habits. We can best form an idea of the nature of habit by considering some concrete cases.
The Nature of Habit. We now shift our focus from what we inherit to what we learn. The natural instincts we were born with represent our inherited tendencies to act, while the learned behaviors we develop are our habits. We can better understand what habits are by looking at some specific examples.
Let us take first the case of a man forming the habit of turning out the basement light. It usually happens that when a man has an electric light in the basement of his house, it is hard for him at first to think to turn out the light at night when he retires, and as a consequence the light often burns all night. This is expensive and unnecessary, so there is a strong incentive for the man to find a plan which will insure the regular turning-off of the light at bedtime. The plan usually hit upon is the following: The electric switch that controls the basement light is beside the basement stairway. The man learns to look at the switch as he comes up the stairs, after preparing the furnace fire for the night, and learns to take hold of the switch when he sees it and turn off the light. Coming up the stairs means to look at the switch. Seeing the switch means to turn it. Each step of the performance touches off the next. The man sees that in order to make sure that the light will always be turned off, the acts must all be made automatic, and each step must touch off the next in the series. At first, the man leaves the light burning about as often as he turns it off. After practicing for a time on the scheme, the different acts become so well connected that he seldom leaves the light burning. We say that he has formed the habit of turning off the light.
Let's first consider the situation of a guy getting into the habit of turning off the basement light. Typically, when a person has an electric light in their basement, they often forget to turn it off at night when they go to bed, resulting in the light staying on all night. This is costly and unnecessary, so there's a strong motivation for the person to come up with a system to ensure they turn off the light before sleeping. The usual solution is this: the light switch for the basement is located next to the basement staircase. The person learns to look at the switch as they come up the stairs after tending to the furnace for the night and automatically reaches for the switch to turn off the light when they see it. Coming up the stairs prompts them to check the switch. Spotting the switch triggers the action of turning it off. Each part of the routine leads to the next. The individual realizes that to guarantee the light is always turned off, all actions need to be automatic, and each step must connect to the following one in the sequence. Initially, they leave the light on as often as they turn it off. After practicing this routine for a while, the actions become so intertwined that they rarely leave the light on. We say that they have developed the habit of turning off the light.
For a second illustration, let us take the process of learning that nine times nine equals eighty-one. At first, one does not say or write “eighty-one” when one sees “nine times nine,” but one can acquire the habit of doing so. It does not here concern us how the child learns what the product of nine times nine is. He may learn it by counting, by being told, or by reading it in a book. But however he first learns it, he fixes it and makes it automatic and habitual by continuing to say or to write, “nine times nine equals eighty-one.” The essential point is that at first the child does not know what to say when he hears or sees the expression “nine times nine,” but after long practice he comes to give automatically and promptly the correct answer. For the definite problem “nine times nine” there comes the definite response “eighty-one.”
For a second example, let's consider the process of learning that nine times nine equals eighty-one. At first, a person doesn’t say or write "eighty-one" when they see "nine times nine," but they can develop the habit of doing so. It’s not our focus here how the child learns what nine times nine equals. They might learn it by counting, being told, or reading it in a book. But no matter how they first learn it, they reinforce it and make it automatic and habitual by continuing to say or write, "nine times nine equals eighty-one." The key point is that at first, the child doesn’t know what to say when they hear or see "nine times nine," but after a lot of practice, they can automatically and quickly provide the correct answer. For the specific problem "nine times nine," there is the specific response "eighty-one."
For a third illustration, let us take the case of a man tipping his hat when he meets a lady. A young boy does not tip his hat when he meets a lady until he has been taught to do so. After he learns this act of courtesy he does it quite automatically without thinking of it. For the definite situation, meeting a lady of his acquaintance, there comes to be established the definite response, tipping the hat. A similar habit is that of turning to the right when we meet a person. For the definite situation, meeting a person on the road or street or sidewalk, there is established the definite re sponse, turning to the right. The response becomes automatic, immediate, certain.
For a third example, let's consider a man tipping his hat when he meets a woman. A young boy usually doesn't tip his hat until someone teaches him how to do it. After he learns this gesture of politeness, he does it automatically without thinking. In the specific situation of meeting a woman he knows, the established response is to tip his hat. A similar behavior is turning to the right when we encounter someone. In the specific situation of meeting someone on the road, street, or sidewalk, the established response is to turn to the right. This response becomes automatic, immediate, and certain.
There is another type of habit that may properly be called an intellectual habit, such as voting a certain party ticket, say the Democratic. When one is a boy, one hears his father speak favorably of the Democratic party. His father says, “Hurrah for Bryan,” so he comes to say, “Hurrah for Bryan.” His father says, “I am a Democrat,” so he says he is a Democrat. He takes the side that his father takes. In a similar way we take on the same religious notions that our parents have. It does not always happen this way, but this is the rule. But no matter how we come to do it, we do adopt the creed of some party or some church. We adopt a certain way of looking at public questions, and a certain way of looking at religious questions. For certain rather definite situations, we come to take definite stands. When we go to the booth to vote, we look at the top of the ballot to find the column marked “Democratic,” and the definite response is to check the “Democrat” column. Of course, some of us form a different habit and check the “Republican” column, but the psychology of the act is the same. The point is that we form the Democratic habit or we form the Republican habit; and the longer we practice the habit, the harder it is to change it.
There’s another kind of habit that can be called an intellectual habit, like consistently voting for a specific party, say the Democrats. When you’re a kid, you hear your dad talking positively about the Democratic party. He says, “Hurrah for Bryan,” and so you start saying, “Hurrah for Bryan.” He claims, “I am a Democrat,” and then you say you’re a Democrat too. You take the same side as your dad. In a similar way, we adopt the same religious beliefs that our parents have. It doesn’t always go that way, but that’s usually how it is. No matter how it happens, we end up adopting the beliefs of some party or faith. We develop a particular perspective on political issues and a distinct viewpoint on religious matters. For specific situations, we come to take clear positions. When we go to vote, we look at the top of the ballot to find the column labeled “Democratic,” and our automatic response is to check the “Democrat” column. Of course, some of us have a different habit and check the “Republican” column, but the psychology behind the action is the same. The key point is that we develop either a Democratic habit or a Republican habit; and the longer we stick with that habit, the harder it is to change.
In the presidential campaign of 1912, Roosevelt “bolted” from the Republican party. It was hard for the older Republicans to follow him. While one occasionally found a follower of Roosevelt who was gray, one usually found the old Republicans standing by the old party, the younger ones joining the Progressive party. It is said that when Darwin published “The Origin of Species,” very few old men accepted the doc trine of evolution. The adherents of the new doctrine were nearly all young men. So there is such a thing as an intellectual habit. One comes to take a definite stand when facing certain definite intellectual situations.
In the 1912 presidential campaign, Roosevelt left the Republican Party. It was difficult for the older Republicans to support him. While you could occasionally find an older supporter of Roosevelt, most of the traditional Republicans stuck with their party, while the younger ones joined the Progressive Party. It's said that when Darwin released "The Origin of Species," very few older people accepted the idea of evolution. Almost all its supporters were young men. This shows that there is such a thing as an intellectual mindset. People tend to take a firm stance when confronted with certain intellectual challenges.
Similar to the type of habits which we have called intellectual is another type which may be called “moral.” When we face the situation of reporting an occurrence, we can tell the truth or we can lie. We can build up the habit of meeting such situations by telling the truth on all occasions. We can learn to follow the maxim “Tell the truth at all times, at all hazards.” We can come to do this automatically, certainly, and without thought of doing anything else.
Similar to the kinds of habits we refer to as intellectual, there’s another type that can be called “moral.” When we’re in a situation where we need to report something, we can either tell the truth or lie. We can develop the habit of responding to these situations by always telling the truth. We can adopt the principle “Always tell the truth, no matter what.” Over time, it can become automatic, for sure, and we won’t even think about doing anything else.
Most moral situations are fairly definite and clear-cut, and for them we can establish definite forms of response. We can form the habit of helping a person in distress, of helping a sick neighbor, of speaking well of a neighbor; we can form habits of industry, habits of perseverance. These and other similar habits are the basis of morality.
Most moral situations are pretty straightforward and clear, and for these, we can develop specific ways to respond. We can make it a habit to help someone in trouble, to assist a sick neighbor, and to speak positively about someone living nearby; we can build habits of hard work and persistence. These and other similar habits form the foundation of morality.
The various kinds of habits which we have enumerated are alike in certain fundamental particulars. In all of them there is a definite situation followed by a definite response. One sees the switch and turns off the light; he sees the expression “nine times nine” and says “eighty-one”; he sees a lady he knows and tips his hat; in meeting a carriage on the road, he turns to the right; when he has to vote, he votes a certain ticket; when he has to report an occurrence, he tells it as it happened. There is, in every case, a definite situation followed by a definite response.
The different types of habits we've listed have some key similarities. In each case, there's a specific situation that triggers a specific response. You see the switch and turn off the light; you see the expression “nine times nine” and say “eighty-one”; you spot a lady you know and tip your hat; when you meet a carriage on the road, you move to the right; when it's time to vote, you choose a certain ticket; when you need to report an event, you describe it as it happened. In every instance, there’s a clear situation followed by a clear response.
Another characteristic is common to all the cases mentioned above, i.e. the response is acquired, it does not come at first. In every instance we might have learned to act differently. We could form the habit of always leaving the light burning; could just as easily say “nine times nine equals forty”; we could turn to the left; we could vote the Republican ticket. We can form bad moral habits as well as good ones, perhaps more easily. The point is, however, that we acquire definite ways of acting for the same situations, and these definite ways of acting are called habits.
Another common trait in all the cases mentioned above is that the response is learned; it doesn’t come naturally at first. In every situation, we could have learned to behave differently. We could have developed the habit of always leaving the light on; we could easily claim “nine times nine equals forty”; we could turn left; we could vote for the Republican Party. We can cultivate bad moral habits just as easily as good ones, maybe even more so. The essential point is that we develop specific ways of acting in the same situations, and these specific ways of acting are known as habits.
Habit and Nerve-Path. It has already been stated that a habit is a tendency toward a certain type of action in a certain situation. The basis of this tendency is in the nervous system. In order to understand it we must consider what the nervous system is like. Nerves terminate at one end in a sense organ and at the other end ultimately in a muscle.
Habit and Nerve-Path. It's already been mentioned that a habit is a tendency to act a certain way in specific situations. This tendency is rooted in the nervous system. To understand it, we need to look at how the nervous system works. Nerves connect on one end to a sense organ and on the other end finally to a muscle.
In Figure II, A is a sense organ, B a nerve going from the sense organ to the brain C. D, E, F, G, and H are motor nerves going from the brain to the muscles. Now, let us show from the diagram what organization means and what tendency means. At first when the child sees the expression “nine times nine,” he does not say “eighty-one.” The stimulus brings about no definite action. It is as likely to go out through E or F as through D. But suppose we can get the child to say “nine times nine equals eighty-one.” We can write the expression on the blackboard and have the child look at it and say “nine times nine equals eighty-one.” Suppose the act of saying “eighty-one” is brought about by the nerve-current going out through nerve-chain D. By repetition, we establish a bond. A stimulus of a particular kind comes through A, goes over B to C, and out over D, making muscles at M bring about a very definite action in saying “eighty-one.”
In Figure II, A represents a sense organ, B is a nerve that connects the sense organ to the brain C. D, E, F, G, and H are motor nerves that carry signals from the brain to the muscles. Now, let’s explain what organization and tendency mean using the diagram. Initially, when a child sees the expression “nine times nine,” he doesn’t respond with “eighty-one.” The stimulus doesn’t lead to a specific action. It could travel through E or F just as easily as it could through D. But let’s say we help the child say “nine times nine equals eighty-one.” We can write this expression on the blackboard and ask the child to read it aloud, saying “nine times nine equals eighty-one.” If the response of saying “eighty-one” is triggered by the nerve-current traveling through nerve-chain D, then through repetition, we establish a connection. A specific kind of stimulus comes through A, travels over B to C, and exits through D, causing muscles at M to execute a clear action by saying “eighty-one.”
From the point of view of physiology, the process of habit-formation consists in securing a particular nerve coupling, establishing a particular nerve path, so that a definite form of stimulation will bring about a definite form of response. A nerve tendency is simply the likelihood that a stimulus will take a certain course rather than any other. This likelihood is brought about by getting the stimulus to take the desired route through the nervous system to a group of muscles and to continue following this route. The more times it passes the same way, the greater is the probability that at any given time the stimulus will take the accustomed route and bring about the usual response. At first any sort of action is possible. A nerve stimulus can take any one of the many routes to the different muscles. By chance or by conscious direction, the stimulus takes a certain path, and by repetition we fix and make permanent this particular route. This constitutes a nerve tendency or habit.
From a physiological perspective, the process of habit formation involves creating a specific nerve connection and establishing a particular nerve pathway, so that a certain type of stimulation leads to a specific response. A nerve tendency is simply the probability that a stimulus will follow a certain path instead of another. This probability is established by guiding the stimulus along the desired route through the nervous system to a set of muscles, and then continuing along this path. The more times it travels the same way, the higher the chance that at any moment the stimulus will take the established route and elicit the expected response. Initially, any kind of action is possible. A nerve stimulus can take any of many pathways to different muscles. By chance or through intentional direction, the stimulus follows a specific path, and through repetition, we fix and make this particular route permanent. This forms a nerve tendency or habit.
Plasticity. Our discussion should have made it clear that habit is acquired nature, while instinct is inherited nature. Habit is acquired tendency while instinct is inherited tendency. The possibility of acquiring habits is peculiarly a human characteristic. While inanimate things have a definite nature, a definite way of reacting to forces which act upon them, they have little, if any, possibility of varying their way of acting. Water might be said to have habits. If one cools water, it turns to ice. If we heat it, it turns to steam. But it invariably does this. We cannot teach it any different way of acting. Under the same conditions it always does the same thing.
Plasticity. Our discussion should have clarified that habit is learned behavior, while instinct is inherited behavior. Habit is an acquired tendency, whereas instinct is an inherited one. The ability to develop habits is uniquely a human trait. Inanimate objects have a specific nature and a specific way of responding to forces that impact them, and they have very little, if any, ability to change how they act. Water could be said to have habits. When we cool water, it turns to ice. When we heat it, it turns to steam. But it always does this consistently. We can’t teach it to act differently. Under the same conditions, it always behaves the same way.
Plants are very much like inanimate things. Plants have definite ways of acting. A vine turns around a support. A leaf turns its upper surface to the light. But one cannot teach plants different ways of acting. The lower forms of animals are somewhat like plants and inanimate objects. But to a very slight extent they are variable and can form habits. Among the higher animals, such as dogs and other domestic animals, there is a greater possibility of forming habits. In man there are the greatest possibilities of habit-formation. In man the learned acts or habits are many as compared to the unlearned acts or instincts; while among the lower animals the opposite is the case—their instincts are many as compared to their habits.
Plants are very similar to inanimate objects. They have specific ways of behaving. A vine wraps around a support. A leaf turns its top side towards the light. However, you can't teach plants to behave differently. The simpler animals are a bit like plants and non-living things. They are slightly variable and can develop habits. Among higher animals, like dogs and other pets, there's a much greater chance of developing habits. In humans, the ability to form habits is the greatest. Humans have many learned actions or habits compared to instinctive actions, while for lower animals, it's the other way around—their instincts are far more numerous than their habits.
We may call this possibility of forming habits plasticity. Inanimate objects such as iron, rocks, sulphur, oxygen, etc., have no plasticity. Plants have very little possibility of forming habits. Lower animals have somewhat more, and higher animals still more, while man has the greatest possibility of forming habits. This great possibility of forming habits is one of the main characteristics of man. Let us illustrate the contrast between man and inanimate objects by an example. If sulphur is put into a test tube and heated, it at first melts and becomes quite thin like water. If it is heated still more, it becomes thick and will not run out of the tube. It also becomes dark. Sulphur always does this when so treated. It cannot be taught to act differently. Now the action of sulphur when heated is like the action of a man when he turns to the right upon meeting a person in the street. But the man has to acquire this habit, while the sulphur does not have to learn its way of acting. Sulphur always acted in this way, while man did not perform his act at first, but had to learn it by slow repetition.
We can refer to the ability to form habits as plasticity. Inanimate objects like iron, rocks, sulfur, oxygen, etc., do not have plasticity. Plants have very limited ability to form habits. Lower animals have a bit more, higher animals even more, and humans have the greatest capacity for forming habits. This significant ability to develop habits is one of the main features that sets humans apart. Let's illustrate the difference between humans and inanimate objects with an example. When sulfur is placed in a test tube and heated, it first melts and becomes thin like water. If it is heated further, it thickens and won’t pour out of the tube. It also turns dark. Sulfur always reacts this way when treated this way. It cannot be taught to behave differently. The behavior of sulfur when heated is similar to how a person turns right when encountering someone on the street. However, the person must develop this habit, while the sulfur doesn’t need to learn its reaction. Sulfur always acts in this way, while a person didn't initially perform this action but had to learn it through gradual repetition.
Everything in the world has its own peculiar nature, but man is unique in that his nature can be very much changed. To a large extent, a man is made, his nature is acquired. After we become men and women, we have hundreds and thousands of tendencies to action, definite forms of action, that we did not have when young. Man’s nature might be said to consist in his tendencies to action. Some of these tendencies he inherits; these are his instincts. Some of these he acquires; these are his habits.
Everything in the world has its own unique nature, but humans are different because their nature can change a lot. To a great extent, a person is shaped, their nature is developed. Once we become adults, we gain countless tendencies to act, specific ways of acting, that we didn’t have when we were younger. A person’s nature can be described by their tendencies to act. Some of these tendencies are inherited; these are instincts. Some are acquired; these are habits.
What Habits Do for Us. We have found out what habits are like; let us now see what they do for us. What good do they accomplish for us? How are we different after forming a habit from what we were before? We can best answer these questions by a consideration of concrete cases. Typewriting will serve very well the purpose of illustration. We shall give the result of an actual experiment in which ten university students took part. During their first half hour of practice, they wrote an average of 120 words. At the end of forty-five hours of practice, they were writing an average of 680 words in a half hour. This was an increase of speed of 560 per cent. An expert typist can write about 3000 words in a half hour. Such a speed requires much more than forty-five hours practice, and is attained by the best operators only.
What Habits Do for Us. We've discovered what habits are like; now let's explore what they do for us. What benefits do they provide? How do we change after developing a habit compared to who we were before? We can best answer these questions by looking at specific examples. Typewriting serves as a great illustration. We’ll present the results of an actual experiment involving ten university students. During their first half hour of practice, they wrote an average of 120 words. After forty-five hours of practice, they were writing an average of 680 words in half an hour. This was a speed increase of 560 percent. An expert typist can write about 3000 words in half an hour. Achieving this speed requires significantly more than forty-five hours of practice, and only the best typists reach this level.

Figure III.—Learning Curves
Figure III.—Learning Curves
The upper graph shows the improvement in speed of a group of students working two half hours a day. The lower curve shows the improvement of a group working ten half-hours a day.
The upper graph shows how much faster a group of students became by working for two half-hour sessions each day. The lower curve illustrates the improvement of a group that worked for ten half-hour sessions a day.
In the foregoing experiment, the students improved in accuracy also. At the beginning of the work, they made 115 errors in the half hour. At the end of the practice, with much faster speed, they were making only 327 errors in a half hour. The actual number of errors had increased 280 per cent. The increase in errors was therefore exactly half as much as the increase in speed. This, of course, was a considerable increase in accuracy, for while the speed had increased to 5.6 times what it had been at the beginning, the errors had increased only 2.8 times. The subjects in this experiment paid much more attention to speed than they did to accuracy. If they had emphasized accuracy, they would have been doing almost perfect work at the end of the practice, and their speed would have been somewhat less. Practice, then, not only develops speed but also develops accuracy.
In the previous experiment, the students also improved their accuracy. At the start, they made 115 errors in half an hour. By the end of the practice, they were only making 327 errors in the same time frame, despite working at a much faster pace. The actual number of errors increased by 280 percent. Thus, the increase in errors was exactly half of the increase in speed. This represents a significant improvement in accuracy, as their speed grew to 5.6 times what it was at the beginning, while the errors only increased 2.8 times. Participants in this experiment focused more on speed than on accuracy. If they had prioritized accuracy, they would have produced nearly perfect work by the end of the practice, although their speed would have been somewhat lower. Therefore, practice not only enhances speed but also boosts accuracy.
There are also other results. At the beginning of work with the typewriter, there is much waste of energy and much fatigue. The waste of energy comes from using unnecessary muscles, and the fatigue is partly due to this waste of energy. But even apart from this waste of energy, an habituated act is performed with less fatigue. The various muscles concerned become better able to do their work. As a result of habituation there is, then, greater speed, greater accuracy, less waste of energy, and less fatigue.
There are also other outcomes. In the early stages of using the typewriter, there is a lot of wasted energy and fatigue. The wasted energy comes from using unnecessary muscles, and the fatigue is partly due to this waste. However, even aside from this wasted energy, a practiced action is done with less strain. The various muscles involved become more efficient at their tasks. As a result of practice, there is greater speed, improved accuracy, reduced energy waste, and less fatigue.
If we look not at the changes in our work but at the changes in ourselves, the changes in our minds due to the formation of habits, we find still other results. At the beginning of practice with the typewriter, the learner’s whole attention is occupied with the work. When one is learning to do a new trick, the attention cannot be divided. The whole mind must be devoted to the work. But after one has practiced for several weeks, one can operate the typewriter while thinking about something else. We say that the habituated act sinks to a lower level of consciousness, meaning that as a habit becomes more and more fixed, less and less attention is devoted to the acts concerned.
If we focus on the changes within ourselves rather than just the changes in our work—specifically the changes in our minds due to habit formation—we discover additional outcomes. At the start of learning to use a typewriter, the learner's entire focus is on the task at hand. When mastering a new skill, it’s impossible to split attention. The entire mind must be engaged with the work. However, after several weeks of practice, one can operate the typewriter while thinking about something else. We say that the habitual act sinks to a lower level of consciousness, meaning that as a habit becomes more ingrained, less attention is paid to the actions involved.
Increased skill gives us pleasure and also gives us confidence in our ability to do the thing. Corresponding to this inner confidence is outer certainty. There is greater objective certainty in our performance and a corresponding inner confidence. By objective certainty, we mean that a person watching our performance, becomes more and more sure of our ability to perform, and we ourselves feel confidence in our power of achievement.
Improved skills give us joy and also boost our confidence in what we can do. This inner confidence reflects in our outward certainty. There's a greater level of objective assurance in our performance, which matches our inner confidence. By objective certainty, we mean that someone observing our performance becomes increasingly convinced of our ability, and we also feel confident in our capability to succeed.
Now that we have shown the results of habituation let us consider additional illustrations. In piano playing, the stimuli are the notes as written in the music. We see the notes occupying certain places on the scale of the music. A note in a certain place means that we must strike a certain key. At first the response is slow, we have to hunt out each note on the keyboard. Moreover, we make many mistakes; we strike the wrong keys just as we do in typewriting. We are awkward, making many unnecessary movements, and the work is tiresome and fatiguing. After long practice, the speed with which we can manipulate the keys in playing the piano is wonderful. Our playing becomes accurate, perfect. We do it with ease, with no unnecessary movements. We can play the piano, after we become skilled, without paying attention to the actual movements of our hands. We can play the piano while concentrating upon the meaning of the music, or while carrying on a conversation, or while thinking about something else. As a rule, pleasure and confidence come with skill. Playing a difficult piece on the piano involves a skill which is one of the most complicated that man achieves. It is possible only through habituation of the piano-playing movements.
Now that we’ve shown the results of getting used to something, let’s look at some more examples. When playing the piano, the notes written in the music are the stimuli. We see those notes positioned on the musical scale. A note in a specific location means we have to hit a specific key. At first, our response is slow; we have to search for each note on the keyboard. We make a lot of mistakes, hitting the wrong keys just like when we type. We’re clumsy, making many unnecessary movements, and the process is tiring and exhausting. After a lot of practice, the speed at which we can play the piano is amazing. Our playing becomes accurate and perfect. We do it effortlessly, without unnecessary movements. Once we become skilled, we can play the piano without focusing on the actual movements of our hands. We can play while concentrating on the meaning of the music, having a conversation, or thinking about something else. Generally, pleasure and confidence come with skill. Playing a challenging piece on the piano involves a level of skill that is one of the most complex feats a person can achieve. This is only possible through getting used to the movements required for playing the piano.
Nailing shingles on a roof illustrates well the various aspects of habituation. The expert carpenter not only nails on many more shingles in a day than does the amateur, but he does it better and with more ease, and with much less fatigue. The carpenter knows exactly how much he can do in a day, and each particular movement is certain and sure. The carpenter has confidence in, and usually prides himself on, this ability, thus getting pleasure out of his work.
Nailing shingles on a roof perfectly shows the different aspects of habituation. The skilled carpenter not only puts on many more shingles in a day than the amateur, but he does it better, more easily, and with much less tiredness. The carpenter knows exactly how much he can accomplish in a day, and every specific movement is precise and confident. The carpenter is confident in this ability and usually takes pride in it, finding enjoyment in his work.
The operations in arithmetic illustrate most of the results of habituation. Practice in addition makes for speed and accuracy. In a few weeks’ time we can very much increase our speed and accuracy in adding, or in the other arithmetical operations.
The processes in arithmetic demonstrate most of the outcomes of habituation. Practicing addition leads to greater speed and accuracy. Within a few weeks, we can significantly improve our speed and accuracy in addition, as well as in other arithmetic operations.
The foregoing examples are sufficient, although they could be multiplied indefinitely. Almost any habit one might name would show clearly most of the results enumerated. The most important aspects of habituation may be summed up in the one word efficiency. Habituation gives us speed and accuracy. Speed and accuracy mean skill. Skill means efficiency.
The examples above are enough, though they could go on forever. Almost any habit you can think of would clearly show most of the results listed. The key points about habituation can be summed up in one word: efficiency. Habituation provides us with speed and accuracy. Speed and accuracy lead to skill. Skill means efficiency.
How Habits Are Formed. It is clear from the foregoing discussion that the essential thing in a habit is the definiteness of the connection between the stimulus and the response, between the situation and the reaction to the situation. Our question now is, how is this definiteness of connection established? The answer is, through repetition. Let us work the matter out from a concrete case, such as learning to play the piano. In piano playing the stimulus comes from the music as printed on the staff. A note having a certain position on the staff indicates that a certain key is to be struck. We are told by our music teacher what keys on the piano correspond to the various notes on the staff, or we may learn these facts from the instruction book. It makes no difference how we learn them; but after we know these facts, we must have practice to give us skill. The mere knowledge will not make us piano players. In order to be skillful, we must have much practice not only in striking the keys indicated by the various note positions, but with the various combinations of notes. For example, a note on the second space indicates that the player must strike the key known as “A.” But “A” may occur with any of the other notes, it may precede them or it may follow them. We must therefore have practice in striking “A” in all these situations. To have skill at the piano, we must mechanize many performances. We must be able to read the notes with accuracy and ease. We must practice so much that the instant we see a certain combination of notes on the staff, our hands immediately execute the proper strokes. Not only must we learn what keys on the piano correspond to the various notes of the music, but the notes have a temporal value which we must learn. Some are to be sounded for a short time, others for a longer time. We have eighth notes, quarter notes, half notes, etc. Moreover, the signature of the music as indicated by the sharps or flats changes the whole situation. If the music is written in “A sharp” then when “A” is indicated on the staff, we must not strike the white key known as “A,” but the black key just above, known as “A sharp.”
How Habits Are Formed. It's clear from the previous discussion that the key aspect of a habit is the definite connection between the stimulus and the response, between the situation and how we react to it. Our question now is, how is this definite connection established? The answer is, through repetition. Let's break it down with a concrete example, such as learning to play the piano. In piano playing, the stimulus comes from the music printed on the staff. A note in a specific position on the staff indicates which key should be pressed. Our music teacher tells us which keys on the piano correspond to the different notes on the staff, or we might learn this from the instruction book. It doesn't matter how we learn this information; however, once we know these facts, we need practice to develop our skills. Just having knowledge won't make us good piano players. To become skilled, we need a lot of practice not only in pressing the keys indicated by the various note positions but also with the different combinations of notes. For instance, a note on the second space means that the player must press the key known as “A.” But “A” can occur with any of the other notes, either before or after them. Therefore, we must practice hitting “A” in all these contexts. To be skilled at the piano, we need to repeat many actions until they become automatic. We must be able to read the notes accurately and effortlessly. We need to practice so much that the moment we see a particular combination of notes on the staff, our hands execute the right movements instantly. Not only do we need to learn which keys on the piano correspond to the various music notes, but we also have to understand their temporal values. Some notes are played for a short time, while others are held longer. We have eighth notes, quarter notes, half notes, etc. Additionally, the signature of the music indicated by the sharps or flats changes everything. If the music is written in “A sharp,” then when “A” appears on the staff, we shouldn't press the white key known as “A,” but rather the black key just above it, known as “A sharp.”
Briefly, in piano playing, the stimulus comes from the characters printed on the staff. The movements which these characters direct are very complicated and require months and years of practice. We must emphasize the fact that practice alone gives facility, years of practice. But after these years of practice, one can play a piece of music at sight; that is, the first stimulus sets off perfectly a very complicated response. This sort of performance is one of the highest feats of skill that man accomplishes.
In piano playing, the cues come from the notes on the staff. The actions those notes direct are quite complex and demand months or even years of practice. It's important to highlight that only practice leads to proficiency—years of it. Yet, after all that practice, you can play a piece of music at first glance; in other words, the initial cue triggers a complex response flawlessly. This type of performance is one of the greatest displays of skill that a person can achieve.
To get skill, then, one must practice. But mere repetition is not sufficient. For practice to be most effective, one must put his whole mind on what he is doing. If he divides his attention between the acts which he is practicing and something else, the effect of the practice in fixing and perfecting the habit is slight. It seems that when we are building up a new nerve-path which is to be the basis of a new habit, the nervous energies should not be divided; that the whole available nervous energy should be devoted to the acts which we are repeating. This is only another way of saying that when we are practicing to establish a habit, we should attend to what we are doing and to nothing else. But after the habit-connection is once firmly established, we can attend to other things while performing the habitual act. The habitual action will go on of itself. We may say, then, that in order to be able to do a thing with little or no attention, we must give much attention to it at first.
To gain skill, you must practice. But just repeating something isn’t enough. For practice to be truly effective, you need to focus entirely on what you're doing. If you split your attention between the actions you're practicing and something else, the impact of that practice on forming and refining the habit is minimal. It appears that when we’re creating a new neural pathway to establish a new habit, our nervous energy shouldn’t be split; all available energy should go into the actions we're repeating. This is just another way of saying that when we're working to build a habit, we should concentrate on what we're doing and nothing else. However, once the habit is firmly established, we can focus on other things while performing the habitual action. The action will happen automatically. So, we can say that to be able to do something with little or no focus, we need to give it a lot of attention at the beginning.
Another important factor in habit-formation is pleasure. The act which we are practicing must give us pleasure, either while we are doing it or as a result. Pleasurable results hasten habit-formation. When we practice an act in which we have no interest, we make slow progress or none at all. Now the elements of interest are attention and pleasure. If we voluntarily attend to a thing and its performance gives us pleasure, or pleasure results from it, we say we are interested in it. The secret of successful practice is interest. Repeatedly in laboratory experiments it happens that a student loses interest in the performance and subsequently makes little, if any, progress. One of the biggest problems connected with habit-formation is that of maintaining interest.
Another key factor in forming habits is pleasure. The activity we’re practicing needs to be enjoyable, either in the moment or as an outcome. When we experience pleasure from the results, it speeds up the habit-formation process. If we engage in an activity that doesn’t interest us, our progress is slow or nonexistent. The components of interest are attention and enjoyment. If we actively focus on something and its execution brings us joy, or we benefit from it, we can say we find it interesting. The key to successful practice is interest. In multiple laboratory studies, it has been observed that when a student loses interest in what they're doing, they often make minimal, if any, progress. One of the biggest challenges related to habit-formation is keeping that interest alive.
A factor which prevents the formation of habits is that of exceptions. If a stimulus, instead of going over to the appropriate response, produces some other action, there is an interference in the formation of the desired habit. The effect of an exception is greater than the mere neglect of practice. The exception opens up another path and tends to make future action uncertain. Particularly is this true in the case of moral habits. Forming moral habits is usually uphill work anyway, in that we have instincts to overcome. Allowing exceptions to enter, in the moral sphere, usually means a slipping back into an old way of acting, thereby weakening much the newly-made connection.
A factor that blocks the development of habits is exceptions. When a stimulus triggers a different response instead of the appropriate one, it disrupts the creation of the desired habit. The impact of an exception is more significant than simply neglecting to practice. The exception opens up another path and makes future actions less certain. This is especially true for moral habits. Establishing moral habits is already challenging because we have instincts to overcome. Allowing exceptions in the moral realm usually leads to a regression into old behaviors, which weakens the newly formed connection.
In any kind of practice, when we become fatigued we make errors. If we continue to practice when fatigued, we form connections which we do not wish to make and which interfere with the desired habits.
In any kind of practice, when we get tired, we make mistakes. If we keep practicing while tired, we create connections that we don't want to make, and that mess with the habits we want to develop.
Economy of Practice. The principles which we have enumerated and illustrated are fairly general and of universal validity. There are certain other factors which we may discuss here under the head of economical procedure. To form a habit, we must practice. But how long should we practice at one time? This is an experimental problem and has been definitely solved. It has been proved by experiment that we can practice profitably for as long a time as we can maintain a high degree of attention, which is usually till we become fatigued. This time is not the same for all people. It varies with age, and in the case of the same person it varies at different times. If ordinary college students work at habit-formation at the highest point of concentration, they get the best return for a period of about a half hour. It depends somewhat on the amount of concentration required for the work and the stage of fixation of the habit, i.e. whether one has just begun to form the habit or whether it is pretty well fixed. For children, the period of successful practice is usually much less than a half hour—five, ten, fifteen, twenty minutes, depending upon the age of the child and the kind of work.
Economy of Practice. The principles we've outlined and explained are quite broad and have universal relevance. There are additional factors we can discuss here under the concept of economical procedure. To build a habit, we need to practice. But how long should we practice in one session? This is a question that can be tested and has been answered. Experiments have shown that we can practice effectively for as long as we can keep our attention high, which usually lasts until we start to feel tired. This duration is not the same for everyone. It varies with age, and for the same person, it can change at different times. If regular college students focus on habit formation at their peak concentration, they tend to get the best results for about thirty minutes. This timeframe also depends on the level of concentration needed for the task and the stage of habit formation, i.e., whether someone is just starting to develop the habit or if it’s already well established. For children, successful practice sessions are typically much shorter than thirty minutes—usually ranging from five to twenty minutes, depending on the child’s age and the nature of the activity.
The best interval between periods of practice is the day, twenty-four hours. If one practices in the morning for a half hour, one can practice again in the afternoon with nearly as much return as he would secure the next day, but not quite. In general, practice is better, gives more return, if spread out. To practice one day as long as one can work at a high point of efficiency, and then to postpone further practice till the next day, gives one the most return for the time put in. But if one is in a hurry to form a habit, one can afford to practice more each day even if the returns from the practice do diminish proportionately.
The best time between practice sessions is a day, or twenty-four hours. If you practice for half an hour in the morning, you can practice again in the afternoon and get almost the same benefits as you would the next day, but not quite. Generally, practice is more effective and yields better results if it's spaced out. Practicing one day for as long as you can work at a high level of efficiency, and then waiting until the next day to practice again, gives you the best return for your time. However, if you're eager to build a habit, you can practice more each day, even though the benefits of that practice will decrease proportionately.
This matter has been tried out on the typewriter. If one practices for ten half hours a day with half-hour rests between, one does not get so much return for his time as he would if he should spread it out at the rate of one or two half-hour practices a day. But by working ten half hours a day, one gets much more efficiency in the same number of days than if he should practice only one or two half hours a day. This point must not be misunderstood. We do not mean that one must not work at anything longer than a half hour a day. We mean that if one is forming a habit, his time counts for more in forming the habit if spread out at the rate of a half hour or an hour a day, than it does if put in at a faster rate. Therefore if one is in no hurry and can afford to spread out his time, he gets the best return by so doing, and the habit is more firmly fixed than if formed hurriedly. But if one is in a hurry, and has the time to devote to it, he can afford to concentrate his practice up to five hours or possibly more in a day, provided that rest intervals are interspersed between periods of practice.
This issue has been tested on the typewriter. If you practice for ten half-hour sessions a day with breaks in between, you won’t get as much benefit from your time as you would if you spread it out over one or two half-hour sessions a day. However, by working ten half-hour sessions a day, you become much more efficient over the same number of days compared to practicing just one or two half-hour sessions. This point should be clear. We’re not saying that you shouldn’t do anything longer than a half hour a day. What we mean is that if you’re trying to form a habit, your time is more effective in developing that habit if you spread it out at the rate of a half hour or an hour a day rather than cramming it all in quickly. So if you’re not in a rush and can take your time, you’ll get the best results by doing it this way, and the habit will be more firmly established than if formed too quickly. But if you are in a hurry and have the time to dedicate to it, you can focus your practice for five hours or more in a day, as long as you include breaks between practice sessions.
There is one time in habit-formation when concentrated practice is most efficient. That is at the beginning. In a process as complicated as typewriting, so little impression is made at the beginning by a short period of practice that progress is but slight. On the first day, one should practice about four or five times to secure the best returns, a half hour each time.
There’s a certain point in forming habits when focused practice is the most effective. That point is at the start. In a complicated process like typing, a brief period of practice makes very little impact at first, so the progress is minimal. On the first day, you should practice about four or five times for the best results, spending half an hour each time.
What the Teacher Can Do. Now, let us see how the teacher can be of assistance to the pupil in habit-formation. The teacher should have a clear idea of the nature of the habit to be formed and should demonstrate the habit to the pupil. Suppose the habit is so simple a thing as long division. The teacher should explain each step in the process. She should go to the blackboard and actually solve a number of problems in long division, so that the pupils can see just how to do it. After this the pupils should go to the board and solve a problem themselves. The reason for this procedure is that it is most economical. If the children are left to get the method of doing long division from a book, they will not be able to do it readily and will make mistakes. A teacher can explain a process better than it can be explained in a book. By giving a full explanation and demonstration and then by requiring the children to work a few problems while she watches for mistakes, correcting them at once, the teacher secures economy of effort and time. The first step is to demonstrate the habit to the pupils; the second, to have them do the act, whatever it is, correcting their mistakes; the third, to require the pupils to practice till they have acquired skill. The teacher must make provision for practice.
What the Teacher Can Do. Now, let’s look at how the teacher can help the student form habits. The teacher should clearly understand the habit to be developed and demonstrate it to the student. For example, if the habit is something as simple as long division, the teacher should explain each step in the process. She should go to the blackboard and actually solve several long division problems, so that the students can see exactly how to do it. After this, the students should go to the board and solve a problem on their own. The reason for this approach is that it is the most efficient. If the children are left to learn how to do long division from a book, they won't be able to do it easily and will make errors. A teacher can explain a process more effectively than a book can. By giving a thorough explanation and demonstration, and then having the kids work on a few problems while she watches for mistakes and corrects them immediately, the teacher optimizes both effort and time. The first step is to demonstrate the habit to the students; the second is to have them perform the task, correcting their errors; and the third is to require the students to practice until they become skilled. The teacher must ensure there is ample opportunity for practice.
What Parents Can Do. Parents can be of very great assistance to children who are forming habits.
What Parents Can Do. Parents can be incredibly helpful to children who are developing habits.
(1) They can coöperate with the school, which is directing the child in the systematic formation of a great system of habits. The teacher should explain these habits to the parents so that they may know what the teacher is trying to do. Quite often the home and the school are working at cross purposes. The only way to prevent this is for them to work in the closest coöperation, with the fullest understanding of what is being undertaken for the child. Parents and teachers should often meet together and talk over the work of training the children of the community. Parents should have not merely a general understanding of the work of the school, but they should know the details undertaken. The school often assigns practice work to be done at home in reading, writing, arithmetic. Parents should always know of these assignments and should help the children get the necessary practice. They can do this by reminding the child of the work, by preparing a suitable place where the work may be done, and by securing quiet for the practice. Children like play and it is easy for them to forget their necessary work. Parents can be of the greatest service to childhood and youth by holding the children to their responsibilities and duties.
(1) They can work together with the school, which is guiding the child in building a solid set of habits. The teacher should explain these habits to the parents so they understand what the teacher is trying to achieve. Often, home and school can end up going in opposite directions. The only way to avoid this is for both to collaborate closely, fully understanding what is being done for the child. Parents and teachers should frequently meet to discuss the training of the community's children. Parents should not only have a general understanding of the school’s work, but they should also know the specific details involved. The school often assigns practice tasks for reading, writing, and math to be done at home. Parents should always be aware of these assignments and assist their children in completing them. They can do this by reminding the child of the tasks, preparing a suitable place for the work, and ensuring a quiet environment for practice. Children enjoy play, and it’s easy for them to forget their essential tasks. Parents can greatly help children and teens by keeping them accountable for their responsibilities and duties.
Few parents take any thought of whether their children are doing all possible for their school progress. Few of those who do, make definite plans and arrangements for the children to accomplish the necessary practice and study. This is the parent’s duty and responsibility. Moreover, parents are likely to feel that children have no rights, and think nothing of calling on them in the midst of their work to do some errand. Now, children should work about the house and help their parents, but there should be a time for this and a separate time for study and practice on school work.
Few parents consider whether their children are doing everything they can to succeed in school. Even fewer who do take the time to make clear plans and arrangements for their kids to get the necessary practice and studying done. This is the responsibility of the parents. Additionally, parents often feel that children have no rights and think nothing of interrupting their work to run errands. While children should help out around the house and support their parents, there should be a designated time for this and a separate time for studying and practicing schoolwork.
When a child sits down for serious practice on some work, his time should be sacred and inviolable. Instead of interfering with the child, the parents should do everything in their power to make this practice possible and efficient. In their relations with their children perhaps parents sin more in the matter of neglecting to plan for them than in any other way. They plan for everything else, but they let their children grow up, having taken no definite thought about helping them to form their life habits and to establish these habits by practice. When a child comes home from school, the mother should find out just what work is to be done before the next day and should plan the child’s play and work in such a way as to include all necessary practice. If all parents would do this, the value to the work of the school and to the life of the child would be incalculable.
When a child sits down to focus on their work, that time should be respected and protected. Instead of interrupting the child, parents should do everything they can to make this practice effective and meaningful. In their relationship with their kids, parents might fail more by not planning for them than in any other way. They organize everything else, but they let their children grow up without considering how to help them build life habits and reinforce those habits through practice. When a child comes home from school, the mother should check what homework needs to be done before the next day and should organize the child’s play and work to include all necessary practice. If all parents did this, it would greatly enhance the value of the schoolwork and the child's overall development.
(2) Just as one of the main purposes of the teacher is to help the child gain initiative, so it is one of the greatest of the parents’ duties. Parents must help the children to keep their purposes before them. Children forget, even when they wish to remember. Often, they do not want to remember. The parents’ duty is to get the child to want to remember, and to help him to remember, whether he wants to or not. One of the main differences between childhood and maturity is that the child lives in the present, his purposes are all immediate ones. Habits always look forward, they are for future good and use. Mature people have learned to look forward and to plan for the future. They must, therefore, perform this function for the children. They must look forward and see what the child should learn to do, and then see that he learns to do it.
(2) Just like one of the main roles of a teacher is to help a child develop initiative, it's also one of the greatest responsibilities of parents. Parents need to help their children keep their goals in mind. Kids forget, even when they want to remember. Often, they don’t want to remember at all. It's the parents' job to make the child want to remember and to assist them in remembering, whether they want to or not. One of the key differences between childhood and adulthood is that children live in the moment, with their goals being immediate. Habits are always about the future; they exist for future benefits and purposes. Adults have learned to look ahead and plan for what's to come. Therefore, they have to fulfill this role for their children. They need to look ahead and identify what the child should learn to do, and then ensure that the child learns to do it.
(3) Parents must help children to plan their lives in general and in detail; i.e. in the sense of determining the ideals and habits that will be necessary for those lives. The parents must do this with the help of the child. The child must not be a blind follower, but as the child’s mind becomes mature enough, the parent must explain the matter of forming life habits, and must show the child that life is a structure that he himself is to build. Life will be what he makes it, and the time for forming character is during early years. The parent must not only tell the child this but must help him to realize the truth of it, must help him continually, consistently.
(3) Parents need to help their children plan their lives both broadly and in detail; i.e. by deciding on the values and habits that will be essential for those lives. Parents should do this with the child’s involvement. The child shouldn’t just follow blindly; as the child grows and matures, the parent must explain how to form good habits and demonstrate that life is something they have to build for themselves. Life will be shaped by their choices, and the time to develop character is in the early years. Parents must not only convey this idea to the child but also help them understand and realize its truth, providing ongoing, consistent support.
(5) Parents can help in the ways mentioned above, but they can also help by coöperating among themselves in planning for the training of the children of the community. One parent cannot train his children independently of all the other people in the community. There must be a certain unity of ideals and aims. Therefore, not only is there need for coöperation between parents and teachers but among parents themselves. Although they coöperate in everything else, they seldom do in the training of their children. The people of a community should meet together occasionally to plan for this common work.
(5) Parents can help in the ways mentioned above, but they can also assist by working together to plan for the upbringing of the community’s children. One parent can't raise their kids in isolation from everyone else in the community. There needs to be a shared set of values and goals. So, there is a need for cooperation not only between parents and teachers but also among the parents themselves. While they collaborate on everything else, they rarely do so when it comes to raising their children. The members of a community should gather from time to time to organize this shared effort.
Importance of Habit in Education and Life. A man is the sum of his habits and ideals. He has language habits; he speaks German, or French, or English. He has writing habits, spelling habits, reading habits, arithmetic habits. He has political habits, religious habits. He has various social habits, habitual attitudes which he takes toward his fellows. He has moral habits—he is honest and truthful, or he is dishonest and untruthful. He always looks on the bright side, or else on the dark side of events. All these habits and many more, he has. They are structures which he has built. One’s life, then, is the sum of his tendencies, and these tendencies one establishes in early life.
Importance of Habit in Education and Life. A person is made up of their habits and ideals. They have language habits; they speak German, or French, or English. They have writing habits, spelling habits, reading habits, and math habits. They have political habits and religious habits. They have various social habits and the usual attitudes they adopt toward others. They have moral habits—being honest and truthful, or dishonest and untruthful. They tend to see the bright side or the dark side of situations. All these habits and many more exist within them. They are structures that they have created. Therefore, a person's life is the sum of their tendencies, and these tendencies are established in early life.
This view gives an importance to the work of the school which is derived from no other view. The school is not a place where we get this little bit of information, or the other. It is the place where we are molded, formed, and shaped into the beings we are to be. The school has not risen to see the real importance of its work. Its aims have been low and its achievements much lower than its aims. Teachers should rise to the importance of their calling. Their work is that of gods. They are creators. They do not make the child. They do not give it memory or attention or imagination. But they are creators of tendencies, prejudices, religions, politics, and other habits unnumbered. So that in a very real sense, the school, with all the other educational influences, makes the man. We do not give a child the capacity to learn, but we can determine what he shall learn. We do not give him memory, but we can select what he shall remember. We do not make the child as he is at the beginning, but we can, in large measure, determine the world of influences which complete the task of making.
This perspective emphasizes the unique role of schools that comes from no other viewpoint. The school isn't just a place where we pick up bits of information here and there. It's where we are shaped and developed into who we are meant to be . The school hasn't fully realized the significance of its role. Its goals have been modest, and its accomplishments have often fallen short of those goals. Teachers need to understand the importance of their vocation. Their work is godlike. They are creators. They don’t create the child or give it memory, attention, or imagination. Instead, they shape tendencies, biases, beliefs, politics, and countless other habits. In a very real way, the school, along with all other educational influences, plays a crucial role in shaping a person. We don’t provide a child with the ability to learn, but we can decide what they will learn. We don’t give them memory, but we can choose what they will remember. We don't create the child as they start out, but we can largely influence the environment that completes the process of making them.
In the early part of life every day and every hour of the day establishes and strengthens tendencies. Every year these tendencies become stronger. Every year after maturity, we resist change. By twenty-five or thirty, “character has set like plaster.” The general attitude and view of the world which we have at maturity, we are to hold throughout life. Very few men fundamentally change after this. It takes a tremendous influence and an unusual situation to break one up and make him an essentially different man after maturity. Every year a “crank” becomes “crankier.”
In the early part of life, every day and every hour reinforces and builds habits. Each year, these habits grow stronger. Once we reach maturity, we tend to resist change. By the time we’re twenty-five or thirty, our “character has set like plaster.” The general attitude and perspective on the world that we have at maturity are what we carry with us for the rest of our lives. Very few people fundamentally change after this point. It takes a huge influence and an unusual situation to break someone down and transform them into a completely different person after maturity. Each year, a “crank” becomes “crankier.”
It is well that this is so. Everything in the world costs its price. Rigidity is the price we pay for efficiency. In order to be efficient, we must make habitual the necessary movements. After they are habituated, they resist change. But habit makes for regularity and order. We could not live in society unless there were regularity, order, fixity. Habit makes for conservatism. But conservatism is necessary for order. In a sense, habit works against progress. But permanent improvement without habit would be impossible, for permanent progress depends upon holding what we gain. It is well for society that we are conservative. We could not live in the chaos that would exist without habit. Public opinion resists change. People refuse to accept a view that is different from the one they have held. We could get nowhere if we continually changed, and it is well for us that we continue to do the old way to which we have become accustomed, till a new and better one is shown beyond doubt. Even then, it is probably better for an old person to continue to use the accustomed methods of a lifetime. Although better methods are developed, they will not be so good for the old person as those modes of action that he is used to. The possibility of progress is through new methods which come in with each succeeding generation.
It's good that it is this way. Everything in the world comes with a price. Rigidity is the cost we pay for efficiency. To be efficient, we need to make necessary movements a habit. Once these habits are formed, they resist change. But habits create regularity and order. We couldn't function in society without regularity, order, and stability. Habits lead to conservatism, which is essential for maintaining order. In a way, habits can hinder progress. Yet, meaningful improvement without habits would be impossible since ongoing progress relies on keeping what we've achieved. It's beneficial for society that we are conservative. We couldn't handle the chaos that would arise without habits. Public opinion tends to resist change. People often refuse to embrace views that differ from those they have always held. We wouldn’t get far if we were constantly changing, and it's helpful that we stick to the familiar ways until a new and better way is undoubtedly proven. Even then, it's probably better for an older person to continue using the methods they've relied on for a lifetime. Although new methods might be developed, they won't be as effective for that individual as the familiar actions they know. The possibility of progress comes with new methods introduced by each new generation.
When we become old we are not willing to change, but the more reasonable of us are willing that our children should be taught a better way. Sometimes, of course, we find people who say that what was good enough for them is good enough for their children. Most of us think better, and wish to give our children a “better bringing up than ours has been.”
As we grow old, we often resist change, but most of us recognize that our children should learn an improved way. Of course, there are those who insist that what worked for them should be fine for their kids. However, many of us believe in doing better and want to provide our children with a "better upbringing than we had."
These considerations make clear the importance of habit in life. They should also make clear a very important corollary. If habits are important in life, then it is the duty of parents and teachers to make a careful selection of the habits that are to be formed by the children. The habits that will be necessary for the child to form in order to meet the various situa tions of his future life, should be determined. There should be no vagueness about it. Definite habits, social, moral, religious, intellectual, professional, etc., will be necessary for efficiency. We should know what these various habits are, and should then set about the work of establishing them with system and determination, just as we would the building of a house. Much school work and much home training is vague, indefinite, uncertain, done without a clear understanding of the needs or of the results. We therefore waste time, years of the child’s life, and the results are unsatisfactory.
These points highlight the significance of habits in life. They should also emphasize a crucial implication. If habits play a key role in life, then parents and teachers must carefully choose the habits that children are to develop. The habits necessary for a child to navigate the various situations in their future should be clearly defined. There should be no ambiguity about it. Specific habits—whether social, moral, religious, intellectual, professional, etc.—are essential for success. We need to identify what these different habits are and then systematically work on establishing them with purpose and determination, just like constructing a house. A lot of schoolwork and home training is vague, unclear, and done without a solid understanding of the needs or outcomes, which causes us to waste time—years of the child’s life—with unsatisfactory results.
Drill in School Subjects. In many school subjects, the main object is to acquire skill in certain processes. As previously explained, we can become skillful in an act only by repetition of the act. Therefore, in those subjects in which the main object is the acquiring of skill, there must be much repetition. This repetition is called drill. The matter of economical procedure in drill has already been considered, but there are certain problems connected with drill that must be further discussed.
Drill in School Subjects. In many school subjects, the primary goal is to gain proficiency in specific processes. As mentioned earlier, we can only become skilled at something through repeated practice. Therefore, in subjects where the main aim is to develop skill, a lot of repetition is necessary. This repetition is referred to as drill. The issue of efficient methods in drill has already been addressed, but there are certain challenges related to drill that need to be discussed further.
Drill is usually the hardest part of school work. It becomes monotonous and tiresome. Moreover, drill is always a means. It is the means by which we become efficient. Take writing, for example. It is not an end in itself; it is the means by which we convey thoughts. Reading is a means by which we are able to get the thought of another. In acquiring a foreign language, we have first to master the elementary tools that will enable us to make the thought of the foreign language our own.
Drill is often the toughest part of school work. It can feel repetitive and draining. Additionally, drill is always a means to an end. It helps us become skilled. Take writing, for instance. It's not an end in itself; it’s how we communicate our thoughts. Reading allows us to understand someone else's ideas. When learning a foreign language, we first need to master the basic tools that will let us internalize the thoughts of that language.
It seems that the hardest part of education always comes first, when we are least able to do it. It used to be that nearly all the work of the school was drill. There was little school work that was interesting in itself. In revolt against this kind of school, many modern educators have tried to plan a curriculum that would be interesting to the child. In schools that follow this idea, there is little or no drill, pure and simple. There is no work that is done for the sole purpose of acquiring skill. The work is so planned that, in pursuing it, the child will of necessity have to perform the necessary acts and will thereby gain efficiency. In arithmetic, there is no adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing, only as such things must be done in the performance of something else that is interesting in itself. For example, the child plays store and must add up the sales. The child plays bean bag and must add up the score. Practice gained in this indirect way is known as incidental drill. Direct drill consists in making a direct approach; we wish to be efficient at adding, so we practice adding as such and not merely as incidental to something else.
It seems that the toughest part of education always comes first, when we’re least ready for it. It used to be that almost all schoolwork was just drills. There wasn’t much schoolwork that was actually interesting. In response to this kind of schooling, many modern educators have tried to create a curriculum that would capture the child’s interest. In schools that adopt this approach, there’s little or no straightforward drilling. There’s no work done solely to gain skills. Instead, the work is designed in a way that requires the child to carry out necessary tasks, which helps them become more efficient. In math, there’s no standalone adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing; these operations are only done as part of engaging activities. For instance, when a child plays store, they have to add up the sales. When they play bean bag toss, they need to keep track of the score. Practice gained this way is called incidental drill. Direct drill means directly practicing a skill; for example, if we want to be efficient at adding, we practice adding itself, rather than just as a part of something else.
This plan of incidental drill is in harmony with the principle of interest previously explained. There are several things, however, that must be considered. The proper procedure would seem to be to look forward and find out in what directions the child will need to acquire skill and then to help him acquire it in the most economical way and at the proper time. Nature has so made us that we like to do a new trick. When we have taught a child how to add and subtract, he likes to perform these operations because the operations themselves give pleasure. Therefore much repetition can be allowed and much skill acquired by a direct approach to the practice. When interest drags, incidental drill can be fallen back upon to help out the interest. Children should be taught that certain things must be done, certain skill must be acquired. They should accept some things on the authority of elders. They should be taught to apply themselves and to give their whole attention to a thing that must be done. A desire for efficiency can be developed in them. The spirit of competition can sometimes be effectively used to add interest to drill. Of course, interest and attention there must be, and if it cannot be secured in one way, it must be in another.
This plan for incidental practice aligns with the previously discussed principle of interest. However, there are several factors to consider. The best approach seems to be looking ahead to determine what skills the child will need to develop and then helping them acquire these skills in the most efficient manner and at the right time. We’re naturally inclined to enjoy learning new tasks. Once a child has learned to add and subtract, they take pleasure in performing these operations because they find joy in the process itself. Thus, a lot of repetition is beneficial, and significant skills can be gained through direct practice. When interest wanes, incidental practice can be used to rekindle that interest. Children should understand that certain tasks need to be completed and specific skills must be mastered. They should accept some things as authorities of adults. They should be encouraged to focus and fully commit to tasks that need doing. A desire for efficiency can be fostered in them. The spirit of competition can sometimes effectively add excitement to practice. Of course, there must be interest and attention, and if it can't be maintained in one way, it must be found in another.
Experiments have abundantly shown the value of formal drill, that is to say, drill for drill’s sake. If an arithmetic class is divided, one half being given a few minutes’ drill on the fundamental operations each day but otherwise doing exactly the same work as the other half of the class, the half receiving the drill acquires much more skill in the fundamental operations and, besides, is better at reasoning out problems than the half that had no drill. The explanation of the latter fact is doubtless that the pupils receiving the drill acquire such efficiency in the fundamental operations that these cause no trouble, leaving all the energies of the pupils for reasoning out the problems.
Experiments have clearly demonstrated the importance of formal practice, which means practicing solely for the sake of practice. If an arithmetic class is split in two, with one group getting a few minutes of practice on the basic operations every day while doing the same work as the other group, the group that practices becomes significantly better at the fundamental operations and is also better at solving problems than the group that didn't practice. This is likely because the students who practiced become so efficient in the basic operations that they don't struggle with them, allowing them to focus all their energy on solving problems.
It has been shown experimentally that a direct method of teaching spelling is more efficient than an indirect method. It is not to be wondered at that such turns out to be the case. For in a direct approach, the act that we are trying to habituate is brought more directly before consciousness, receiving that focal attention which is necessary for the most efficient practice in habit-formation. If one wishes to be a good ball pitcher, one begins to pitch balls, and continues pitching balls day after day, morning, noon, and night. One does not go about it indirectly. If one wishes to be a good shot with a rifle, one gets a rifle and goes to shooting. Similarly, if one wishes to be a good adder, the way to do is to begin adding, not to begin doing something else. Of course any method that will induce a child to realize that he ought to acquire a certain habit, is right and proper. We must do all we can to give a child a desire, an interest in the thing that he is trying to do. But there is no reason why the thing should not be faced directly.
It has been shown through experiments that a direct method of teaching spelling is more effective than an indirect method. It’s no surprise that this is the case. In a direct approach, the action we want to practice is brought directly into focus, getting the attention needed for effective habit formation. If someone wants to be a good baseball pitcher, they start pitching balls and keep practicing day after day, morning, noon, and night. They don’t take an indirect route. If someone wants to be a good shot with a rifle, they get a rifle and start shooting. Similarly, if someone wants to be good at addition, they need to start adding, not doing something else. Of course, any method that helps a child understand that they should develop a certain habit is valid and necessary. We must do everything we can to instill a desire and interest in what they’re trying to learn. But there’s no reason not to tackle it head-on.
Rules for Habit Formation. In the light of the various principles which we have discussed, what rules can be given to one forming habits? The evident answer is, to proceed in accordance with established principles. We may, however, bring the most important of these principles together in the form of rules which can serve as a guide and help to one forming habits.
Rules for Habit Formation. Considering the different principles we've talked about, what guidelines can we offer for developing habits? The clear answer is to follow established principles. However, we can summarize the key principles into rules that can guide and support someone in forming habits.
(1) Get initiative. By this is meant that a person forming a habit should have some sustaining reason for doing it, some end that is being sought. This principle will be of very little use to young children, only to those old enough to appreciate reasons and ends. In arithmetic, for example, a child should be shown what can be accomplished if he possesses certain skill in addition, subtraction, and multiplication. It is not always possible for a young person to see why a certain habit should be formed. For the youngest children, the practice must be in the form of play. But when a child is old enough to think, to have ideals and purposes, reasons and explanations should be worked out.
(1) Take initiative. This means that someone trying to build a habit should have a clear reason for doing it, a goal they want to achieve. This idea is less relevant for young children and more applicable to those who can understand reasons and goals. For example, in math, a child should be shown what they can achieve by mastering addition, subtraction, and multiplication. Young people often struggle to see why they should form a specific habit. For the youngest children, learning must feel like play. But once a child is old enough to think, to have ideals and goals, reasons and explanations should be provided.
(2) Get practice. If you are to have skill, you must practice. Practice regularly, practice hard while you are doing it. Throw your whole life into it, as if what you are doing is the most important thing in the world. Practice under good conditions. Do not think that just any kind of practice will do. Try to make conditions such that they will enable you to do your best work. Such conditions will not happen by chance. You must make them happen. You must make conditions favorable. You must seek opportunities to practice. You must realize that your life is in the making, that you are making it, that it is to a large extent composed of habits. These habits you are building. They are built only by practice. Get practice. When practicing, fulfill the psychological conditions. Work under the most favorable circumstances as to length of periods, intervals, etc.
(2) Practice regularly. To develop your skills, you need to practice. Do it consistently and with dedication. Put your heart into it, as if what you are doing is the most significant thing in the world. Train in optimal conditions. Don't assume that just any practice will suffice. Strive to create an environment that allows you to perform at your best. These ideal conditions won’t come about by themselves; you have to set them up. You need to create a supportive environment. Look for chances to practice. Understand that your life is a work in progress, and you are the one shaping it, largely through your habits. These habits are developed through practice. So, get to it. When you practice, meet the psychological needs. Work under the best possible circumstances in terms of duration, breaks, etc.
(3) Allow no exceptions. You should fully realize the great influence of exceptions. When you start in to form a habit, allow nothing to turn you from your course. Whether the habit is some fundamental moral habit or the multiplication table, be consistent, do not vacillate. Nothing is so strong as consistent action, nothing so weak as doubtful, wavering, uncertain action. Have the persistence of a bull dog and the regularity of planetary motion.
(3) Make no exceptions. You need to understand the significant impact of exceptions. When you begin to establish a habit, let nothing steer you off your path. Whether the habit is a basic moral principle or multiplying numbers, be consistent and don’t waver. Nothing is as powerful as consistent action, and nothing is as weak as uncertain, hesitant action. Have the determination of a bulldog and the regularity of the planets.
Transfer of Training. Our problem now is to find out whether forming one habit helps one to form another. In some cases it does. The results of a recent experiment performed in the laboratory of educational psychology in the University of Missouri, will show what is meant. It was found that if a person practiced distributing cards into pigeon holes till great proficiency was attained, and then the numbering of the boxes or pigeon holes was changed, the person could learn the new numbering and gain proficiency in distributing the cards in the new way more quickly than was the case at first. Similarly, if one learns to run a typewriter with a certain form of keyboard, one can learn to operate a different keyboard much more quickly than was the case in learning the first keyboard.
Transfer of Training. Our challenge now is to find out if developing one habit helps in forming another. In some instances, it does. Results from a recent experiment conducted in the educational psychology lab at the University of Missouri highlight this. Researchers found that if a person practiced sorting cards into slots until they became very skilled, and then the numbering of the boxes or slots was changed, that person could learn the new numbering and become proficient in sorting the cards in the new way much faster than was the case initially. Likewise, if someone learns to use a typewriter with a specific keyboard layout, they can learn to use a different layout much more quickly than they did when learning the first one.
It is probable that the explanation of this apparent transfer is that there are common elements in the two cases. Certain bonds established in the first habit are available in the second. In the case of distributing the cards, many such common elements can be made out. One gains facility in reading the numbering of the cards. The actual movement of the hand in getting to a particular box is the same whatever the number of the box. One acquires schemes of associating and locating the boxes, schemes that will work in both cases. But suppose that one spends fifteen days in distributing cards according to one scheme of numbering, and then changes the numbering and practices for fifteen days with the new numbering, at the end of the second fifteen days one has more skill than at the close of the first fifteen days. In fact, in five days one has as much skill in the new method as was acquired in fifteen days in the first method. However, and this is an important point, the speed in the new way is not so great as the speed acquired in thirty days using one method or one scheme all the time. Direct practice on the specific habit involved is always most efficient.
It’s likely that the reason for this apparent transfer is that there are common elements in both situations. Certain connections made in the first habit carry over to the second. When it comes to distributing the cards, many of these common elements are clear. One becomes skilled at reading the card numbers. The actual hand movement to reach a specific box is the same no matter the box number. One develops strategies for associating and finding the boxes that work in both scenarios. But let’s say someone spends fifteen days distributing cards using one numbering system and then switches to a new numbering system and practices for another fifteen days—by the end of the second fifteen days, they’ll have more skill than they did at the end of the first fifteen days. In fact, in just five days, they can gain as much skill with the new method as they did in fifteen days with the first. However, it’s important to note that the speed in the new method isn’t as high as the speed achieved in thirty days using only one method or one strategy consistently. Direct practice on the specific habit in question is always the most effective.
One should probably never learn one thing just because it will help him in learning something else, for that something else could be more economically learned by direct practice. Learning one language probably helps in learning another. A year spent in learning German will probably help in learning French. But two years spent in learning French will give more effi ciency in French than will be acquired by spending one year on German and then one year on French. If the only reason for a study is that it helps in learning something else, then this study should be left out of the curriculum. If the only reason for studying Latin, for example, is that it helps in studying English, or French, or helps in grammar, or gives one a larger vocabulary in English on account of a knowledge of the Latin roots, then the study of the language cannot be justified; for all of these results could be much more economically and better attained by a direct approach. Of course, if Latin has a justification in itself, then these by-products are not to be despised.
One should probably never learn something just because it will help with learning something else, since that something else could be learned more effectively through direct practice. Learning one language likely aids in learning another. Spending a year learning German will probably help with learning French. However, dedicating two years to French will result in greater proficiency in French than what you’d gain from one year of German followed by one year of French. If the only reason for studying something is that it helps with learning another subject, then that subject should be excluded from the curriculum. For instance, if the sole purpose of studying Latin is to help with English, French, grammar, or to expand English vocabulary through knowledge of Latin roots, then studying the language isn’t justified; all of those outcomes could be achieved much more directly and effectively. Of course, if Latin has its own merits, then these additional benefits shouldn't be overlooked.
The truth seems to be that habits are very specific things. A definite stimulus goes over to a definite response. We must decide what habits we need to have established, and then by direct and economical practice establish these habits. It is true that in pursuing some studies, we acquire habits that are of much greater applicability in the affairs of life than can be obtained from other studies. When one has acquired the various adding habits, he has kinds of skill that will be of use in almost everything that is undertaken later. So also speaking habits, writing habits, spelling habits, moral habits, etc., are of universal applicability. Whenever one undertakes to do a thing that involves some habit already formed, that thing is more easily done by virtue of that habit. One could not very well learn to multiply one number by another, such as 8,675,489 by 439,857, without first learning to add.
Habits are quite specific. A particular stimulus leads to a specific response. We need to identify which habits we want to develop, and then practice them directly and efficiently to establish them. It's true that while studying certain subjects, we develop habits that apply more broadly to life than those gained from other subjects. For example, once someone learns various addition skills, those abilities become useful in almost any task they take on later. The same goes for speaking habits, writing habits, spelling habits, moral habits, and so on; they all have universal applications. Whenever you try to do something that involves an established habit, it becomes easier because of that habit. You wouldn’t really be able to multiply one number by another, like 8,675,489 by 439,857, without first learning how to add.
This seems to be all there is to the idea of the transfer of training. One gets an act, or an idea, or an attitude, or a point of view that is available in a new thing, thereby making the new thing easier. The methods one would acquire in the study of zoölogy would be, many of them, directly applicable in the study of botany. But, just as truly, one can acquire habits in doing one thing that will be a direct hindrance in learning another thing. Knocking a baseball unfits one for knocking a tennis ball. The study of literature and philosophy probably unfits one for the study of an experimental science because the methods are so dissimilar, in some measure antagonistic.
This is basically the essence of the transfer of training concept. You gain a skill, idea, attitude, or viewpoint that helps make learning something new easier. For example, many of the techniques you learn in zoology can directly apply to botany. However, you can also develop habits in one area that actually make it harder to learn something else. For instance, hitting a baseball can make you less effective at hitting a tennis ball. Studying literature and philosophy might even make it harder to engage with experimental science because the approaches are so different and somewhat opposed.
Habit and Moral Training. By moral training, we mean that training which prepares one to live among his fellows. It is a training that prepares us to act in our relations with our fellow men in such a way as to bring happiness to our neighbors as well as to ourselves. Specifically, it is a training in honesty, truthfulness, sympathy, and industry. There are other factors of morality but these are the most important. It is evident at once that moral training is the most important of all training. This is, at any rate, the view taken by society; for if a man falls short in his relations with his fellows, he is punished. If the extent of his falling is very great, his liberty is entirely taken away from him. In some cases, he is put to death. Moral training, in addition to being the most important, is also the most difficult. What the public schools can do in this field is quite limited. The training which the child gets on the streets and at home almost overshadows it.
Habit and Moral Training. By moral training, we mean the kind of training that prepares someone to live among others. It’s training that teaches us how to interact with those around us in ways that bring happiness to both our neighbors and ourselves. Specifically, it focuses on honesty, truthfulness, empathy, and hard work. There are other aspects of morality, but these are the most crucial. It’s clear right away that moral training is the most vital of all types of training. Society agrees with this; if someone fails in their interactions with others, they face consequences. If their failures are severe enough, they completely lose their freedom. In certain cases, they may even face death. Moral training, besides being the most significant, is also the most challenging. The contributions that public schools can make in this area are quite limited. The lessons a child learns from their experiences on the streets and at home often outweigh what they receive at school.
Nature of Moral Training. A good person is one who does the right social thing at the right time. The more completely and consistently one does this, the better one is. What kind of training can one receive that will give assurance of appropriate moral action? Two things can be done to give a child this assurance. The child can be led to form proper ideals of action and proper habits of action. By ideal of action, we mean that the child should know what the right action is, and have a desire to do it. Habits of action are acquired only through action. As has been pointed out in the preceding pages, continued action of a definite kind develops a tendency to this particular action. One’s character is the sum of his tendencies to action. These tendencies can be developed only through practice, through repetition. Moral training, therefore, has the same basis as all other training, that is, in habits. The same procedure that we use in teaching the child the multiplication table is the one to use in developing honesty. In the case of the tables, we have the child say “fifty-six” for “eight times seven.” We have him do this till he does it instantly, automatically. Honesty and truthfulness and the other moral virtues can be fixed in the same way.
Nature of Moral Training. A good person is someone who does the right thing socially at the right moment. The more completely and consistently one does this, the better they are. What kind of training can provide assurance of appropriate moral actions? Two things can be done to give a child this assurance. The child can be guided to form the right ideals for action and to develop good habits. By ideals of action, we mean that the child should know what the right actions are and have the desire to follow them. Habits of action are developed only through practice. As previously mentioned, repeated actions of a specific kind create a tendency toward that kind of action. A person’s character is the total of their tendencies to act. These tendencies can only be built through practice and repetition. Moral training, therefore, is based on the same principles as any other kind of training—in habits. The same method we use to teach a child the multiplication table is the method we should use to foster honesty. In the case of multiplication tables, we have the child say “fifty-six” for “eight times seven” until it becomes instant and automatic. Honesty, truthfulness, and other moral virtues can be ingrained in the same way.
Home and Moral Training. The home is the most important factor in moral training. This is largely because of the importance of early habits and attitudes. Obedience to parents and respect for authority, which in a large measure underlie all other moral training, must be secured and developed in the early years of childhood. The child does not start to school till about six years old. At this age much of the foundation of morality is laid. Unless the child learns strict obedience in the first two or three years of life, it is doubtful whether he will ever learn it aright. Without the habit of implicit obedience, it is difficult to establish any other good habit.
Home and Moral Training. The home is the most important factor in moral training. This is mainly due to the significance of early habits and attitudes. Obedience to parents and respect for authority, which largely underpin all other moral training, must be established and nurtured in the early years of childhood. A child doesn’t start school until around six years old. By this age, much of the foundation of morality is set. If a child doesn't learn strict obedience during the first two or three years of life, it's unlikely they will ever grasp it properly. Without the habit of unquestioning obedience, it becomes challenging to develop any other positive habits.
Parents should understand that training in morality consists, in large measure, in building up habits, and should go about it in a systematic way. As various situations arise in the early life of a child, the parents should obtain from him the appropriate responses. When the situations recur, the right responses should be again secured. Parents should continue to insist upon these responses till tendencies are formed for the right response to follow when the situation arises. After continued repetition, the response comes automatically. The good man or woman is the one who does the right thing as the situation presents itself, does it as a matter of course because it is his nature. He does not even think of doing the wrong thing.
Parents need to realize that teaching morality mainly involves shaping habits and should be done in a structured manner. As different situations come up in a child's early life, parents should help the child respond appropriately. When those situations happen again, the right responses should be encouraged once more. Parents should keep emphasizing these responses until the child develops a tendency to react correctly when similar situations arise. After enough repetition, the response will happen automatically. A good person is someone who does the right thing naturally when faced with a situation; it’s second nature to them. They don't even consider doing the wrong thing.
One of the main factors in child training is consistency. The parent must inflexibly require the right action in the appropriate situation. Good habits will not be formed if parents insist on proper action one day but on the next day allow the child to do differently.
One of the key elements in raising children is consistency. Parents need to firmly demand the right behavior in the right situations. Good habits won't develop if parents expect proper actions one day but then let the child do something different the next day.
Parents must plan the habits which they wish their children to form and execute these plans systematically, exercising constant care. Parents, and children as well, would profit from reading the plan used by Franklin. Farseeing and clear-headed, Franklin saw that character is a structure which one builds, so he set about this building in a systematic way. For a certain length of time he practiced on one virtue, allowing no exceptions in this one virtue. When this aspect of his character had acquired strength, he added another virtue and then tried to keep perfect as to both.[4]
Parents need to intentionally plan the habits they want their children to develop and carry out these plans consistently, while paying close attention. Both parents and children could benefit from reading Franklin's approach. Insightful and practical, Franklin understood that character is something you build, so he tackled this building process methodically. For a set period, he focused on one virtue, making no exceptions for that virtue. Once he felt that aspect of his character was strong, he added another virtue and worked to maintain excellence in both.[4]
[4] See Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin.
See *Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin*.
The School and Moral Training. In this, as in all other forms of training, the school is supplementary to the home. The teacher should have well in mind the habits and ideals that the home has been trying to develop and should assist in strengthening the bonds. The school can do much in developing habits of kind ness and sympathy among the children. It can develop civic and social ideals and habits. Just how it can best do this is a question. Should moral ideals be impressed systematically and should habits be formed at the time these ideals are impressed, or should the different ideals be instilled and developed as occasion demands? This is an experimental problem, and that method should be followed which produces the best results. It is possible that one teacher may use one method best while a different teacher will have better success with another method.
The School and Moral Training. In this, as in all other types of training, school serves as a supplement to home life. Teachers should keep in mind the habits and values that families are trying to nurture and help reinforce those connections. Schools can play a significant role in fostering kindness and empathy among children. They can also promote civic and social values and behaviors. The question is how to do this most effectively. Should moral values be taught systematically and habits formed simultaneously, or should different values be introduced and developed as situations arise? This is a matter for experimentation, and the method that yields the best outcomes should be chosen. It's possible that one teacher may find success with one approach, while another teacher might achieve better results with a different strategy.
More important than the question of a systematic or an incidental method is the question of making the matter vital when it is taken up. Nothing is more certain than that mere knowledge of right action will not insure right action. In a few hours one can teach a child, as matters of mere knowledge, what he should do in all the important situations of life; but this will not insure that he will henceforth do the right things.
More important than whether a systematic or incidental method is used is the need to make the topic engaging when it's addressed. It's clear that just having knowledge about the right actions won't guarantee that someone will actually take those actions. In just a few hours, you can teach a child, as simple information, what they should do in all the key situations in life; but this won't make sure that they will consistently make the right choices going forward.
There are only two ways by which we can obtain any assurance that right action will come. The first way is to secure right habits of response. We must build up tendencies to action. Tendencies depend upon previous action. The second way is to help the child to analyze moral situations and see what results will follow upon the different kinds of action. There can be developed in a child a desire to do that which will bring joy and happiness to others, rather than pain and sorrow. But this analysis of moral situations is not enough to insure right moral action; there must be practice in doing the right thing. The situation must go over to the right response to insure its going there the next time. The first thing in moral training is to develop habits. Then, as soon as the child is old enough he can strengthen his habits by a careful analysis of the problem why one should act one way rather than another. This adds motive; and motive gives strength and assurance.
There are only two ways we can ensure that the right actions will happen. The first way is to establish good response habits. We need to create tendencies for action. These tendencies come from past actions. The second way is to help the child analyze moral situations and understand the outcomes of different actions. A child can develop a desire to do what brings joy and happiness to others, instead of pain and sorrow. However, just analyzing moral situations isn't enough to guarantee the right moral actions; there also needs to be practice in doing the right thing. The first step in moral training is to build habits. Then, once the child is old enough, they can reinforce these habits by carefully analyzing why one should choose one action over another. This adds motivation, and motivation provides strength and confidence.
Summary. Habits are acquired tendencies to specific actions in definite situations. They are fixed through repetition. They give us speed, accuracy, and certainty, they save energy and prevent fatigue. They are performed with less attention and become pleasurable. The main purpose of education is to form the habits—moral, intellectual, vocational, cultural—necessary for life. Habits and ideals are the basis of our mature life and character. Moral training is essentially like other forms of training, habit being the basis.
Summary. Habits are behaviors we learn in specific situations. They form through repetition. They give us speed, accuracy, and confidence, helping us conserve energy and avoid burnout. We do them with less focus, and they become enjoyable. The main goal of education is to develop the habits—moral, intellectual, vocational, cultural—that are vital for life. Habits and values are the basis of our adult lives and character. Moral education is essentially like other types of training, with habits as its core.
CLASS EXERCISES
Practice on the formation of some habit until considerable skill is acquired. Draw a learning curve similar to the one on page 95, showing the increase in skill. A class experiment can be performed by the use of a substitution test. Take letters to represent the nine digits, then transcribe numbers into the letters as described on page 192. Keep a record of successive five-minute periods of practice till all have practiced an hour. This gives twelve practice periods for the construction of a learning curve. The individual experiments should be more difficult and cover a longer period. Suitable experiments for individual practice are: learning to operate a typewriter, pitching marbles into a hole, writing with the left hand, and mirror writing. The latter is performed by standing a mirror vertically on the table, placing the paper in front and writing in such a way that the letters have the proper form and appearance when seen in the mirror. The subject should not look at his hand but at its reflection in the mirror. A piece of cardboard can be supported just over the hand so that only the image of the hand in the mirror can be seen.
Practice forming a habit until you gain noticeable skill. Create a learning curve similar to the one on page 95, showing the increase in skill. You can do a class experiment using a substitution test. Use letters to represent the nine digits, then convert numbers into letters as explained on page 192. Keep a record of five-minute practice sessions until everyone has practiced for an hour. This provides twelve practice sessions for building a learning curve. Individual experiments should be more challenging and last longer. Suitable experiments for individual practice include: learning to type, tossing marbles into a hole, writing with your left hand, and mirror writing. For mirror writing, stand a mirror vertically on the table, place the paper in front, and write in a way that makes the letters appear correct when viewed in the mirror. Don't look at your hand; focus on its reflection in the mirror. You can hold a piece of cardboard just over your hand so that only your hand's reflection in the mirror is visible.
A study of the interference of habit can be made as follows: Take eight small boxes and arrange them in a row. Number each box plainly. Do not number them consecutively, but as follows, 5, 7, 1, 8, 2, 3, 6, 4. Make eighty cards, ten of each number, and number them plainly. Practice distributing the cards into the boxes. Note the time required for each distribution. Continue to distribute them till considerable skill is acquired. Then rearrange the order of the boxes and repeat the experiment. What do the results show?
A study of habit interference can be done like this: Take eight small boxes and line them up. Clearly label each box with a number. Don’t number them in order, but instead use the following sequence: 5, 7, 1, 8, 2, 3, 6, 4. Create eighty cards, ten for each number, and label them clearly. Practice sorting the cards into the boxes. Track how long it takes for each distribution. Keep distributing until you gain significant skill. Then change the order of the boxes and do the experiment again. What do the results reveal?
Does the above experiment show any transfer of training? Compare the time for each distribution in the second part of the experiment, i.e. after the rearrangement of the boxes, with the time for the corresponding distribution in the first part of the experiment. The question to be answered is: Are the results of the second part of the experiment better than they would have been if the first part had not been performed? State your results and conclusions and compare with the statements in the text.
Does the experiment above show any transfer of training? Compare the time for each distribution in the second part of the experiment, i.e. after the boxes were rearranged, with the time for the same distribution in the first part of the experiment. The question to answer is: Are the results of the second part better than they would have been if the first part hadn’t been done? Share your results and conclusions and compare them with the statements in the text.
A study of the effects of spreading out learning periods can be made as follows: Divide the class into two equal divisions. Let one division practice on a substitution experiment as explained in Exercise 1, for five ten-minute periods of practice in immediate succession. Let the other division practice for five days, ten minutes a day. What do the results indicate? The divisions should be of equal ability. If the first ten-minute practice period shows the sections to be of unequal ability, this fact should be taken into account in making the comparisons. Test sheets can be prepared by the teacher, or they can be obtained from the Extension Division of the University of Missouri.
A study on the effects of spreading out learning sessions can be done as follows: Split the class into two equal groups. Have one group practice a substitution experiment as described in Exercise 1 for five ten-minute sessions back-to-back. Have the other group practice for five days, ten minutes each day. What do the results show? The groups should have equal skill levels. If the first ten-minute practice session reveals an imbalance in abilities, this should be considered when making comparisons. The teacher can prepare test sheets, or they can be obtained from the Extension Division of the University of Missouri.
An experiment similar to No. 4 can be performed by practicing adding or any other school exercise. Care must be taken to control the experiment and to eliminate disturbing factors.
An experiment like No. 4 can be done by practicing addition or any other school activity. It's important to manage the experiment carefully and to remove any distracting factors.
Try the card-distributing experiment with people of different ages, young children, old people, and various ages in between. What do you learn? Is it as easy for an old person to form a habit as it is for a young person? Why?
Try the card-distributing experiment with people of different ages—young children, older adults, and everyone between. What do you discover? Is it just as easy for an older person to form a habit as it is for a younger person? Why?
If an old person has no old habits to interfere, can he form a new habit as readily as can a young person?
If an older person doesn’t have any old habits to get in the way, can they form a new habit just as easily as a younger person?
Cite evidence from your own experience to prove that it is hard for an old person to break up old habits and form new ones which interfere with the old ones.
Cite examples from your own experience to show that it's tough for an older person to change long-standing habits and create new ones that conflict with the old ones.
Do you find that you are becoming “set in your ways?”
Do you feel like you're getting "set in your ways?"
What do we mean by saying that we are “plastic in early years”?
What do we mean when we say that we are “malleable in our early years”?
Is it an advantage or a disadvantage to choose one’s profession or occupation early?
Is it a benefit or a drawback to choose your career or job early?
Attention often interferes with the performance of a habitual act. Why is this?
Attention often disrupts how well we perform a routine task. Why is that?
If a man removes his vest in the daytime, he is almost sure to wind his watch. On the other hand if he is up all night, he lets his watch run down. Why?
If a guy takes off his vest during the day, he’s almost guaranteed to wind his watch. On the flip side, if he stays up all night, he’ll let his watch die. Why?
Do you know of people who have radically changed their views late in life?
Do you know anyone who has completely changed their views later in life?
Try to teach a dog or a cat a trick. What do you learn of importance about habit-formation?
Try teaching a dog or a cat a trick. What important lessons do you learn about forming habits?
What branches taught in school involve the formation of habits that are useful throughout life?
What subjects taught in school help develop habits that are useful for life?
Make a list of the moral habits that should be formed in early years.
Make a list of the moral habits that should be developed in early years.
Write an essay on Habit and Life.
Write an essay on Habit and Life.
Make a complete outline of the chapter.
Make a full outline of the chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin & Bagley: Human Behavior, Chapters XI and XVII.
- Pillsbury Doughboy: Essentials of Psychology, pp. 48–59; also Chapter XV.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapters X, XI, and XII.
- Rowe: Habit Formation, Chapters V–XIII.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, p. 169, par. 37.
CHAPTER VII
MEMORY
Perceptions and Ideas. In a previous chapter, brief mention was made of the difference between perceptions and ideas. This distinction must now be enlarged upon and made clearer. Perceptions arise out of our sensory life. We see things when these things are before our eyes. We hear things when these things produce air vibrations which affect our ears. We smell things when tiny particles from them come into contact with a small patch of sensitive membrane in our noses. We taste substances when these substances are in our mouths. Now, this seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, etc., is perceiving. We perceive a thing when the thing is actually at the time affecting some one or more of our sense organs. A perception, then, results from the stimulation of a sense organ. Perception is the process of perceiving, sensing, objects in the external world.
Perceptions and Ideas. In a previous chapter, we briefly talked about the difference between perceptions and ideas. Now, we need to elaborate on and clarify this distinction. Perceptions come from our sensory experiences. We see things when they are right in front of us. We hear things when they create air vibrations that reach our ears. We smell things when tiny particles from them touch a delicate area in our noses. We taste substances when they are in our mouths. This process of seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, etc., is called perceiving. We perceive something when it is actively affecting one or more of our sense organs at that moment. Therefore, a perception results from the stimulation of a sense organ. Perception is the process of sensing objects in the external world.
Ideas are our seeming to see, hear, smell, taste things when these things are not present to the senses. This morning I saw, had a perception of, a robin. To-night in my study, I have an idea of a robin. This morning the robin was present. Light reflected from it stimulated my eye. To-night, as I have an idea of the robin, it is not here; I only seem to see it. The scene which was mine this morning is now revived, reproduced. We may say, therefore, that ideas are the conscious representatives of objects which are not present to the senses. Ideas are revived experiences.
Ideas are our apparent ability to see, hear, smell, or taste things when they are not physically present. This morning, I saw and had a perception of a robin. Tonight in my study, I have an idea of a robin. This morning, the robin was right there. Light reflecting off it stimulated my eye. Tonight, as I have an idea of the robin, it isn’t actually here; I just seem to see it. The scene I experienced this morning has now been revived, recreated. We can say that ideas are the conscious representations of objects that are not present to our senses. Ideas are experiences that have been brought back to mind.
Revived experience is memory. Since it is memory that enables us to live our lives over again, brings the past up to the present, it is one of the most wonderful aspects of our natures. The importance of memory is at once apparent if we try to imagine what life would be without it. If our life were only perceptual, if it were only the sights and sounds and smells and tastes of the passing moment, it would have little meaning, it would be bare and empty. But instead of our perceptions being our whole life, they are only the starting points of life. Perceptions serve to arouse groups of memory images or ideas, and the groups of ideas enrich the passing moment and give meaning to the passing perceptions, which otherwise would have no meaning.
Revived experience is memory. Since memory allows us to relive our lives and brings the past into the present, it is one of the most amazing aspects of who we are. The significance of memory becomes clear when we consider what life would be like without it. If our existence were solely based on what we perceive—just the sights, sounds, smells, and tastes of the moment—it would lack meaning, feeling empty and hollow. However, instead of our perceptions making up our entire life, they are just the starting points. Perceptions trigger groups of memories or ideas, and these clusters of thoughts enhance the current moment and provide meaning to our fleeting perceptions, which would otherwise be meaningless.
Suppose I am walking along the street and meet a friend. I see him, speak to him, and pass on. But after I have passed on, I have ideas. I think of seeing my friend the day before. I think of what he said and of what he was doing, of what I said and of what I was doing. Perhaps for many minutes there come ideas from my past experience. These ideas were aroused by the perception of my friend. The perception was momentary, but it started a long train of memory ideas.
Suppose I'm walking down the street and run into a friend. I see him, say hi, and move on. But after I walk away, thoughts come to mind. I think about seeing my friend the day before. I remember what he said and what he was doing, what I said and what I was doing. For maybe several minutes, memories from my past start to flow. These thoughts were triggered by seeing my friend. The encounter was brief, but it set off a long chain of memories.
I pass on down the street and go by a music store. Within the store, a victrola is playing Jesus, Lover of My Soul. The song starts another train of memory ideas. I think of the past, of my boyhood days and Sunday school, my early home and many scenes of my childhood. For several minutes I am so engrossed with the memory images that I scarcely notice anything along the street. Again, the momentary perception, this time of sounds, served to revive a great number of ideas, or memories, of the past.
I walk down the street and pass a music store. Inside, a Victrola is playing Jesus, Lover of My Soul. The song triggers another wave of memories. I think about the past, my childhood, Sunday school, my early home, and many moments from my youth. For several minutes, I'm so absorbed in these memories that I barely notice anything happening outside. Once again, the sudden sound brings back a flood of memories from the past.
These illustrations are typical of our life. Every moment we have perceptions. These perceptions arouse ideas of our past life and experience. One of these ideas evokes another, and so an endless chain of images passes along. The older we become, the richer is our ideational life. While we are children, the perceptions constitute the larger part of our mental life, but as we become older, larger and larger becomes the part played by our memory images or ideas. A child is not content to sit down and reflect, giving himself up to the flow of ideas that come up from his past experience, but a mature person can spend hours in recalling past experience. This means that the older we grow, the more we live in the past, the less we are bound down by the present, and when we are old, instead of perceptions being the main part of mental life, they but give the initial push to our thoughts which go on in an endless chain as long as we live.
These illustrations are typical of our lives. Every moment, we have perceptions. These perceptions trigger memories of our past experiences. One idea leads to another, creating an endless chain of images. The older we get, the richer our imaginative life becomes. When we are children, perceptions make up the majority of our mental life, but as we age, memories and ideas play an increasingly larger role. A child isn't satisfied just sitting down and reflecting; they don’t let themselves drift through thoughts from their past. In contrast, an adult can spend hours recalling past experiences. This means that as we grow older, we tend to live more in the past and feel less tied down by the present. By the time we are old, perceptions are no longer the main focus of our mental life; instead, they kickstart our thoughts, which continue in an endless flow as long as we live.
The Physiological Basis of Memory. It will be remembered that the basis of perception is the agitation of the brain caused by the stimulation of a sense organ by an external thing or force. If there is no stimulation of a sense organ, there is no sensation, no perception. Now, just as the basis of sensation and perception is brain activity, so it is also the basis of ideas. In sensation, the brain activity is set up from without. In memory, when we have ideas, the brain activity is set up from within and is a fainter revival of the activity originally caused by the stimulation of the sense organ. Our ideas are just as truly condi tioned or caused by brain activity as are our sensations.
The Physiological Basis of Memory. It's important to remember that perception is based on the brain's activity, which is triggered by the stimulation of a sense organ by an external object or force. If a sense organ is not stimulated, there’s no sensation and no perception. Just as sensation and perception depend on brain activity, so do ideas. In sensation, the brain's activity comes from external sources. In memory, when we have ideas, the brain's activity arises internally and is a weaker repetition of the original activity that was triggered by the stimulation of the sense organ. Our ideas are just as conditioned or caused by brain activity as our sensations are.
Memory presents many problems, and psychologists have been trying for many years to solve them. We shall now see what they have discovered and what is the practical significance of the facts.
Memory presents many challenges, and psychologists have been working for many years to address them. We will now explore what they have found and what the practical importance of these findings is.
Relation of Memory to Age and Sex. It is a common notion that memory is best when we are young, but such is not the case. Numerous experiments have shown that all aspects of memory improve with age. Some aspects of memory improve more than others, and they improve at different times and rates; but all aspects do improve. From the beginning of school age to about fourteen years of age the improvement of most aspects of memory is rapid.
Relation of Memory to Age and Sex. It's a common belief that memory works best when we're young, but that's not true. Many experiments have shown that all aspects of memory actually get better with age. Some parts of memory improve more than others, and they develop at different times and speeds; but overall, all aspects do improve. From the start of school age until around fourteen years old, most aspects of memory improve quickly.
If we pronounce a number of digits to a child of six, it can reproduce but few of them, a child of eight or ten can reproduce more, a child of twelve can reproduce still more, and an adult still more. If we read a sentence to children of different ages, we find that the older children can reproduce a longer sentence. If we read a short story to children of different ages, and then require them to reproduce the story in their own words, the older children reproduce more of the story than do the young children.[5]
If we say a series of digits to a six-year-old, they can repeat back only a few of them. A child who is eight or ten can remember more, and a twelve-year-old can recall even more than that, with adults doing even better. If we read a sentence to children of various ages, we see that older kids can repeat longer sentences. When we tell a short story to children of different ages and then ask them to retell it in their own words, older children tend to include more details from the story than younger ones do.[5]
Girls excel boys in practically all the aspects of memory.
Girls outperform boys in almost every area of memory.
In rote memory, that is, memory for lists of unrelated words, there is not much difference; but the girls are somewhat better. However, in the ability to remember the ideas of a story, girls excel boys at every age. This superiority of girls over boys is not merely a matter of memory. A girl is superior to a boy of the same age in nearly every way. This is merely a fact of development. A girl develops faster than a boy, she reaches maturity more quickly, in mind as well as in body. Although a girl is lighter than a boy at birth, on the average she gains in weight faster and is heavier at twelve than a boy of the same age. She also gains faster in height, and for a few years in early adolescence is taller than a boy of the same age. Of course, boys catch up and finally become much taller and heavier than girls. Similarly, a girl’s mind develops faster than the mind of a boy, as shown in memory and other mental functions.
In memorizing lists of unrelated words, there's not much difference; however, girls perform slightly better. But when it comes to remembering story ideas, girls outshine boys at every age. This advantage isn't just about memory. A girl is generally superior to a boy of the same age in almost every aspect. This is simply a developmental fact. A girl matures faster than a boy, reaching maturity more quickly in both mind and body. Although girls are lighter than boys at birth, on average, they gain weight faster and are heavier by age twelve than boys of the same age. They also grow taller more quickly, and for a few years during early adolescence, girls are taller than boys of the same age. Naturally, boys eventually catch up and become much taller and heavier than girls. Similarly, a girl’s mind develops faster than a boy’s mind, as seen in memory and other mental abilities.
The Improvement of Memory by Practice. All aspects of memory can be improved by practice, some aspects much, other aspects little. The memory span for digits, or letters, or words, or for objects cannot be much improved, but memory for ideas that are related, as the ideas of a story, can be considerably improved. In extensive experiments conducted in the author’s laboratory, it was found that a person who at first required an hour to memorize the ideas in a certain amount of material, could, after a few months’ practice, memorize the same amount in fifteen minutes. And in the latter case the ideas would be better remembered than they were at the beginning of the experiment. Not only could a given number of ideas be learned in less time, but they would be better retained when learned in the shorter time. If a person comes to us for advice as to how to improve his memory, what should we tell him? In order to answer the question, we must consider the factors of a good memory.
The Improvement of Memory by Practice. All aspects of memory can be improved through practice, some significantly and others only slightly. The memory span for digits, letters, words, or objects can’t be greatly enhanced, but memory for related ideas, like those in a story, can be greatly improved. In extensive experiments conducted in the author’s laboratory, it was found that a person who initially needed an hour to memorize the ideas in a certain amount of material could, after a few months of practice, memorize the same amount in just fifteen minutes. In this latter case, the ideas would also be better remembered than they were at the beginning of the experiment. Not only could a specific number of ideas be learned in less time, but they would be better retained when learned in that shorter period. If someone comes to us for advice on how to improve their memory, what should we advise them? To answer this question, we must consider the factors that contribute to a good memory.
Factors of a Good Memory. (1) The first requirement is to get a good impression in the beginning. Memory is revived experience. The more vivid and intense the first experience, the more sure will be the later recall. So if we wish to remember an experience, we must experience it in the first place under the most favorable conditions. The thing must be seen clearly, it must be understood, it must be in the focus of consciousness.
Factors of a Good Memory. (1) The first requirement is to make a strong impression at the start. Memory is a revived experience. The more vivid and intense the initial experience, the more likely we are to recall it later. So, if we want to remember an experience, we need to undergo it initially under the best possible conditions. It must be seen clearly, understood, and focused on consciously.
The best teaching is that which leads the child to get the clearest apprehension of what is taught. If we are teaching about some concrete thing, a plant, a machine, we should be sure that the child sees the essential points, should be sure that the main principles enter his consciousness. We should find out by questioning whether he really does clearly understand what we are trying to get him to understand. Often we think a pupil or student has forgotten, when the fact is that he never really knew the thing which we wished to have him remember.
The best teaching is the kind that helps the child grasp what’s being taught most clearly. When we’re teaching about something specific, like a plant or a machine, we need to ensure that the child sees the key aspects and understands the main principles. We should ask questions to determine whether they truly grasp what we want them to learn. Often, we think a student has forgotten something, when in reality, they never really understood it in the first place.
The first requisite to memory, then, is to know in the first place. If we wish to remember knowledge, the knowledge must be seen in the clearest light, really be knowledge, at the outset. Few people ever really learn how to learn. They never see anything clearly, they never stick to a point till it is apprehended in all its relations and bearings; consequently they forget, largely because they never really knew in the fullest sense.
The first requirement for memory is to know, in the beginning. If we want to remember information, it has to be understood clearly and truly be knowledge from the start. Most people never really learn how to learn. They don’t see anything clearly, and they don’t focus on a point until they grasp it in all its contexts and connections; as a result, they forget, mostly because they never truly knew in the fullest sense.
Most teaching is too abstract. The teacher uses words that have no meaning to the pupil. Too much teaching deals with things indirectly. We study about things instead of studying things. In geography, for example, we study about the earth, getting our information from a book. We read about land formations, river courses, erosion, etc., when instead we should study these objects and processes themselves. The first thing in memory, then, is clear apprehension, clear understanding, vivid and intense impression.
Most teaching is too abstract. The teacher uses words that don’t mean anything to the student. There’s too much focus on things indirectly. We study about things instead of engaging with them directly. In geography, for instance, we learn about the earth by reading from a book. We read about landforms, river paths, erosion, and so on, when we really should be studying these objects and processes firsthand. The first step in learning is clear perception, clear understanding, and a strong, vivid impression.
(2) The second thing necessary to memory is to repeat the experience. First we must get a clear impression, then we must repeat the experience if we would retain it. It is a mistake to believe that if we have once understood a thing, we will always thereafter remember it. We must think our experiences over again if we wish to fix them for permanent retention.
(2) The second thing needed for memory is to repeat the experience. First, we need to make a clear impression, and then we must go over the experience again if we want to keep it. It's a mistake to think that once we've understood something, we'll always remember it. We have to revisit our experiences if we want to store them for the long term.
We must organize our experience. To organize experience means to think it over in its helpful relations. In memory, one idea arouses another. When we have one idea, what other idea will this arouse? It depends on what connections this idea has had in our minds in the past. It depends on the associations that it has, and associations depend on our thinking the ideas over together.
We need to make sense of our experiences. Organizing experience means reflecting on how it can be useful. In our memory, one thought triggers another. When we have one thought, what other thought will it trigger? It relies on the connections that thought has made in our minds before. It depends on the associations it has, and those associations depend on us thinking about the ideas together.
Teachers and parents should help children to think over their experiences in helpful, practical relations. Then in the future, when an idea comes to mind, it brings along with it other ideas that have these helpful, practical relations. We must not, then, merely repeat our experiences, but must repeat them in helpful connections or associations. In organizing our experience, we must systematize and classify our knowledge.
Teachers and parents should help children reflect on their experiences in useful, practical ways. Then, in the future, when a new idea comes to mind, it will bring along related ideas that are also useful and practical. We shouldn’t just recount our experiences; we need to revisit them in meaningful connections or associations. When we organize our experiences, we should systematize and categorize our knowledge.
One of the chief differences in men is in the way they organize their knowledge. Most of us have experiences abundant enough, but we differ in the way we work over and organize these experiences. Organization not only enables us to remember our experience, but brings our experience back in the right connections.
One of the main differences in people is how they organize their knowledge. Most of us have plenty of experiences, but we vary in how we process and arrange those experiences. Organization not only helps us remember our experiences but also allows us to recall them in the right context.
The advice that should be given to a student is the following: Make sure that you understand. If the matter is a lesson in a book, go through it trying to get the main facts; then go through it again, trying to see the relation of all the facts. Then try to see the facts in relation to your wider experience. If it is a history lesson, think of the facts of the lesson in their relation to previous chapters. Think of the details in their bearing on wider and larger movements.
Here’s some advice for students: Make sure you really understand. If you’re studying a lesson from a book, read it through once to grasp the main points; then read it again to understand how all the details connect. Next, relate those details to your broader experiences. If it’s a history lesson, consider how the facts fit together with what you've learned in previous chapters. Think about the specifics in terms of bigger trends and events.
A teacher should always hold in mind the facts in regard to memory, and should make her teaching conform to them. She should carefully plan the presentation of a new topic so as to insure a clear initial impression. A new topic should be presented orally by the teacher, with abundant illustration and explanation. It cannot be made too concrete, it cannot be made too plain and simple.
A teacher should always keep in mind the facts about memory and adjust her teaching accordingly. She should carefully plan how to introduce a new topic to ensure a clear initial impression. The teacher should present a new topic verbally, with plenty of examples and explanations. It can't be too concrete, and it can't be too plain and simple.
Then after the teacher has introduced and made plain the new topic, the pupil reads and studies further. At the next recitation of the class, the first thing in order should be a discussion, on the part of the pupils. This will help the pupils to get the facts cleared up and will help the teacher to find out whether the pupils have the facts right.
Then, after the teacher introduces the new topic and explains it clearly, the student reads and studies more. During the next class discussion, the first thing to do should be for the students to discuss it. This will help clarify the facts for the students and allow the teacher to see if the students have understood correctly.
The first part of the recitation should also be a time for questions. Everything should now be made clear, if there are any errors or misunderstandings on the pupil’s part. Of course any procedure in a recitation should depend upon the nature of the material and to some extent on the stage of advancement of the pupil; but in general such a procedure as that just outlined will be most satisfactory and economical: first clear initial presentation by the teacher; then reading and study on the part of the pupil, and third, discussions on the following day.
The first part of the recitation should also be a time for questions. Everything should be made clear, especially if there are any mistakes or misunderstandings on the student’s part. Of course, the format of a recitation should depend on the type of material and to some extent on the student’s level of progress; but generally, the approach just outlined will be the most effective and efficient: first, a clear initial presentation by the teacher; then reading and studying by the student, followed by discussions the next day.
Teachers should also endeavor to show students how to study to the best advantage. Pupils do not know how to study. They do not know what to look for, and do not know how to find it after they know what they are looking for. They should be shown. Of course, some of them learn without help how to study. But some never learn, and it would be a great saving of time to help all of them master the arts of study and memorizing.
Teachers should also strive to teach students how to study effectively. Students often don’t know how to study. They don’t know what to look for or how to find it once they know what they need. They need guidance. Sure, some of them figure out how to study on their own, but many don’t, and it would save everyone a lot of time to help all of them learn the skills of studying and memorization.
A very important factor in connection with memory is the matter of meaning. If a person will try to memorize a list of nonsense words, he will find that it is much more difficult than to memorize words that have meaning. This is a significant fact. It means that as material approaches nonsense, it is difficult to memorize. Therefore we should always try to grasp the meaning of a thing, its significance. In science, let us always ask, what is the meaning of this fact? What bearing does it have on other facts? How does it affect the meaning of other facts?
A crucial aspect of memory is the concept of meaning. When someone tries to memorize a list of random words, they'll notice it’s much harder than memorizing meaningful words. This is an important point. It indicates that as information becomes more nonsensical, it becomes harder to remember. Therefore, we should always aim to understand the meaning of something and its importance. In science, we should always ask: what does this fact mean? What relevance does it have to other facts? How does it influence the meaning of other facts?
Kinds of Memories. We should not speak of memory as if it were some sort of power like muscular strength. We should always speak of memories. Memories may be classified from several different points of view: A classification may be based on the kind of material, as memory for concrete things, the actual objects of experience, on the one hand, and memory for abstract material, such as names of things, their attributes and relations, on the other. Again, we can base a classification on the type of ideation to which the material appeals, as auditory memory, visual memory, motor memory. We can also base a classi fication on the principle of meaning. This principle of classification would give us at least three classes: memory for ideas as expressed in sentences, logical memory; memory for series of meaningful words not logically related in sentences, rote memory; memory for series of meaningless words, a form of rote memory. This classification is not meant to be complete, but only suggestive. With every change in the kind of material, the method of presenting the material to the subject, or the manner in which the subject deals with the material, there may be a change in the effectiveness of memory.
Kinds of Memories. We shouldn't refer to memory as if it's just a power like muscle strength. We should always talk about memories. Memories can be categorized from various perspectives: one way to classify them is by the type of material, distinguishing between memory for concrete things—actual objects we experience—and memory for abstract material, like names, attributes, and relationships. We can also classify them based on the type of mental imagery involved, such as auditory memory, visual memory, or motor memory. Another classification could be based on the principle of meaning. This principle would result in at least three categories: memory for ideas as expressed in sentences, which we could call logical memory; memory for series of meaningful words that aren't logically connected in sentences, known as rote memory; and memory for series of meaningless words, also a form of rote memory. This classification isn't intended to be exhaustive, just suggestive. With any change in the type of material, the method of presenting it, or how the person interacts with the material, there might be a change in how effective their memory is.
While these different kinds or aspects of memory may have some relation to one another, they are to some extent independent. One may have a good rote memory and a poor logical memory, or a poor rote memory and a good logical memory. That is to say, one may be very poor at remembering the exact words of a book, but be good at remembering the meaning, the ideas, of the book. One may be good at organizing meaningful material but poor at remembering mere words. On the other hand, these conditions may be reversed; one may remember the words but never get the meaning. It is of course possible that much of this difference is due to habit and experience, but some of the difference is beyond doubt due to original differences in the nervous system and brain. These differences should be determined in the case of all children. It is quite a common thing to find a feeble-minded person with a good rote memory, but such a person never has a good logical memory. One can have a good rote memory without understanding, one cannot have a good logical memory without understanding.
While these various types or aspects of memory might be related, they are somewhat independent. You might have a strong rote memory and a weak logical memory, or vice versa. For instance, someone could struggle to remember the exact words of a book but excel at remembering its meaning and ideas. You might be great at organizing meaningful information but not so good at recalling specific words. Conversely, it's also possible to remember the words without grasping the meaning. While many of these differences can stem from habits and experiences, some are undoubtedly due to inherent differences in the nervous system and brain. These differences should be assessed in all children. It's quite common to encounter someone with limited cognitive ability who has a good rote memory, but such individuals never seem to have a strong logical memory. You can have a good rote memory without comprehension, but you can't have a good logical memory without it.
Let us now ask the question, why can one remember better words that are connected by logical relations than words that have no such connection? If we read to a person a list of twenty nonsense words, the person can remember only two or three; but if a list of twenty words connected in a sentence were read to a person, in most cases, all of them would be reproduced. The reason is that the words in the latter case are not new. We already know the words. They are already a part of our experience. We have had days, perhaps years, of experience with them. All that is now new about them is perhaps a slightly new relation.
Let’s now ask the question: why can someone remember words connected by logical relationships better than words that aren’t connected? If we read a list of twenty nonsense words to someone, they can only remember two or three. But if we read a list of twenty words that are part of a sentence, most of the time, they’ll remember all of them. The reason is that the words in the second case aren’t new. We already know those words; they’re part of our experience. We’ve had days, maybe even years, of experience with them. The only new thing is a slightly different connection.
Moreover, the twenty words may contain but one, or at most only a few, ideas, and in this case it is the ideas that we remember. The ideas hold the words together. If the twenty words contain a great number of ideas, then we cannot remember all of them from one reading. If I say, “I have a little boy who loves his father and mother very much, and this boy wishes to go to the river to catch some fish,” one can easily remember all these words after one reading. But if I say, “The stomach in all the Salmonidæ is syphonal and at the pylorus are fifteen to two hundred comparatively large pyloric cœca”; although this sentence is shorter, one finds it more difficult to remember, and the main reason is that the words are not so familiar.
Additionally, the twenty words may contain just one, or at most only a few, ideas, and in this case, it's the ideas that we remember. The ideas connect the words. If the twenty words include a lot of ideas, then we can’t remember all of them after just one reading. If I say, “I have a little boy who loves his dad and mom very much, and this boy wants to go to the river to catch some fish,” it's easy to remember all those words after one read. But if I say, “The stomach in all the Salmonidæ is syphonal and at the pylorus are fifteen to two hundred comparatively large pyloric cœca”; even though this sentence is shorter, it's harder to remember, and the main reason is that the words aren’t as familiar.
Memory and Thinking. What is the relation of memory to thinking and the other mental functions? One often hears a teacher say that she does not wish her pupils to depend on memory, but wishes them to reason things out. Such a statement shows a misunderstanding of the facts; for reasoning itself is only the recall of ideas in accordance with the laws of association. Without memory, there would be no reasoning, for the very material of thought is found to be the revived experiences which we call ideas, memories.
Memory and Thinking. What is the connection between memory, thinking, and other mental functions? It's common to hear a teacher say that she doesn’t want her students to rely on memory but wants them to figure things out. This statement reflects a misunderstanding of the facts; reasoning itself is simply recalling ideas based on the laws of association. Without memory, there would be no reasoning, because the very material of thought consists of the revived experiences we refer to as ideas or memories.
One of the first requisites of good thinking is a reliable memory. One must have facts to reason, and these facts must come to one in memory to be available for thought. If one wishes to become a great thinker in a certain field, he must gain experience in that field and organize that experience in such a way as to remember it and to recall it when it is wanted.
One of the key requirements for good thinking is a solid memory. You need facts to reason, and those facts must be accessible in your memory for them to be useful for thought. If you want to become a great thinker in a specific area, you need to gain experience in that field and organize that experience in a way that makes it easy to remember and recall when needed.
What one does deplore is memory for the mere words with no understanding of the meaning. In geometry, for example, a student sometimes commits to memory the words of a demonstration, with no understanding of the meaning. Of course, that is worse than useless. One should remember the meaning of the demonstration. If one has memorized the words only, he cannot solve an original problem in geometry. But if he has understood the meaning of the demonstration, then he recalls it, and is enabled to solve the problem. If one does not remember the various facts about the relationships in a triangle, he cannot solve a problem of the triangle until he has worked out and discovered the necessary facts. Then memory would make them available for the solution of the problem.
What’s really unfortunate is memorizing words without understanding their meaning. For instance, in geometry, a student might memorize the steps of a proof without grasping what they mean. That’s definitely not helpful. It's important to remember the meaning behind the proof. If someone has only memorized the words, they won’t be able to solve an original geometry problem. However, if they understand the meaning of the proof, they can recall it and use it to solve the problem. If a person doesn’t remember the different facts about the relationships in a triangle, they won’t be able to solve a triangle problem until they figure out the necessary facts. Only then can memory help them apply those facts to solve the problem.
Memory and School Standing. That memory plays a large part in our life is evident; and, of course, it is an important factor in all school work. It matters not what we learn, if we do not remember it. The author has made extensive experiments to determine the relation that memory has to a child’s progress in school.
Memory and School Standing. It's clear that memory plays a significant role in our lives, and it's a crucial element in all schoolwork. It doesn't matter what we learn if we can't remember it. The author has conducted extensive experiments to figure out how memory affects a child's progress in school.
The method used was to give logical memory tests to all the children in a school and then rank the chil dren in accordance with their abilities to reproduce the story used in the test. Then they were ranked according to their standing in their studies. A very high correlation was found. On the whole, the pupils standing highest in the memory tests were found to stand highest in their studies. It is true, of course, that they did not stand highest merely because they had good memories, but because they were not only better in memory, but were better in most other respects too. Pupils that are good in logical memory are usually good in other mental functions.
The method used involved giving logical memory tests to all the kids in a school and then ranking them based on how well they could recall the story used in the test. They were then ranked according to their academic performance. A strong correlation was found. Overall, the students who performed best in the memory tests also excelled in their studies. It's true that they didn’t rank highest solely due to their good memories, but because they were not only better at memory but also outperformed in most other areas. Students who excel in logical memory typically do well in other cognitive functions too.
A test of logical memory is one of the best to give us an idea of the school standing of pupils. Not only is the retention of ideas of very great importance itself, but the acquiring of ideas, and the organizing of them in such a way as to remember them involves nearly all the mental functions. The one who remembers well ideas logically related, is the one who pays the closest attention, the one who sees the significance, the one who organizes, the one who repeats, the one who turns things over in his mind. A logical memory test is therefore, to some extent, a test of attention, association, power of organization as well as of memory; in a word, it is a test of mental power.
A logical memory test is one of the best ways to gauge students' academic performance. Not only is retaining ideas crucial, but also acquiring them and organizing them in a way that makes them memorable engages nearly all mental processes. A person who effectively remembers logically connected ideas is typically someone who pays close attention, recognizes significance, organizes information, reviews it, and reflects on it. Therefore, a logical memory test is, to some extent, a test of attention, association, organizational skills, as well as memory; in short, it assesses mental capacity.
Other things being equal, a person whose power of retention is good has a great advantage over his fellows who have poor ability to remember. Suppose we consider the learning of language. The pupil who can look up the meaning of a word just once and remember it has an advantage over the person who has to look up the meaning of the word several times before it is retained. So in any branch of study, the person who can acquire the facts in less time than another person, has the extra time for learning something else or for going over the same material and organizing it better. The scientist who remembers all the significant facts that he reads, and sees their bearing on his problems, has a great advantage over the person who does not remember so well.
Other things being equal, a person with good memory skills has a significant advantage over those who struggle to remember. Take language learning, for example. A student who can look up the meaning of a word once and remember it is ahead of someone who needs to look it up several times before it sticks. In any field of study, the person who can grasp the information faster has extra time to learn something new or to review and organize the same material better. A scientist who retains all the important facts he reads and understands how they relate to his work has a considerable advantage over someone with poorer memory.
Of course, there are certain dangers in having a good memory, just as there is danger in being brilliant generally. The quick learner is in danger of forming slovenly habits. A person who learns quickly is likely to form the habit of waiting till the last minute to study his lesson and then getting a superficial idea of it. The slow learner must form good habits of study to get on at all.
Of course, there are some risks that come with having a good memory, just like there are risks in being generally brilliant. Someone who learns quickly might develop lazy habits. A fast learner is likely to wait until the last minute to study and only scratch the surface of the material. On the other hand, a slow learner has to develop good study habits in order to progress at all.
Teachers and parents should prevent the bright children from forming bad habits of study. The person who learns quickly and retains well should be taught to be thorough and to use the advantage that comes from repetition. The quick learner should not be satisfied with one attack on his lesson, but should study the lesson more than once, for even the brilliant learner cannot afford to neglect the advantages that come from repetition. A person with poor memory and only mediocre ability generally can make up very much by hard work and by work that takes advantage of all the laws of economical learning. But he can never compete successfully with the person who works as hard as he does and who has good powers of learning and retention.
Teachers and parents should help bright children avoid developing bad study habits. Those who learn quickly and remember well should be encouraged to be thorough and to take advantage of repetition. Quick learners shouldn’t settle for just tackling a lesson once; they should review the lesson multiple times, because even the most talented learner can’t overlook the benefits of repetition. Someone with a poor memory and average ability can often compensate through hard work and by applying effective learning strategies. However, they can never truly compete with someone who works just as hard but has better learning and retention skills.
The author has found that in a large class of a hundred or more, there is usually a person who has good memory along with good mental ability generally, and is also a hard worker. Such a person always does the best work in the class. A person with poor memory and poor mental powers generally cannot hope to com pete with a person of good memory, good mental powers generally, if that person is also a good worker.
The author has noticed that in a large class of a hundred or more, there’s usually someone who has a great memory along with strong mental abilities and is also a diligent worker. This person consistently produces the best work in the class. In contrast, someone with a poor memory and weak mental abilities generally cannot expect to compete with someone who has a good memory, strong mental skills, and is also hardworking.
Learning and Remembering. A popular fallacy is expressed in the saying “Easy come, easy go.” The person who is the best learner is also the best in retaining what is learned, provided all other conditions are the same. This matter was determined in the following way: A logical memory test was given to all the children in a city school system. A story was read to the pupils and then reproduced by them in writing. The papers were corrected and graded and nothing more was said about the test for one month. Then at the same time in every room, the teachers said, “You remember the story I read to you some time ago and which I asked you to reproduce. Well, I wish to see how much of the story you still remember.” The pupils were then required to write down all the story that they could recall.
Learning and Remembering. A common misconception is captured in the saying “Easy come, easy go.” The person who learns best is also the best at remembering what they've learned, assuming all other factors are equal. This was demonstrated through a logical memory test given to all the children in a city school system. A story was read to the students, and they were then asked to write it down from memory. The papers were graded, and there was no further discussion about the test for a month. Then, at the same time in every classroom, the teachers said, “You remember the story I read to you some time ago and that I asked you to write down. Well, I want to see how much of the story you still remember.” The students were then required to write down everything they could recall about the story.
It was found that, in general, the children who write the most when the story is first read to them, write the most after the lapse of a month, and the poorest ones at first are the poorest ones at the end of the month. Of course, the correspondence is not perfect, but in some cases, in some grades, it is almost so.
It was observed that, generally, the kids who write the most after hearing the story read to them for the first time also tend to write the most after a month has passed, while those who initially write the least continue to write the least by the end of the month. Of course, the correlation isn't perfect, but in some cases and in some grades, it comes close.
The significance of this experiment is very great. It means that the pupil who gets the most facts from a lesson will have the most facts at any later time. This is true, of course, only if other things are equal. If one pupil studies about the matter more, reflects upon it, repeats it in his mind, of course this person will remember more, other things being equal. But if neither reviews the matter, or if both do it to an equal extent, then the one who learns the most in the first place, remembers the most at a later time.
The importance of this experiment is significant. It suggests that the student who gathers the most information from a lesson will retain the most facts later on. This is only true if everything else is equal. If one student studies the topic more, thinks about it, and goes over it in their mind, then that person will remember more, assuming everything else is the same. But if neither student reviews the material, or if they both review it equally, then the one who learns the most initially will remember the most later on.
I have also tested the matter out in other ways. I have experimented with a group of men and women, by reading a passage of about a page in length, repeating the reading till the subject could reproduce all the facts. It was found that the person who acquired all the facts from the fewest readings remembered more of the facts later. It must be said that there is less difference between the subjects later than at first.
I have also looked into this in different ways. I tested a group of men and women by reading a passage about a page long, repeating it until each person could recall all the information. It turned out that those who grasped all the details with the fewest readings remembered more of them later. However, it's worth mentioning that the differences between the subjects later on were less pronounced than at the beginning.
In the laboratory of Columbia University a similar experiment was performed, but in a somewhat different way. Students were required to commit to memory German vocabularies and were later tested for their retention of the words learned. It was found that those who learned the most words in a given time, also retained the largest percentage of what had been learned. It should not be surprising that this is the case. The quick learner is the one who makes the best use of all the factors of retention, the factors mentioned in the preceding paragraph—good attention, association, organization, etc.
In the lab at Columbia University, a similar experiment was conducted, but in a slightly different manner. Students were asked to memorize German vocabulary and were later tested on how well they remembered the words they learned. It was found that those who learned the most words in a set amount of time also retained the highest percentage of what they had learned. This shouldn't come as a surprise. The fast learner is the one who effectively utilizes all the factors of retention mentioned earlier—good attention, association, organization, and so on.
Another experiment performed in the author’s laboratory bears out the above conclusions. A group of students were required to commit to memory at one sitting a long list of nonsense syllables. The number of repetitions necessary to enable each student to reproduce them was noted. One day later, the students attempted to reproduce the syllables. Of course they could not, and they were then required to say them over again till they could just repeat them from memory. The number of repetitions was noted. The number of repetitions was much less than on the first day. On the third day, the process was repeated. The number of repetitions was fewer still. This relearning was kept up each day till each person could repeat the syllables from memory without any study. It was found that the person who learned the syllables in the fewest repetitions the first time, relearned them in the fewest repetitions on succeeding days. All the experiments bearing on the subject point to the same conclusion; namely, that the quick learner, if other things are equal, retains at least as well as the slow learner, and usually retains better.
Another experiment done in the author's lab supports the above conclusions. A group of students was asked to memorize a long list of nonsensical syllables in one sitting. The number of times each student had to repeat them to be able to reproduce them was recorded. The next day, the students tried to recall the syllables. Naturally, they couldn't, so they had to go over them again until they could repeat them from memory. The number of repetitions was noted. This time, it took significantly fewer repetitions than on the first day. On the third day, the same process was repeated. The number of repetitions was even less. This relearning continued daily until each person could repeat the syllables from memory without any study. It was found that the person who needed the fewest repetitions to learn the syllables initially also relearned them in the fewest repetitions on subsequent days. All experiments related to this subject lead to the same conclusion: the quick learner, if other factors are equal, retains at least as well as the slow learner, and often retains better.
Transfer of Memory Training. We have said above that there are many kinds or aspects of memory. It has also been said that we can improve memory by practice. Now, the question arises, if we improve one aspect of memory, does this improve all aspects? This is an important question; moreover, it is one to be settled by experiment and not by argument.
Transfer of Memory Training. We mentioned earlier that there are many types or dimensions of memory. We've also noted that we can enhance our memory through practice. Now, the question is, if we improve one type of memory, does that also improve all the others? This is a significant question; furthermore, it should be answered through experimentation rather than debate.
The most extensive and thorough experiment was performed by an English psychologist, Sleight. The experiment was essentially as follows: He took a large number of pupils and tested the efficiency of the various aspects of their memory. He then took half of them and trained one aspect of their memory until there was considerable improvement. The other section had no memory training meanwhile. After the training, both groups again had all aspects of their memory tested. Both groups showed improvement in all aspects because the first tests gave them some practice, but the group that had been receiving the training was no better in those aspects not trained than was the group receiving no training at all. Aspects of memory much like the one trained showed some improvement, but other aspects did not.
The most comprehensive and detailed experiment was conducted by an English psychologist named Sleight. The experiment worked like this: He took a large group of students and assessed the effectiveness of different aspects of their memory. Then, he trained half of them on one specific part of their memory until they showed significant improvement. The other half did not receive any memory training during this time. After the training, both groups were tested again on all aspects of their memory. Both groups showed improvement across the board because the initial tests provided them with some practice, but the group that received training did not perform any better in the untrained areas compared to the group that had no training at all. While areas of memory similar to the one trained showed some improvement, other areas did not.
Learning by Wholes. We do not often have to commit to memory verbatim, but when we do, it is important that we should know the most economical way. Experiments have clearly demonstrated that the most economical way is to read the entire selection through from beginning to end and continue to read it through in this way till the matter is learned by heart.
Learning by Wholes. We don’t usually need to memorize things word for word, but when we do, it’s important to know the most efficient method. Experiments have shown that the best way is to read the whole passage from start to finish and keep reading it like that until you’ve memorized it.
In long selections, the saving by this method is considerable. A pupil is not likely to believe this because if he spends a few minutes learning in this manner, he finds that he cannot repeat a single line, while if he had concentrated on one line, he could have repeated at least that much. This is true; but although he cannot repeat a single line by the whole procedure, he has learned nevertheless. It would be a good thing to demonstrate this fact to a class; then the pupils would be satisfied to use the most economical procedure. The plan holds good whether the matter be prose or poetry.
In lengthy texts, the savings from this method are significant. A student might not believe this because if they spend a few minutes learning this way, they find they can’t repeat a single line, while if they had focused on just one line, they could have at least remembered that much. This is true; but even though they can’t repeat a single line from the whole process, they’ve still learned something. It would be helpful to show this to a class; then the students would be happy to use the most efficient method. This approach works for both prose and poetry.
But experiments have been carried on only with verbatim learning. The best procedure for learning the facts so that one can give them in one’s own words has not yet been experimentally determined.
But experiments have only been conducted with verbatim learning. The best method for learning the facts so that someone can express them in their own words has not yet been experimentally established.
Cramming. An important practical question is whether it pays to go over a great amount of material in a very short time, as students often do before examinations. From all that has been said above, one could infer the solution to this problem. Learning and memorizing are to some extent a growth, and consequently involve time.
Cramming. A key question is whether it’s worth it to go over a lot of material in a very short period, like students often do before exams. Based on everything mentioned above, we can draw a conclusion about this issue. Learning and memorizing require some level of development, and therefore take time.
There is an important law of learning and memory known as Jost’s law, which may be stated as follows: If we repeat or renew associations, the repetitions have most value for the old associations. Therefore when we learn, we should learn and then later relearn. This will make for permanent retention. Of course, if we wish to get together a great mass of facts for a temporary purpose and do not care to retain them permanently, cramming is the proper method. If we are required to pass an examination in which a knowledge of many details is expected and these details have no important permanent value, cramming is justified. When a lawyer is preparing a case to present to a court, the actual, detail evidence is of no permanent value, and cramming is justified.
There’s an important principle of learning and memory known as Jost’s law, which can be stated like this: If we repeat or refresh our associations, the repetitions are most beneficial for the older associations. So, when we learn something, we should learn it and then revisit it later. This approach promotes lasting retention. However, if we want to gather a large amount of information for a temporary purpose and don’t intend to keep it long-term, cramming is the best approach. If we need to pass an exam that requires knowledge of many details that hold no significant long-term value, cramming is acceptable. Similarly, when a lawyer is preparing a case for court, the specific evidence may not have lasting value, making cramming a reasonable choice.
But if we wish to acquire and organize facts for their permanent value, cramming is not the proper procedure. The proper procedure is for a student to go over his work faithfully as the term of school proceeds, then occasionally review. At the end of the term, a rapid review of the whole term’s work is valuable. After one has studied over matter and once carefully worked it out, a quick view again of the whole subject is most valuable, and assists greatly in making the acquisition permanent. But if the matter has not been worked out before, the hasty view of the material of the course, while it may enable one to pass the examination, has no permanent value.
But if we want to gather and organize information for its lasting value, cramming isn't the right approach. The best way for a student is to review their work consistently throughout the school term and then occasionally revisit it. At the end of the term, a quick review of all the material covered is really helpful. Once you’ve studied a topic and worked through it carefully, taking a swift look at the entire subject again is extremely beneficial and helps make the knowledge stick. However, if the material hasn't been thoroughly studied before, a rushed look at the course content, while it might help someone pass the exam, won't have any lasting value.
Function of the Teacher in Memory Work. The function of a teacher is plainly to get the pupils to learn in accordance with the laws of memory above set forth; but there are certain things that a teacher can do that may not have become evident to the reader. It has been learned in experiments in logical memory that when a story is read to a subject and the subject attempts to reproduce it, certain mistakes are made. When the story is read again, it is common for the same mistakes to be made in the recall. Certain ideas were apprehended in a certain way; and, when the piece is read again, the subject pays no more attention to the ideas already acquired and reported, and they are therefore reported wrongly as they were in the first place. Often the subject does not notice the errors till his attention is called to them.
Function of the Teacher in Memory Work. The role of a teacher is clearly to help students learn according to the memory principles mentioned earlier; however, there are specific strategies that a teacher can employ that may not be obvious to the reader. Research in logical memory has shown that when a story is read to a participant and they try to retell it, certain errors occur. When the story is read again, the same mistakes often happen during the recall. Some ideas were understood in a particular way, and when the text is read again, the participant doesn’t focus on the ideas they’ve already learned and reported, so they end up recalling them incorrectly just like before. Often, the participant doesn't notice the mistakes until someone points them out.
This suggests an important function of the teacher in connection with the memory work of the pupils. This function is to correct mistakes in the early stages of learning. A teacher should always be on the watch to find the errors of the pupils and to correct them before they are fixed by repetition.
This highlights a key role of the teacher in relation to the students' memory work. This role involves correcting mistakes during the early stages of learning. A teacher should always be alert to identify students' errors and correct them before they become ingrained through repetition.
A teacher should, also, consider it her duty to test the memory capacities of the pupils and to give each the advice that the case demands.
A teacher should also see it as her duty to test the students' memory abilities and to give each one the advice they need.
Some Educational Inferences.—There are certain consequences to education that follow from the facts of memory above set forth that are of considerable significance. Many things have been taught to children on the assumption that they could learn them better in childhood than later, because it was thought that memory and the learning capacity were better in childhood. But both of these assumptions are false. As children grow older their learning capacity increases and their memories become better.
Some Educational Inferences.—There are important consequences of education that arise from the memory facts mentioned above. Many things have been taught to children based on the belief that they could learn them more effectively in childhood than later on, as it was thought that memory and learning abilities were stronger in childhood. However, both of these beliefs are incorrect. As children get older, their ability to learn increases and their memories improve.
It has particularly been held that rote memory is better in childhood and that therefore children should begin their foreign language study early. It is true that as far as speaking a foreign language is concerned, the earlier a child begins it the better. But this is not true of learning to read the language. The sounds of the foreign language that we have not learned in childhood in speaking the mother tongue are usually difficult for us to make. The organs of speech become set in the way of their early exercise. In reading the foreign language, correct pronunciation is not important. We are concerned with getting the thought, and this is possible without pronouncing at all. Reference to graphs on pages 190 and 191 will show that rote memory steadily improves throughout childhood and youth. The author has performed numerous experiments to test this very point. He has had adults work side by side with children at building up new associations of the rote memory type and found that always the adult could learn faster than the child and retain better what was learned.
It has been especially noted that memorization is more effective during childhood, which is why children should start learning foreign languages early. It's true that when it comes to speaking a foreign language, the earlier a child begins, the better. However, this doesn’t apply to learning to read the language. The sounds of a foreign language that we didn’t learn to speak as children can be hard for us to produce. Our speech organs become accustomed to the early ways they are used. In reading a foreign language, proper pronunciation isn't crucial. Our focus is on grasping the meaning, which can be done without speaking at all. Refer to the graphs on pages 190 and 191 to see that memorization continues to improve throughout childhood and youth. The author has conducted numerous experiments to test this point. He found that when adults and children worked together to form new rote memory associations, the adults consistently learned faster and retained more of what they learned than the children.
The experience of language teachers in college and university does not give much comfort to those who claim that language study should be begun early. These teachers claim that the students who have had previous language study do no better than those who have had none. It seems, however, that there certainly ought to be some advantage in beginning language study early and spreading the study out over the high school period. But what is gained does not offset the tremendous loss that follows from requiring all high school students to study a foreign language merely to give an opportunity for early study to those who are to go on in the university with language courses. A mature university student that has a real interest in language and literature can begin his language study in the university and make rapid progress. Some of the best classical scholars whom the author knows began their language study in the university. While it would have been of some advantage to them to have begun their language study earlier, there are so few who should go into this kind of work that society cannot afford to make provision for their beginning the study in the high school.
The experience of college and university language teachers doesn’t provide much reassurance to those who argue that language learning should start early. These teachers say that students with prior language experience don’t perform any better than those without any. However, it seems there should definitely be some advantage to starting language study early and spreading it out over high school. But the benefits don’t make up for the significant drawbacks that come from requiring all high school students to study a foreign language just to give early learners an opportunity to continue in university language courses. A mature university student who is genuinely interested in language and literature can start their language study in university and make quick progress. Some of the best classical scholars the author knows began their language study in university. While it might have been somewhat beneficial for them to start earlier, there are so few people suited to this field that society can’t justify providing for them to begin their studies in high school.
The selection and arrangement of the studies in the curriculum must be based on other grounds than the laws of memory. What children make most progress in and need most to know are the concrete things of their physical and social environment. Children must first learn the world—the woods and streams and birds and flowers and plants and animals, the earth, its rocks and soils and the wonderful forces at work in it. They must learn man,—what he is and what he does and how he does it; how he lives and does his work and how he governs himself. They should also learn to read and to write their mother tongue, and should learn something of that great store of literature written in the mother tongue.
The choice and organization of subjects in the curriculum should be based on factors beyond just memorization. What kids progress in the most and need to know are the tangible aspects of their physical and social surroundings. Children need to first understand the world—the forests, streams, birds, flowers, plants, animals, the earth, its rocks and soils, and the incredible forces at play in it. They should learn about humans—who we are, what we do, and how we do it; how we live, work, and govern ourselves. They should also learn to read and write their native language and explore the rich literature created in that language.
The few that are to be scholars in language and literature must wait till beginning professional study before taking up their foreign language; just as a person who is to be a lawyer or physician must also wait till time to enter a university before beginning special professional preparation. The child’s memory for abstract conceptions is particularly weak in early years; hence studies should be so arranged as to acquaint the child with the concrete aspects of the world first, and later to acquaint him with the abstract relations of things. Mathematics should come late in the child’s life, for the same reason. Mathematics deals with quantitative relations which the child can neither learn nor remember profitably and economically till he is more mature. The child should first learn the world in its descriptive aspects.
The few who will become scholars in language and literature must wait until they start their professional studies before taking up a foreign language, just like someone who wants to be a lawyer or doctor has to wait until they enter university to start specialized training. A child's ability to understand abstract concepts is particularly limited in early years, so studies should be structured to first introduce the child to the concrete aspects of the world, and only later to the abstract relationships between things. Mathematics should be introduced later in a child's life for the same reason. Mathematics involves quantitative relationships that a child cannot learn or remember effectively until they are more mature. The child should first learn about the world through its descriptive aspects.
Memory and Habit. The discussion up to this point should have made it clear to the reader that memory is much the same thing as habit. Memory considered as retention depends upon the permanence of the impression on the brain; but in its associative aspects depends on connections between brain centers, as is the case with habit. The association of ideas, which is the basis of their recall, is purely a matter of habit formation.
Memory and Habit. The conversation so far should have made it clear to the reader that memory is quite similar to habit. Memory, in terms of retention, relies on how lasting the impression is on the brain; however, its associative aspects depend on the connections between brain centers, just like habit. The way ideas are associated, which is key to their recall, is entirely based on habit formation.
When I think of George Washington, I also think of the Revolution, of the government, of the presidency, of John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, etc., because of the connections which these ideas have had in my mind many times before. There is a basis in the brain structure for these connections. There is nothing in any idea that connects it with another idea. Ideas become connected because of the way in which we experience them, and the reason one idea calls up another idea is because the brain process that is the cause of one idea brings about another brain process that is the cause of a second idea. The whole thing is merely a matter of the way the brain activities become organized. Therefore the various laws of habit-formation have application to memory in so far as memory is a matter of the association of ideas, based on brain processes.
When I think about George Washington, I also think about the Revolution, the government, the presidency, John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, and so on, because I've made those connections in my mind countless times before. These connections are rooted in how our brains are structured. There's nothing inherent in any idea that ties it to another idea. Ideas get linked due to the way we experience them, and the reason one idea triggers another is that the brain process responsible for one idea activates another brain process that leads to a second idea. It all comes down to how brain activity is organized. So, the various laws of habit formation apply to memory as far as memory involves the association of ideas based on brain processes.
One often has the experience of trying to recall a name or a fact and finds that he cannot. Presently the name or fact may come, or it may not come till the next day or the next week. What is the cause of this peculiar phenomenon? The explanation is to be found in the nervous system. When one tries to recall the name and it will not come to mind, there is some temporary block or hindrance in the nerve- path that leads from one center to the other and one cannot think of the name till the obstruction is removed. We go on thinking about other things, and in the meantime the activities going on in the brain remove the obstruction; so when the matter comes up again, the nerve current shoots through, and behold, the name comes to mind.
One often experiences trying to remember a name or a fact and finds that they can’t. Eventually, the name or fact might come to them, or it might not until the next day or even the next week. What causes this strange phenomenon? The answer lies in the nervous system. When someone tries to recall the name and it doesn’t come to mind, there’s a temporary block or hindrance in the nerve path that connects one part of the brain to another, preventing the name from surfacing until the obstruction is removed. We continue to think about other things, and meanwhile, the brain's activities help clear the blockage; so when the subject comes up again, the nerve signal gets through, and suddenly, the name pops into mind.

Figure IV—Associative Connections
Fig IV—Associative Connections
The diagram represents schematically the neural basis of the association of ideas.
The diagram presents a schematic illustration of the neural foundation for linking ideas.
Now the only preventive of such an occurrence is to be found in the law of habit, for the block ordinarily occurs in case of paths or bonds not well established. We must think together the things we wish to have associated. Repetition is the key to the situation, repetition which is the significant thing in habit-formation, repetition which is the only way of coupling two things which we wish to have associated together.
Now the only way to prevent this from happening is through the law of habit, because a blockage usually occurs when paths or connections aren't well formed. We have to think together about the things we want to connect. Repetition is essential; it's the crucial element in forming habits and the only way to link two things we want to associate with each other.
Of course, there is no absolute coupling of two ideas. One sometimes forgets his own name. When we are tired or ill, things which were the most closely associated may not hang together. But those ideas hold together in the firmest way that have been experienced together most often in a state of attention. The diagram on page 147 illustrates schematically the neural connections and cross-connections which are the bases of the association of ideas, the circles A, B, C, D, E, and F represent brain processes which give rise to ideas, and the lines represent connecting paths. Note that there are both direct and indirect connections.
Of course, there’s no perfect link between two ideas. Sometimes people forget their own names. When we’re tired or sick, concepts that are usually closely related might not connect. However, the ideas that have been frequently experienced together in a focused state connect the strongest. The diagram on page 147 shows the neural connections and cross-connections that form the basis of idea association. The circles A, B, C, D, E, and F represent brain processes that lead to ideas, and the lines illustrate the connecting paths. Keep in mind that there are both direct and indirect connections.
Summary. Sensation and perception give us our first experience with things; memory is revived experience. It enables us to live our experience over again and is therefore one of the most important human traits. The physiological basis of memory is in the brain and nervous system. Memory improves with practice and up to a certain point with the age of the person. It is better in girls than in boys. Good memory depends on vivid experience in the first place and on organization and repetition afterward. The person who learns quickly usually retains well also. Memory training is specific. The extension of the learning process over a long time is favorable to memory. Memory ideas are the basis of thinking and reasoning.
Summary. Sensation and perception provide our first interactions with things; memory is the experience we remember. It enables us to relive our experiences, making it one of the most vital human traits. The physiological basis of memory is found in the brain and nervous system. Memory improves with practice and, to some extent, with age. Generally, girls have better memory than boys. A strong memory relies initially on vivid experiences and later on organization and repetition. Individuals who learn quickly also tend to retain information well. Memory training is specific. Spreading out the learning process over a longer duration benefits memory. Concepts of memory form the foundation of thinking and reasoning.
CLASS EXERCISES
The teacher can test the auditory memory of the members of the class for rote material by using letters. It is better to omit the vowels, using only the consonants. Prepare five groups of letters with eight letters in a group. Read each group of letters to the class, slowly and distinctly. After reading a group, allow time for the students to write down what they recall, then read the next group and so proceed till the five groups have been read. Grade the work by finding the number of letters reproduced, taking no account of the position of the letters.
The teacher can test the students' auditory memory for memorized material using letters. It’s better to skip the vowels and use only the consonants. Prepare five groups of letters with eight letters in each group. Read each group of letters to the class slowly and clearly. After reading a group, allow time for the students to write down what they remember, then read the next group and continue until all five groups have been read. Grade the work by counting the number of letters recalled, without considering the order of the letters.
Test memory for words in a similar way. Use simple words of one syllable, making five lists with eight words in a list.
Test your memory for words in a similar way. Use simple one-syllable words, creating five lists with eight words in each list.
Test memory for objects by fastening common objects on a large cardboard and holding the card before the class. Put eight objects on each card and prepare five cards. Expose them for the same length of time as in experiment No. 2.
Test memory for objects by attaching common items to a large piece of cardboard and holding it up in front of the class. Place eight items on each card and prepare five cards. Show them for the same amount of time as in experiment No. 2.
Test memory for names of objects by preparing five lists of names, eight names in a list, and reading the names as in experiment No. 1.
Test memory for names of objects by creating five lists of names, with eight names in each list, and reading the names as in experiment No. 1.
You now have data for the following study: Find the average grade of each student in the different experiments. Find the combined grade of each student in all the above experiments. Do the members of the class hold the same rank in all the tests? How do the boys compare with the girls? How does memory for objects compare with memory for names of objects? How does auditory memory compare with visual? What other points do you learn from the experiments?
You now have data for the following study: Find the average grade of each student across the different experiments. Calculate the combined grade for each student in all the experiments mentioned above. Do the class members rank the same in all the tests? How do the boys compare to the girls? How does memory for objects stack up against memory for the names of those objects? How does auditory memory compare to visual memory? What other insights do you gain from the experiments?
The teacher can make a study of the logical memory of the members of the class by using material as described on page 184. Make five separate tests, using stories that are well within the comprehension of the class and that will arouse their interest. Sufficient material will be found in the author’s Examination of School Children and Whipple’s Manual. However, the teacher can prepare similar material.
The teacher can assess the logical memory of the students by using material mentioned on page 184. Conduct five different tests with stories that the class can easily understand and that will engage their interest. There’s plenty of material in the author’s Examination of School Children and Whipple’s Manual. However, the teacher can create similar content as well.
Do the students maintain the same rank in the separate tests of experiment No. 7? Rank all the students for their combined standing in all the first five tests. Rank them for their combined standing in the logical memory tests. Compare the two rankings. What conclusions are warranted?
Do the students keep the same ranking in the separate tests of experiment No. 7? Rank all the students based on their overall performance in the first five tests. Rank them based on their overall performance in the logical memory tests. Compare the two rankings. What conclusions can be drawn?
You have tested, in experiment No. 7, logical memory when the material was read to the students. It will now be interesting to compare the results of No. 7 with the results obtained by allowing the students to read the material of the test. For this purpose, select portions from the later chapters of this book. Allow just time enough for the selection to be read once slowly by the students, then have it reproduced as in the other logical memory experiment. Give several tests, if there is sufficient time. Find the average grade of each student, and compare the results with those obtained in No. 7. This will enable you to compare the relative standing of the members of the class, but will not enable you to compare the two ways of acquiring facts. For this purpose, the stories would have to be of equal difficulty. Let the members of the class plan an experiment that would be adequate for this purpose.
You tested logical memory in experiment No. 7 by reading the material to the students. Now it will be interesting to compare the results from No. 7 with those obtained by letting the students read the material themselves. For this, choose sections from the later chapters of this book. Allow just enough time for the students to read the selection slowly once, then have them reproduce it as in the previous logical memory experiment. Conduct several tests if there’s enough time. Calculate the average grade for each student and compare these results with those from No. 7. This will allow you to assess the relative standing of the class members, but it won’t let you directly compare the two methods of learning facts. For that comparison, the stories would need to be equally challenging. Have the class members design an experiment that would work for this purpose.
A brief study of the improvement of memory can be made by practicing a few minutes each day for a week or two, as time permits, using material that can be easily prepared, such as lists of common words. Let the members of the class plan the experiment. Use the best plan.
A quick study on improving memory can be done by practicing for a few minutes each day for a week or two, whenever you can, using materials that are easy to set up, like lists of common words. Have the class members come up with the experiment. Use the best plan.
The class can make a study of the relation of memory to school standing in one of the grades below the high school. Give at least two tests for logical memory. Give also the rote memory tests described on page 189. Get the class standing of the pupils from the teacher. Make the comparison as suggested in Chapter I, page 15. Or, the correlation can be worked out accurately by following the directions given in the Examination of School Children, page 58, or in Whipple’s Manual, page 38.
The class can study the relationship between memory and academic performance in one of the grades below high school. Administer at least two tests for logical memory. Also, use the rote memory tests described on page 189. Obtain the students' grades from the teacher. Compare the results as suggested in Chapter I, page 15. Alternatively, you can accurately calculate the correlation by following the directions provided in the Examination of School Children, page 58, or in Whipple’s Manual, page 38.
Let the members of the class make a plan for the improvement of their memory for the material studied in school. Plan devices for learning the material better and for fixing it in memory. At the end of the course in psychology, have an experience meeting and study the results reported.
Let the class members create a plan to improve their memory for what they've learned in school. Design methods for better understanding the material and for retaining it in memory. At the end of the psychology course, hold a meeting to discuss and analyze the reported results.
Prepare five lists of nonsense syllables, with eight in a list. Give them as in experiment No. 3, and compare the results with those of that experiment. What do the results indicate as to the value to memory of meaningful material? What educational inferences can you make? In preparing the syllables, put a vowel between two consonants, and use no syllable that is a real word.
Prepare five lists of nonsense syllables, with eight syllables in each list. Present them like in experiment No. 3, and compare the results with those from that experiment. What do the results indicate about the value of meaningful material to memory? What educational conclusions can you draw? When creating the syllables, place a vowel between two consonants, and avoid using any syllables that form real words.
A study of the effects of distractions on learning and memory can be made as follows: Let the teacher select two paragraphs in later chapters of this book, of equal length and difficulty. Let the students read one under quiet conditions and the other while an electric bell is ringing in the room. Compare the reproductions in the two cases.
A study on how distractions affect learning and memory can be conducted like this: Have the teacher pick two paragraphs from later chapters of this book that are the same length and difficulty. The students should read one in a quiet environment and the other while an electric bell is ringing in the room. Then, compare their recall in both scenarios.
From the chapter and from the results of all the memory tests, let the students enumerate the facts that have educational significance.
From the chapter and from the results of all the memory tests, let the students list the facts that are educationally significant.
Make a complete outline of the chapter.
Make a detailed outline of the chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin and Bagley: Human Behavior, Chapter XV.
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, pp. 165–170.
- Pillsbury: Essentials of Psychology, Chapters VI and VIII.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapter XIII.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, Chapter VII.
CHAPTER VIII
THINKING
In Chapter III we learned about sensation. We found that when a sense organ is stimulated by its appropriate type of stimulus, this stimulation travels through the sensory nerves and sets up an excitation in the brain. This excitation in the brain gives us sensation. We see if the eye is stimulated. We hear if the ear is stimulated, etc. In Chapter VII we learned that after the brain has had an excitation giving rise to sensation, it is capable of reviving this excitation later. This renewal or revival of a brain excitation gives us an experience resembling the original sensation, only usually fainter and less stable. This revived experience is called image or idea. The general process of retention and revival of experience is, as we have seen, known as memory. An idea, then, is a bit of revived experience. A perception is a bit of immediate or primary experience. I am said to perceive a chair if the chair is present before me, if the light reflected from the chair is actually exciting my retinas. I have an idea of the chair when I seem to see it, when the chair is not before me or when my eyes are shut. These distinctions were pointed out in the preceding chapter. Let us now proceed to carry our study of ideas further.
In Chapter III, we learned about sensation. We discovered that when a sense organ is triggered by the right type of stimulus, this stimulation travels through the sensory nerves and creates an excitation in the brain. This brain excitation produces sensation. We see when the eye is stimulated. We hear when the ear is stimulated, and so on. In Chapter VII, we learned that after the brain experiences excitation that leads to sensation, it can revive this excitation later. This renewal of brain excitation gives us an experience similar to the original sensation, although it's usually fainter and less stable. This revived experience is called image or idea. The overall process of retaining and reviving experience is known as memory, as we have seen. An idea, then, is a piece of revived experience. A perception is a piece of immediate or primary experience. I am said to perceive a chair if the chair is in front of me, if the light reflecting off the chair is actually stimulating my retinas. I have an idea of the chair when I seem to see it, when the chair is not in front of me or when my eyes are closed. These distinctions were discussed in the previous chapter. Now, let’s continue exploring our study of ideas.
Association of Ideas. The subject of the association of ideas can best be introduced by an experiment. Take a paper and pencil, and think of the word “horse.” Write this word down, and then write down other words that come to mind. Write them in the order in which they come to mind. Do this for three or four minutes, and try the experiment several times, beginning with a different word each time. Make a study of the lists of words. Compare the different lists and the lists written by different students.
Association of Ideas. The topic of how ideas connect can be best introduced through an experiment. Grab a piece of paper and a pencil, and think about the word “horse.” Write it down, then jot down other words that come to mind. Record them in the order you think of them. Do this for three to four minutes, and try the experiment multiple times, starting with a different word each time. Analyze the lists of words. Compare the various lists and those created by different students.
In the case of the writer, the following words came to mind in the first few seconds: horse, bridle, saddle, tail, harness, buggy, whip, man, sky, stars, sun, ocean. Why did these words come, and why did they come in that order? Why did the idea “horse” suggest the idea “bridle”? And why did “bridle” suggest “saddle”? Is there something in the nature of ideas that couples them with certain other ideas and makes them always suggest the other ideas? No, there is not. Ideas become coupled together in our experience, and the coupling is in accordance with our experience. Things that are together in our experience become coupled together as ideas. The idea “horse” may become coupled with any other idea. The general law of the association of ideas is this: Ideas are joined together in memory or revived experience as they were joined in the original or perceptive experience.
In the case of the writer, the following words came to mind in the first few seconds: horse, bridle, saddle, tail, harness, buggy, whip, man, sky, stars, sun, ocean. Why did these words appear, and why in that order? Why did the idea of “horse” lead to the idea of “bridle”? And why did “bridle” lead to “saddle”? Is there something about the nature of ideas that links them to certain other ideas and makes them always suggest those other ideas? No, there isn’t. Ideas become connected based on our experiences, and this connection aligns with what we've experienced. Things that are together in our experiences become linked as ideas. The idea of “horse” can be associated with any other idea. The general principle of idea association is this: Ideas are linked together in memory or recalled experience as they were connected in the original or perceptual experience.
But the matter is complicated by the fact that things are experienced in different connections in perceptive experience. I do not always experience “horse” together with “bridle.” I sometimes see horses in a pasture eating clover. So, as far as this last experience is concerned, when I think “horse” I should also think “clover.” I sometimes see a horse running when a train whistles, so “whistle” and “horse” should be coupled in my mind. A horse once kicked me on the shoulder, so “horse” and “shoulder” should be connected in my mind. And so they are. The very fact that these various experiences come back to me proves that they are connected in my mind in accordance with the original experiences. The revival of various horse experiences has come to me faster than I could write them down, and they are all bound together in my memory. If I should write them all out, it would take many hours, perhaps days.
But the situation is complicated because we experience things in different contexts. I don't always think of "horse" along with "bridle." Sometimes I see horses in a pasture eating clover. So, in that case, when I think of "horse," I should also think of "clover." I sometimes see a horse running when a train whistles, so "whistle" and "horse" should be linked in my mind. A horse once kicked me on the shoulder, so "horse" and "shoulder" are connected in my mind. And they are. The fact that these different experiences come back to me shows that they are linked in my mind based on the original encounters. The recall of various horse-related experiences comes to me faster than I can write them down, and they are all tied together in my memory. If I were to write them all out, it would take many hours, maybe even days.
Not only are these “horse ideas” bound together with one another, but they are bound more or less directly, more or less closely, to everything else in my life. I can, therefore, pass in thought from the idea “horse” to any other idea, directly or indirectly. Now, in any given case, what idea will actually come first after I have the idea “horse”? This depends upon the tendencies established in the nervous system. The brain process underlying the idea “horse” has connections with many other processes and tends to excite these processes. The factors that strengthen these tendencies or connections are the frequency, recency, primacy, and vividness of experience. Let us consider, in some detail, each of these factors.
Not only are these "horse ideas" linked to each other, but they are also more or less directly and closely connected to everything else in my life. Therefore, I can think of the idea "horse" and then easily move to any other idea, whether directly or indirectly. Now, which idea comes up first after I have the idea "horse"? That depends on the patterns established in the nervous system. The brain activity related to the idea "horse" is connected to many other processes and tends to activate those processes. The things that strengthen these patterns or connections are how often, how recently, how initially, and how vividly I've experienced them. Let’s take a closer look at each of these factors.
Primacy of Experience. A strong factor in determining association is the first experience. The first, the original, coupling of ideas tends to persist. The first connection is nearly always a strong one, and is also strengthened by frequent repetition in memory. Our first experience with people and things persists with great strength, across the years, in spite of other associations and connections established later. Just now there comes to mind my first experience with a certain famous scientist. It was many years ago. I was a student in an eastern university. This man gave a public lecture at the opening of the session. I remember many details of the occurrence with great vividness. Although I studied under this man for three years, no other experience with him is more prominent than the first. First experiences give rise to such strong connections between ideas that these connections often persist and hold their own as against other connections depending upon other factors.
Primacy of Experience. A key factor in determining association is the first experience. The initial pairing of ideas tends to stick around. The first connection is usually a strong one and is reinforced by repeated memories. Our first encounters with people and things stay firmly in our minds over the years, despite other associations and connections that develop later. Recently, I recalled my first experience with a certain famous scientist. It happened many years ago. I was a student at a university in the east. This man gave a public lecture at the start of the session. I vividly remember many details about that event. Even though I studied under him for three years, no other experience with him stands out more than that first one. First experiences create such strong links between ideas that these links often endure and maintain their significance even compared to other connections based on different factors.
The practical consequences of this factor in teaching are, of course, evident. Both teachers and parents should take great care in the matter of the first experiences of children. If the idea-connections of first experiences are likely to persist, then these connections should be desirable ones. They should not be useless connections, nor should they, ordinarily, be connections that will have to be radically undone later. Usually it is not economical to build up connections between ideas that will not serve permanently, except in cases in which the immaturity of the mind makes such a procedure necessary.
The practical impact of this factor in teaching is clearly important. Both teachers and parents need to be very careful about children's first experiences. If the connections formed during these first experiences are likely to stick around, then those connections should be positive ones. They shouldn't be pointless connections, and normally, they shouldn't be connections that will need to be completely unlearned later. Generally, it's not efficient to create links between ideas that won't last, except when the child's immature mind makes such an approach necessary.
Recency of Experience. The most recent connection of ideas is relatively strong, and is often the determining one. But the most recent connection must be very recent or it has no especial value. If I have seen a certain friend to-day, and his name is brought to mind now, to-day’s experience with him will likely be brought to mind first. But if my last seeing him was some days or months ago, the idea-connection of the last meeting has no great value. Of course, circumstances always alter the matter. Perhaps we should say in the last instance that, other things being equal, the last experience has no special value. If the last experience was an unusual one, such as a death or a marriage, then it has a value due to its vividness and intensity and its emotional aspects. These factors not only add strength to the connections made at the time but are the cause of frequent revivals of this last experience in memory in the succeeding days. All these factors taken together often give a last experience great associative strength, even though the last experience is not recent.
Recency of Experience. The most recent connections of ideas are usually the strongest and often the deciding factor. However, that recent connection needs to be very fresh; otherwise, it doesn’t hold much significance. If I saw a friend today and his name comes to mind now, today's experience with him will likely come up first. But if the last time I saw him was several days or months ago, that connection doesn’t have much weight. Of course, circumstances can change everything. We might say, all else being equal, that the last experience lacks special significance. If that last experience was something out of the ordinary, like a death or a marriage, it holds value because of its vividness, intensity, and emotional impact. These aspects not only strengthen the connections formed at that time but also cause that last experience to resurface in memory in the following days. When you consider all these factors, a recent experience can have significant associative strength, even if it’s not actually recent.
Frequency of Experience. The most frequent connection of ideas is probably the most important factor of all in determining future associations. The first connection is but one, and the last connection is but one, while repeated connections may be many in number. Connections which recur frequently usually overcome all other connections. Hence frequency is the dominant factor in association. Most of the strength of first connections is due to repetitions in memory later. The first experience passes through the mind again and again as memory, and thereby becomes strengthened. The fact that repetition of connections establishes these connections is, of course, the justification of drill and review in school studies. The practical needs of life demand that certain ideas be associated so that one calls up the other. Teachers and parents, knowing these desirable connections, endeavor to fix them in the minds of children by repetition. The important facts of history, literature, civics, and science we endeavor, by means of repetition, to fasten in the child’s mind.
Frequency of Experience. The most common connections of ideas are likely the most important factor in shaping future associations. The first connection is just one, and the last connection is just one, while repeated connections can be numerous. Connections that happen often usually outweigh all other connections. Therefore, frequency is the key player in association. Most of the strength of initial connections comes from those later repetitions in our memory. The first experience plays back in our minds over and over as a memory, which helps it get stronger. The fact that repeating connections solidifies these associations is why we have drill and review in school. Real-life needs require that certain ideas be linked so that one can trigger the other. Teachers and parents, aware of these valuable connections, try to instill them in children's minds through repetition. We strive to embed important facts from history, literature, civics, and science in the child’s mind through repeated exposure.
Vividness and Intensity of Experience. A vivid experience is one that excites and arouses us, strongly stimulating our feelings. Such experiences establish strong bonds of connection. When I think of a railroad wreck, I think of one in which I participated. The experience was vivid, intense, and aroused my emotions. I hardly knew whether I was dead or alive. Then, secondly, I usually think of a wreck which I witnessed in childhood. A train plunged through a bridge and eighteen cars were piled up in the ravine. The experience was vivid and produced a deep and lasting impression on me.
Vividness and Intensity of Experience. A vivid experience is one that excites and stirs us, strongly triggering our emotions. Such experiences create strong connections. When I think of a train wreck, I think of one that I was involved in. The experience was vivid, intense, and stirred my feelings. I could barely tell if I was dead or alive. Then, I also remember a wreck I saw as a child. A train crashed through a bridge, and eighteen cars ended up piled in the ravine. That experience was vivid and left a deep and lasting impression on me.
The practical significance of this factor is, of course, great. When ideas are presented to pupils these ideas should be made clear. Every conceivable device should be used to clarify and explain,—concrete demonstration, the use of objects and diagrams, pictures and drawings, and abundant oral illustration. We must be sure that the one taught understands, that the ideas become focal in consciousness and take hold of the individual. This is the main factor in what is known as “interest.” An interesting thing is one that takes hold of us and possesses us so that we cannot get away from it. Such experiences are vivid and have rich emotional connections or accompaniments. Ideas that are experienced together at such times are strongly connected.
The practical importance of this factor is clearly significant. When ideas are shared with students, they need to be made clear. Every possible method should be used to clarify and explain—concrete demonstrations, the use of objects and diagrams, pictures and drawings, and plenty of verbal explanations. We must ensure that the learner understands, that the ideas become central in their mind and resonate with them. This is the main element of what is called “interest.” An interesting thing is one that grabs us and holds our attention so that we can’t escape it. Such experiences are vivid and come with strong emotional connections or feelings. Ideas that are experienced together during these moments are tightly linked.
Mental Set or Attitude. Another influence always operative in determining the association of ideas is mental set. By mental set we mean the mood or attitude one is in,—whether one is sad or glad, well or ill, fresh or fatigued, etc. What one has just been thinking about, what one has just been doing, are always factors that determine the direction of association. One often notices the effects of mental set in reading newspapers. If one’s mind has been deeply occupied with some subject and one then starts to read a newspaper, one may actually miscall many of the words in the article he is reading; the words are made to fit in with what is in his mind. For example, if one is all wrought up over a wedding, many words beginning with “w” and having about the same length as the word “wedding,” will be read as “wedding.”
Mental Set or Attitude. Another constant influence in shaping the connection of ideas is mental set. Mental set refers to the mood or attitude a person is in—whether they are feeling sad or happy, healthy or sick, rested or tired, etc. What someone has just been thinking about or doing plays a significant role in guiding their thoughts. You can often see the impact of mental set while reading newspapers. If someone’s mind has been focused on a particular topic and they then start reading a newspaper, they might misread several words in the article; the words are made to fit what’s on their mind. For instance, if someone is really excited about a wedding, they may read many words that start with “w” and are about the same length as the word “wedding” as if they say “wedding.”
Mental set may be permanent or temporary. By permanent we mean the strong tendencies that are built up by continued thought in a certain direction. One becomes a Methodist, a Democrat, a conservative, a radical, a pessimist, an optimist, etc., by continuity of similar experiences and similar reactions to these experiences. Germans, French, Irish, Italians, Chinese, have characteristic sets or ways of reacting to typical situations that may be called racial. These prejudicial ways of reacting may be called racial sets or attitudes. Religious, political, and social prejudices may all be called sets or attitudes.
Mental set can either be permanent or temporary. By permanent, we mean the strong tendencies developed by consistently thinking in a certain way. A person becomes a Methodist, a Democrat, a conservative, a radical, a pessimist, an optimist, etc., by having a series of similar experiences and responding to those experiences in a similar manner. People from different backgrounds, like Germans, French, Irish, Italians, and Chinese, have distinct sets or ways of reacting to typical situations that can be described as cultural. These biased ways of reacting can be referred to as cultural sets or attitudes. Religious, political, and social biases can all be categorized as sets or attitudes.
Temporary sets or attitudes are leanings and prejudices that are due to temporary states of mind. The fact that one has headache, or indigestion, or is in a hurry, or is angry, or is hungry, or is emotionally excited over something will, for the time, be a factor in determining the direction of association.
Temporary sets or attitudes are biases and inclinations that arise from momentary states of mind. Having a headache, dealing with indigestion, being in a rush, feeling angry, being hungry, or being emotionally stirred up about something will, for that time, influence the direction of thoughts and connections.
One of the tasks of education is to build up sets or attitudes, permanent prejudices, to be constant factors in guiding association and, consequently, action. We wish to build up permanent attitudes toward truth, honesty, industry, sympathy, zeal, persistence, etc. It is evident that attitude is merely an aspect of habit. It is an habitual way of reacting to a definite and typical situation. This habitual way is strengthened by repetition, so that set or attitude finally, after years of repetition, becomes a part of our nature. Our prejudices become as strong, seemingly, as our instinctive tendencies. After a man has thought in a particular groove for years, it is about as sure that he will come to certain definite conclusions on matters in the line of his thought as that he would give typical instinctive or even reflex reactions. We know the direction association will take for a Presbyterian in religious matters, for a Democrat in political matters, with about as much certainty as we know what their actions will be in situations that evoke instinctive reactions.
One of the goals of education is to develop sets of attitudes, or lasting biases, that consistently influence how we associate and, therefore, act. We aim to foster lasting attitudes toward truth, honesty, hard work, empathy, enthusiasm, determination, and so on. It's clear that attitude is simply a form of habit. It’s a habitual way of responding to specific and typical situations. This habitual response is reinforced through repetition, so that after years of repeating it, a set attitude eventually becomes a part of who we are. Our biases can become as strong as our instinctual tendencies. After someone has thought in a particular way for years, it's nearly guaranteed that they will reach certain conclusions on related issues, just as surely as they would respond with instinctual or reflexive actions. We can predict the direction of a Presbyterian's beliefs in religious matters or a Democrat's views in political matters with about as much certainty as we can anticipate their responses in situations that trigger instinctive reactions.
Thinking and Reasoning. Thinking is the passing of ideas in the mind. This flow of ideas is in accordance with the laws of association above discussed. The order in which the ideas come is the order fixed by experience, the order as determined by the various factors above enumerated.
Thinking and Reasoning. Thinking is the movement of ideas in the mind. This flow of ideas follows the laws of association mentioned earlier. The sequence in which ideas appear is based on experience and shaped by the different factors listed above.
In early life, one’s mind is chiefly perceptual, it is what we see and hear and taste and smell. As one grows older his mind grows more and more ideational. With increasing age, a larger and larger percentage of our mental life is made up of ideas, of memories. The child lives in the present, in a world of perceptions. A man is not so much tied down to the present; he lives in memory and anticipation. He thinks more than does the child. A man is content to sit down in his chair and think for hours at a time, a child is not. This thinking is the passing of ideas, now one, then another and another. These ideas are the survivals or revivals of our past experience. The order of their coming depends on our past experience.
In early life, our minds are mostly focused on what we see, hear, taste, and smell. As we get older, our thinking becomes more ideational. With age, a larger and larger part of our mental life consists of ideas and memories. Children live in the moment, immersed in perceptions, while adults aren't as bound to the present; they live in memories and future expectations. Adults tend to think more than children do. An adult can comfortably sit in a chair and think for hours, whereas a child usually can’t. This thinking involves the flow of ideas—one after another. These ideas are remnants or recalls of our past experiences, and the order in which they appear is influenced by those experiences.
As I sit here and write, there surge up out of my past, ideas of creeks and rivers and hills, horses and cows and dogs, boys and girls, men and women, work and play, school days, friends,—an endless chain of ideas. This “flow” of ideas is often started by a perception. For illustration, I see a letter on the table, a letter from my brother. I then have a visual image of my brother. I think of him as I saw him last. I think of what he said. I think of his children, of his home, of his boyhood, and our early life together. Then I think of our mother and the old home, and so on and on. Presently I glance at a history among my books, and immediately think of Greece and Athens and the Acropolis, Plato, Aristotle, and Socrates, schoolmates and teachers, and friends connected in one way or another with my college study of Greek.
As I sit here writing, memories of creeks, rivers, hills, horses, cows, dogs, boys, girls, men, women, work, play, school days, and friends come flooding back—an endless stream of thoughts. This “flow” of ideas often begins with a perception. For example, I see a letter on the table, a letter from my brother. This brings up a mental image of him as I last saw him. I think about what he said, his kids, his home, his childhood, and our early life together. Then I think about our mom and the old home, and it just keeps going. Soon, I catch sight of a history book among my collection, which instantly makes me think of Greece, Athens, the Acropolis, Plato, Aristotle, and Socrates, along with classmates, teachers, and friends connected to my college studies in Greek.
In this description of the process of thinking, I have repeatedly used the words “think of.” I might have said instead, “there came to mind ideas of Athens, ideas of friends,” etc. Thinking, then, is a general term for our idea-life.
In this description of the thinking process, I have repeatedly used the phrase “think of.” I could have said instead, “ideas of Athens, ideas of friends came to mind,” etc. Thinking, then, is a broad term for our thought life.
Reasoning is a form of thinking. Reasoning, too, is a flow of ideas. But while reasoning is thinking, it is a special form of thinking; it is thinking to a purpose. In thinking as above described and illustrated, no immediate ends of the person are served; while in reasoning some end is always sought. In reasoning, the flow of ideas must reach some particular idea that will serve the need of the moment, the need of the problem at hand. Reasoning, then, is controlled thinking, thinking centering about a problem, about a situation that one must meet.
Reasoning is a way of thinking. It's also a flow of ideas. However, while reasoning is thinking, it’s a specific type of thinking; it’s thinking aimed at a purpose. In the type of thinking described above, no immediate goals of the person are met; whereas in reasoning, there is always a goal in sight. In reasoning, the flow of ideas needs to lead to a particular thought that addresses the current need or the problem being faced. Therefore, reasoning is focused thinking, centered around a problem or a situation that needs to be dealt with.
The statement that reasoning is controlled thinking needs some explanation, for the reader at once is likely to want to know what does the controlling. There is not some special faculty or power that does the controlling. The control is exercised by the set into which one is thrown by the situation which confronts one. The set puts certain nerve-tracts into readiness to conduct, or in other words, makes certain groups of ideas come into mind, and makes one satisfied only if the right ideas come. As long as ideas come that do not satisfy, the flow keeps on, taking one direction and then another, in accordance with the way our ideas have become organized. An idea finally comes that satisfies. We are then said to have reached a conclusion, to have made up our mind, to have solved our problem.
The idea that reasoning is controlled thinking needs some clarification, because the reader will likely want to know what is doing the controlling. There isn't a specific ability or power that controls it. The control comes from the context we're in based on the situation we face. This context prepares certain neural pathways to conduct certain thoughts or, in other words, makes specific sets of ideas pop into our minds and we only feel satisfied when the right ideas come up. As long as ideas that don't satisfy us come along, the thought process continues, shifting in different directions according to how our ideas are organized. Eventually, an idea comes up that meets our needs. At that point, we say we've reached a conclusion, made a decision, or solved our problem.
But the fact that we are satisfied is no sure sign that the problem is correctly solved. It means only that our past experiences, available at the time through association, say that the conclusion is right. Or, in more scientific terms, that the conclusion is in harmony with our past experience, as it has been organized and made available through association. There is not within us a little being, a reasoner, that sits and watches ideas file by and passes judgment upon them. The real judge is our nervous system with its organized bonds or connections.
But just because we feel satisfied doesn’t mean the problem is solved correctly. It only indicates that our previous experiences, which we associate with the current situation, suggest the conclusion is correct. Or, in more scientific terms, the conclusion aligns with our past experiences as they've been organized and accessed through association. Inside us, there isn’t a tiny being, a reasoner, who observes ideas as they come and judges them. The true judge is our nervous system with its established connections.
An illustration may make the matter clearer: A boy walking along in the woods comes to a stream too wide for him to jump across. He wishes to be on the other side, so here is a situation that must be met, a problem that must be solved. A flow of ideas is started centering about the problem. The flow is entirely determined and directed by past experience and the present situation. The boy pauses, looks about, and sees on the bank a pole and several large stones. He has walked on poles and on fences, he therefore sees himself putting the pole across the stream and walking on it. This may be in actual visual imagery, or it may be in words. He may merely say, “I will put the pole across and walk on it.” But, before having time to do it, he may recall walking on poles that turned. He is not then satisfied with the pole idea. The perception of stones may next become clear in his mind, and if no inhibiting or hindering idea comes up, the stone idea carries him into action. He piles the stones into the stream and walks across.
Here's a clearer illustration: A boy walking through the woods encounters a stream that's too wide for him to jump over. He wants to get to the other side, so now he faces a challenge that needs to be solved. A stream of thoughts begins to flow around this problem, shaped by his previous experiences and the current situation. The boy stops, looks around, and notices a pole and some large stones on the bank. Having walked on poles and fences before, he imagines placing the pole across the stream and walking on it. He might visualize this or simply think, “I’ll put the pole across and walk on it.” But before he can act, he suddenly remembers the poles he walked on that wobbled. Now, he’s not satisfied with the idea of using the pole. His focus shifts to the stones, and unless something holds him back, the thought of using the stones pushes him into action. He stacks the stones in the stream and crosses over.
As was mentioned above, the flow of ideas may take different forms. The imagery may take any form but is usually visual, auditory, motor, or verbal.
As mentioned earlier, the flow of ideas can take various forms. The imagery can be in any format, but it’s typically visual, auditory, motor, or verbal.
Further discussion of the point that reasoning is determined by past experience may be necessary. Suppose the teacher ask the class a number of different questions, moral, religious, political. Many different answers to the questions will be received, in some cases as many answers to the questions as there are pupils. Ask whether it is ever right to steal, whether it is ever right to lie, whether it is ever right to fight, whether it is ever right to disobey a parent or teacher, whether oak is stronger than maple, whether iron expands more when heated than does copper, whether one should always feed beggars, etc. The answers received, in each case, depend on the previous experience of the pupils. The more nearly alike the experiences of the pupils, the more nearly alike will be the answers. The more divergent the experiences, the more different will be the answers.
Further discussion on the idea that reasoning is shaped by past experiences may be necessary. Imagine the teacher asking the class a variety of questions—moral, religious, political. Many different answers will come in, sometimes as many answers as there are students. Ask if it’s ever okay to steal, if it’s ever okay to lie, if it’s ever okay to fight, if it’s ever okay to disobey a parent or teacher, if oak is stronger than maple, if iron expands more when heated than copper, if one should always feed beggars, etc. The answers provided in each case depend on the students' previous experiences. The more similar the students' experiences, the more similar their answers will be. The more different the experiences, the more varied the answers will be.
The basis of reasoning is ultimately the same sort of thing as the basis of habit. We have repeated experiences of the same kind. The ideas of these experiences become welded together in a definite way. Association between certain groups of ideas becomes well fixed. Later situations involving these groups of ideas set up definite trains of association. We come always to definite conclusions from the same situations provided that we are in the same mental set and the factors involved are the same.
The foundation of reasoning is basically the same as the foundation of habit. We repeatedly experience similar situations. The ideas from these experiences become strongly connected. Associations between certain groups of ideas become firmly established. In the future, situations that involve these groups of ideas trigger specific patterns of association. We always reach similar conclusions from the same situations, as long as we're in the same mental state and the factors involved are the same.
Throughout early life we have definite moral and religious ideas presented to us. We come to think in definite ways about them or with them. It therefore comes about that every day we live, we are determining the way we shall in the future reason about things. We are each day getting the material for the solution of the problems that will be presented to us by future situations. And the reason that one of us will solve those problems in a different way from another is because of having somewhat different experiences, and of organizing them in a different way.
Throughout our early lives, we are presented with clear moral and religious ideas. We begin to think in specific ways about them or alongside them. As a result, each day we live, we shape how we will reason about things in the future. Every day, we are gathering the knowledge needed to solve the problems that future situations will present us. The reason one person may solve those problems differently than another is because of having slightly different experiences and organizing them in unique ways.
Meaning and the Organization of Ideas. In the preceding paragraphs we have several times spoken of the organization of ideas. Let us now see just what is meant by this expression. Intimately connected with the organization of ideas is meaning. What is the meaning of an idea? The meaning of an idea is another idea or group of ideas that are very closely associated with it. When there comes to mind an idea that has arisen out of repeated experience, there come almost immediately with it other ideas, perhaps vivid images which have been connected with the same experience. Suppose the idea is of a horse. If one were asked, “What is a horse?” ideas of a horse in familiar situations would present themselves. One may see in imagination a horse being driven, ridden, etc., and he would then answer, “Why, a horse is to ride,” or “A horse is to drive,” or “A horse is a domestic animal,” etc.
Meaning and the Organization of Ideas. In the previous paragraphs, we have mentioned the organization of ideas multiple times. Let’s clarify what this term actually means. Closely linked to the organization of ideas is meaning. What does it mean for an idea? The meaning of an idea is essentially another idea or a set of ideas that are very closely tied to it. When an idea emerges from repeated experiences, it almost instantly brings other ideas to mind, often accompanied by vivid images associated with that experience. For example, if the idea is of a horse, and someone asks, “What is a horse?” images of horses in familiar situations will come to mind. You might envision a horse being driven, ridden, etc., and then answer, “Well, a horse is for riding,” or “A horse is for driving,” or “A horse is a domesticated animal,” and so on.
Again, “What is a cloud? What is the sun? What is a river? What is justice? What is love?” One says, “A cloud is that from which rain falls,” or “A cloud is partially condensed vapor. The sun is a round thing in the sky that shines by day. A river is water flowing along in a low place through the land. Justice is giving to people what they deserve. Love is that feeling one has for a person which makes him be kind to that person.” The answer that one gives depends on age and experience.
Again, “What is a cloud? What is the sun? What is a river? What is justice? What is love?” One might say, “A cloud is what produces rain,” or “A cloud is partially condensed vapor. The sun is the round object in the sky that shines during the day. A river is water that flows through low areas of the land. Justice is giving people what they deserve. Love is the feeling you have for someone that makes you treat them kindly.” The answer you give depends on your age and experiences.
But it is evident that when a person is asked what a thing is or what is the meaning of a thing, he has at once ideas that have been most closely associated with the idea in question. Now, since the most important aspect of a thing is what we can do with it, what use it can be to us, usually meaning centers about use. A chair is to sit in, bread is to eat, water is to drink, clothes are to wear, a hat is a thing to be worn on one’s head, a shovel is to dig with, a car is to ride in, etc.
But it's clear that when someone is asked what something is or what it means, they immediately think of ideas that are closely linked to that concept. Since the most important aspect of anything is what we can do with it or how it can be useful to us, meaning typically revolves around use. A chair is meant for sitting, bread is for eating, water is for drinking, clothes are for wearing, a hat is something to wear on your head, a shovel is for digging, a car is for riding in, and so on.
Use is not quite so evident in such cases as the following: “Who was Cæsar? Who was Homer? Who is Edison? What was the Inquisition? What were the Crusades?” However, one has, in these cases, very closely associated ideas, and these ideas do center about what we have done with these men and events in our thinking. “Cæsar was a warrior. Homer was a writer of epics. Edison is an inventor,” etc. These men and events have been presented to us in various situations as standing for various things in the history of the world. And when we think of them, we at once think of what they did, the place they fill in the world. This constitutes their meaning.
Use isn't always so clear in cases like the following: “Who was Cæsar? Who was Homer? Who is Edison? What was the Inquisition? What were the Crusades?” However, in these instances, we have closely related ideas, and these ideas revolve around what we have made of these individuals and events in our thoughts. “Cæsar was a warrior. Homer was a writer of epics. Edison is an inventor,” etc. These figures and events have been presented to us in various contexts as representative of different things in world history. And when we think of them, we immediately consider what they accomplished and the roles they play in the world. This is what gives them meaning.
It is evident that an idea may have many meanings. And the meaning that may come to us at any particular moment depends upon the situation. A chair, for example, in one situation, may come to mind as a thing to sit in; in another situation, as a thing to stand in the corner and look pretty; in another, a thing to stand on so that one may reach the top shelf in the pantry; in another, a thing to strike a burglar with; in another, a thing to knock to pieces to be used to make a fire.
It’s clear that an idea can have multiple meanings. The interpretation we get at any moment is based on the context. A chair, for instance, might be seen as something to sit on in one scenario; in another, it could be viewed as an object to place in the corner to look attractive; in another, it might be thought of as something to stand on to reach the top shelf in the pantry; in yet another, as a tool to defend against an intruder; or in another situation, as something to break apart to use for kindling.
The meaning of a thing comes from our experience with it, and the thing usually comes to have more and more meanings as our experience with it increases. When we meet something new, it may have practically no meaning. Suppose we find a new plant in the woods. It has little meaning. We may be able to say only that it is a plant, or it is a small plant. We touch it and it pricks us, and it at once has more meaning. It is a plant that pricks. We bite into it and find it bitter. It is then a plant that is bitter, etc. In such a way, objects come to have meaning. They acquire meaning according to the connections in which we experience them and they may take on different meanings for different persons because of the different experiences of these persons. The chief interest we have in objects is in what use we can make of them, how we can make them serve our purposes, how we can make them contribute to our pleasure.
The meaning of something comes from our experience with it, and that thing usually gains more and more meanings as we encounter it more. When we come across something new, it might not have much meaning at all. For example, if we find a new plant in the woods, it has little significance. We might only be able to say that it's a plant, or a small plant. When we touch it and it pricks us, it suddenly gains more meaning. Now it’s a plant that pricks. If we bite into it and find it bitter, it then becomes a plant that’s bitter, and so on. This is how objects acquire meaning. They gain significance based on the contexts in which we experience them, and they may have different meanings for different people due to their unique experiences. Our main interest in objects lies in how we can use them, how they can serve our purposes, and how they can contribute to our enjoyment.
The organization of experience is the connecting, through the process of association, of the ideas that arise out of our experience. Our ideas are organized not only in accordance with the way we experience them in the first place, but in accordance with the way we think them later in memory. Of course, ideas are recalled in accordance with the way we experience them, but since they are experienced in such a multitude of connections, they are recalled later in these various connections and it is possible in recall to repeat one connection to the exclusion of others.
The way we organize our experiences involves linking ideas through associations that come from what we go through. Our ideas aren't just arranged based on our initial experiences; they're also shaped by how we think about them later when we remember. Naturally, we recall ideas based on how we experienced them, but because they are connected in so many different ways, we can remember them in those various connections. During recall, it’s possible to focus on one connection while ignoring the others.
Organization can therefore be a selective process. Although “horse” is experienced in a great variety of situations or connections, for our purposes we can select some one or more of these connections and by repetition in recalling it, strengthen these connections to the exclusion of others. Herein lies one of the greatest possibilities in thinking and reasoning, which enables us, to an extent, to be independent of original experience. We must have had experience, of course, but the strength of bonds between ideas need not depend upon original experience, but rather upon the way in which these ideas are recalled later, and especially upon the number of times they are recalled.
Organization can be a selective process. Although the term “horse” can come up in a wide range of situations or contexts, we can choose one or more of these contexts to focus on, and by repeatedly recalling it, we can strengthen these connections while reducing the emphasis on others. This highlights one of the greatest potentials in thinking and reasoning, allowing us to be somewhat independent of our original experiences. While we do need to have had experiences, the strength of the links between ideas doesn’t have to rely solely on those original experiences; it largely depends on how these ideas are recalled later and especially on how often they are recalled.
It is in the matter of the organization of experience that teachers and parents can be of great help to young people. Children do not know what connections of ideas will be most useful in the future. People who have had more experience know better and can, by direction and suggestion, lead the young to form, and strengthen by repetition, those connections of ideas that will be most useful later.
It is in how we organize experiences that teachers and parents can really help young people. Kids don’t know which connections between ideas will be the most useful down the line. Those with more experience have a better understanding and can guide and suggest to the young ones how to create and reinforce, through repetition, those connections that will matter the most later on.
In the various school studies, a mass of ideas is presented. These ideas, isolated or with random connections, will be of little service to the pupils. They must be organized with reference to future use. This organization must come about through thinking over these ideas in helpful connections. The teacher knows best what these helpful connections are and must help the pupil to make them.
In the different school studies, a lot of ideas are presented. These ideas, whether isolated or loosely connected, won't really help the students. They need to be organized with an eye toward future use. This organization should happen by carefully thinking through these ideas in meaningful ways. The teacher knows best what those meaningful connections are and should guide the students in making them.
Suppose the topic studied in history is the Battle of Bunker Hill. The teacher should assist the child to think the battle over in many different connections. There are various geographical, historical, and literary aspects of the battle that are of importance. These aspects should be brought to mind and related by being thought of together. Thinking things together binds them together as ideas; and later when one idea comes, the others that have been joined with it in the past in thought, come also. Therefore, in studying the Battle of Bunker Hill, the pupil not only reads about it, but gets a map and studies the geography of it, works out the causes that led up to the battle, studies the consequences that followed, reads speeches and poems that have been made and written since concerning the battle, the monument, etc.
Suppose the topic being studied in history is the Battle of Bunker Hill. The teacher should help the student think about the battle in many different ways. There are various geographical, historical, and literary elements of the battle that are significant. These elements should be brought to mind and connected by considering them together. Thinking about things together links them as ideas; and later when one idea comes to mind, the others that were associated with it in the past will come to mind as well. So, in studying the Battle of Bunker Hill, the student not only reads about it but also looks at a map and studies the geography, figures out the causes that led to the battle, examines the consequences that followed, and reads speeches and poems that have been created and written about the battle, the monument, and so on.
Similarly, all the topics studied in school should be thought over and organized with reference to meaning and with reference to future use. As a result of such procedure, all the topics become organized and crystallized, with all related ideas closely bound together in association.
Similarly, all the subjects studied in school should be reviewed and organized based on their meaning and future application. As a result of this process, all the topics become structured and clarified, with all related ideas closely connected.
One of the greatest differences in people is in the organization of their ideas. Of course, people differ in original experience, but they differ more in the way they organize this experience and prepare it for future needs. Just as in habit-formation we should by exercise and practice acquire those kinds of skill that will serve us best in the future, so in getting knowledge we should by repetition strengthen the connections between those ideas that we shall need to have connected in the future. All education looks forward and is preparatory. As a result of training in the organization of ideas, a pupil can learn how to organize his experience, in a measure, independent of the teacher. He learns to know, himself, what ideas are significant, and what connections of ideas will be most helpful. Such an outcome should be one of the ends of school training.
One of the biggest differences among people is how they organize their ideas. Sure, people vary in their individual experiences, but they differ even more in how they structure those experiences to prepare for the future. Just like when forming habits, we should practice and develop the skills that will be most beneficial down the line. Similarly, when acquiring knowledge, we should reinforce the links between ideas through repetition so that we can connect them later on. Education is always forward-looking and serves as preparation. With training in organizing ideas, a student can learn to manage their own experiences somewhat independently from the teacher. They become aware of which ideas are important and which connections will be most useful. This should be one of the key goals of school education.
Training in Reasoning. We have already mentioned ways in which a child can be helped in gaining power and facility in reasoning. In this paragraph we shall discuss the matter more fully. There are three aspects of training in reasoning, one with reference to original experience, one with reference to the organization of this experience as just discussed, and one with reference to certain habits of procedure in the recall and use of experience.
Training in Reasoning. We’ve already talked about ways to help a child develop skill and ease in reasoning. In this paragraph, we’ll explore the topic in more detail. There are three aspects to training in reasoning: one focusing on original experience, another on how to organize that experience as we've just discussed, and the last one on certain habits for recalling and using that experience.
(1) Original experience. Before reasoning in any field, one must have experience in that field. There is no substitute for experience. After having the experience, it can be organized in various ways, but experience there must be. Experience may be primary, with things themselves, or it may be secondary, received second hand through books or through spoken language. We cannot think without ideas, and ideas come only through perceptions of one kind or another.
(1) Original experience. Before thinking about anything, you need to have experience in that area. There's no replacement for experience. Once you have that experience, it can be structured in different ways, but it has to exist. Experience can be direct, dealing with things firsthand, or it can be indirect, gained through books or conversations. We can't think without ideas, and ideas come only from our perceptions in one way or another.
Originally, all experience arises out of sensations. Language makes it possible for us to profit through the perceptual experience of others. But even when we receive our experience second hand, our own primary experience must enable us to understand the meaning of what we read and hear about, else it is valueless to us. Therefore, if we wish to be able to reason in the field of physics, of botany, of chemistry, of medicine, of law, or of agriculture, we must get experience in those fields. The raw material of thought comes only through experience. In such a subject as physical geography, for example, the words of the book have little meaning unless the child has had original experience in the matter discussed. He must have seen hills and valleys and rivers and lakes and rocks and weathering, and all the various processes discussed in physical geography; otherwise, the reading of the text is almost valueless. The same thing is true of all subjects. To reason in any subject we must have had original experience in it.
Originally, all experience comes from sensations. Language allows us to gain from the perceptual experiences of others. But even when we get our experience indirectly, our own direct experiences must help us understand what we read and hear; otherwise, it’s worthless to us. So, if we want to reason in fields like physics, botany, chemistry, medicine, law, or agriculture, we need to gain experience in those areas. The basic material for thought only comes from experience. In a subject like physical geography, for instance, the words in the book have little meaning unless the child has had direct experiences related to it. They need to have seen hills, valleys, rivers, lakes, rocks, and all the different processes discussed in physical geography; otherwise, reading the text is almost worthless. The same applies to all subjects. To reason about any subject, we must have had direct experience in it.
(2) The organization of experience. After experience comes its organization. This point has already been fully explained. It was pointed out that organization consists in thinking our experience over again in helpful relations. Here parents and teachers can be of very great service to children.
(2) The organization of experience. After experience, it’s time to organize it. This has already been explained in detail. It was noted that organization involves reflecting on our experiences in meaningful ways. Parents and teachers can be extremely helpful to children in this process.
(3) Habits of thought. There are certain habits of procedure in reasoning, apart from the association of the ideas. One can form the habit of putting certain questions to oneself when a problem is presented, so that certain types of relations are called up. If one is a scientist, one looks for causes. If one is a lawyer, one looks up the court decisions. If one is a physician, one looks for symptoms, etc.
(3) Habits of thought. There are specific ways of thinking when it comes to reasoning, aside from just connecting ideas. People can get into the habit of asking themselves certain questions when faced with a problem, which triggers particular kinds of relationships. If you're a scientist, you seek out causes. If you're a lawyer, you refer to court rulings. If you're a doctor, you look for symptoms, and so on.
One of the most important habits in connection with reasoning is the habit of caution. Reasoning is waiting, waiting for ideas to come that will be adequate for the situation. One must form the habit of waiting a reasonable length of time for associations to run their course. If one act too soon, before his organized experience has had time to pass in review, he may act improperly. Therefore one must be trained to a proper degree of caution. Of course, caution may be overdone. One must act sometime, one cannot wait always.
One of the most important habits related to reasoning is being careful. Reasoning involves waiting for ideas to emerge that fit the situation. It's essential to develop the habit of waiting a reasonable amount of time for thoughts to develop. If someone acts too quickly, before their collected experiences have had time to be considered, they might make a mistake. So, it's important to be trained to have an appropriate level of caution. However, caution can be excessive. There comes a point when one needs to take action; it's not possible to wait indefinitely.
Another habit is that of testing out a conclusion before it is finally put into practice. It is often possible to put a conclusion to some sort of test before it is put to the real test, just as one makes a model and tries out an invention on a small scale. One should not have full confidence in a conclusion that is the result of reasoning, till the conclusion has been put to the final test of experiment, of trial.
Another habit is testing a conclusion before it's actually put into practice. It's often possible to test a conclusion in some way before it faces the real situation, just like creating a model and trying out an invention on a smaller scale. One shouldn't have complete confidence in a conclusion that's based on reasoning until it has been put to the ultimate test of experimentation and trial.
This last statement leads us to the real function of reasoning. Reason points the way to action in a new situation. After the situation is repeated for a sufficient number of times, action passes into the realm of habit.
This last statement brings us to the true purpose of reasoning. Reason shows us how to act in a new situation. Once the situation happens enough times, our actions become habits.
Language and Thinking. The fact that man has spoken and written language is of the greatest significance. It has already been pointed out that language is a means through which we can get experience secondhand. This proves to be a great advantage to man. But language gives us still another advantage. Without language, thinking is limited to the passing of sensory images that arise in accordance with the laws of association. But man can name things and the attributes of things, and these names become associated, so that thinking comes to be, in part at least, a matter of words. Thinking is talking to oneself. One cannot talk without language.
Language and Thinking. The fact that humans have spoken and written language is extremely significant. It has already been noted that language allows us to experience things indirectly. This is a huge benefit for people. But language offers us another advantage. Without language, thinking is limited to the flow of sensory images that come up based on the laws of association. However, humans can name things and their qualities, and these names become connected, so that thinking involves words to some extent. Thinking is basically talking to oneself. You can’t talk without language.
The importance that attaches to language can hardly be overestimated. When the child acquires the use of language, he has acquired the use of a tool, the importance of which to thinking is greater than that of any other tool. Now, one can think without language, in the sense that memory images come and go,—we have defined thinking as the flow of imagery, the passing or succession of ideas. But after we have named things, thinking, particularly reasoning, becomes largely verbal, or as we said above, talking to oneself.
The importance of language can't be overstated. When a child learns to use language, they've gained a tool that is more crucial for thinking than any other. It's true that you can think without language, in the sense that memories and images come and go—we've defined thinking as the flow of imagery, the succession of ideas. However, once we label things, thinking, especially reasoning, becomes primarily verbal, or as mentioned earlier, talking to oneself.
Not only do we give names to concrete things but we give names to specific attributes and to relations. As we organize and analyze our experiences, there appear uniformities, principles, laws. To these we give names, such as white, black, red, weight, length, thickness, justice, truth, sin, crime, heat, cold, mortal, immortal, evolution, disintegration, love, hate, envy, jealousy, possible, impossible, probable, etc. We spoke above of meanings. To meanings we give names, so that a single word comes to stand for meanings broad and significant, the result of much experience. Such words as “evolution” and “gravitation,” single words though they are, represent a wide range of experiences and bring these experiences together and crystallize them into a single expression, which we use as a unit in our thought.
Not only do we name physical objects, but we also name specific qualities and relationships. As we organize and analyze our experiences, we notice patterns, principles, and laws. We assign names to these, like white, black, red, weight, length, thickness, justice, truth, sin, crime, heat, cold, mortal, immortal, evolution, disintegration, love, hate, envy, jealousy, possible, impossible, probable, and so on. Earlier, we talked about meanings. We give names to meanings so that a single word can represent broad and significant ideas backed by extensive experience. Words like “evolution” and “gravitation,” while they are single terms, encapsulate a wide range of experiences, bringing them together and crystallizing them into one expression that we use as a unit in our thinking.
Language, therefore, makes thought easier and its accomplishment greater. After we have studied Cæsar for some years, the name comes to represent the epitome, the bird’s-eye view of a great man. A similar thing is true of our study of other men and movements and things. Single words come to represent a multitude of experiences. Then these words become associated and organized in accordance with the principles of association discussed above, so that it comes about that the older we are, the more we come to think in words, and the more these words represent. The older we are, the more abstract our thinking becomes, the more do our words come to stand for meanings and attributes and laws that have come out of the organization of our experience.
Language makes thinking easier and more effective. After studying Caesar for several years, his name starts to symbolize the essence of a great man. The same applies to our study of other individuals, movements, and concepts. Individual words begin to represent a wide range of experiences. Then, these words become linked and organized according to the principles of association mentioned earlier, leading us to think more in words as we age, and for these words to represent more. As we grow older, our thinking becomes more abstract, and our words increasingly signify meanings, attributes, and principles derived from the organization of our experiences.
It is evident that the accuracy of our thinking depends upon these words standing for the truth, depends upon whether we have organized our experience in accordance with facts. If our word “Cæsar” does not stand for the real Cæsar, then all our think ing in which Cæsar enters will be incorrect. If our word “justice” does not stand for the real justice, then all our thinking in which justice enters will be incorrect.
It’s clear that the accuracy of our thoughts relies on these words representing the truth; it depends on whether we have organized our experiences according to the facts. If our word “Cæsar” doesn’t represent the real Cæsar, then all our thinking that involves Cæsar will be wrong. If our word “justice” doesn’t represent true justice, then all our thinking that includes justice will be incorrect.
This discussion points to the tremendous importance of the organization of experience. Truth is the agreement of our thought with the thing, with reality. We must therefore help the young to see the world clearly and to organize what they see in accordance with the facts and with a view to future use. Then the units of this organized experience are to be tagged, labeled, by means of words, and these words or labels become the vehicles of thought, and the outcome of the thinking depends on the validity of the organization of our experience.
This discussion highlights the huge importance of organizing our experiences. Truth is when our thoughts match up with reality. So, we need to help young people see the world clearly and organize what they observe based on the facts for future use. Then, the pieces of this organized experience need to be tagged and labeled with words, and these words or labels become the tools for thinking. The results of our thinking rely on how well we've organized our experiences.
Summary. Thinking is the passing of ideas in the mind; its basis is in the association of memory ideas. The basis of association is in original experience, ideas becoming bound together in memory as originally experienced. The factors of association are primacy, recency, frequency, intensity, and mental set or attitude. Reasoning is thinking to a purpose. We can be trained in reasoning by being taught to get vivid experience in the first place and in organizing this experience in helpful ways, having in mind future use.
Summary. Thinking is the flow of ideas in our minds, originating from the connections created by memories. These connections are based on our initial experiences, with ideas linked together as we first encountered them. The factors that affect these associations include how recently we encountered them, how often, their intensity, and our mental state or attitude. Reasoning is thinking with a specific goal in mind. We can enhance our reasoning skills by learning to have vivid experiences first and then organizing those experiences in useful ways, considering future applications.
CLASS EXERCISES
A series of experiments should be performed to make clear to the students that the basis of the association of ideas is in experience and not in the nature of the ideas themselves.
A series of experiments should be conducted to show the students that the foundation of how ideas connect is based on experience and not on the nature of the ideas themselves.
Let the students, starting with the same word, write down all the ideas that come to mind in one minute. The teacher should give the initial idea, as sky, hate, music, clock, table, or wind. The first ten ideas coming to each student might be written on the blackboard for study and comparison. Are any series alike? Is the tenth idea in one series the same as that in any other?
Have the students, starting with the same word, jot down all the ideas that come to mind in one minute. The teacher should provide the initial word, like sky, hate, music, clock, table, or wind. The first ten ideas from each student can be written on the blackboard for discussion and comparison. Are there any similar series? Is the tenth idea in one series the same as in any other?
For a study of the various factors of association, perform the following experiment: Let the teacher prepare a list of fifty words—nouns and adjectives, such as wood, murder, goodness, bad, death, water, love, angel. Read the words to the class and let each student write down the first idea that comes to mind in each case. After the list is finished, let each student try to find out what the determining factor was in each case, whether primacy, frequency, recency, vividness, or mental set. When the study is completed, the student’s paper should contain three columns, the first column showing the stimulus words, the second showing the response words, the third showing the determining factors. The first column should be dictated and copied after the response words have been written.
To study the different factors of association, try this experiment: Have the teacher create a list of fifty words—nouns and adjectives, like wood, murder, goodness, bad, death, water, love, angel. Read the words aloud to the class and have each student write down the first thought that comes to mind for each word. Once the list is complete, each student should determine what influenced their response, whether it was primacy, frequency, recency, vividness, or mental set. When the study is done, the student’s paper should have three columns: the first column for the stimulus words, the second for the response words, and the third for the determining factors. The first column should be written out and copied after the response words are filled in.
Study the data in (a) and (b), noting the variety of ideas that come to different students for the same stimulus word. It will be seen that they come from a great variety of experiences and from all parts of one’s life from childhood to the present, showing that all our experiences are bound together and that we can go from one point to any other, directly or indirectly.
Examine the data in (a) and (b), paying attention to the range of ideas that different students associate with the same stimulus word. You'll notice that these ideas stem from a wide array of experiences and aspects of life, from childhood to now, demonstrating that all our experiences are interconnected and that we can move from one point to another, either directly or indirectly.
Perform an experiment to determine how each member of the class thinks, i.e. in what kind of imagery. Let each plan a picnic in detail. How do they do it? Do they see it or hear it or seem to act it? Or does it happen in words merely?
Perform an experiment to find out how each person in the class thinks, i.e. what kind of images they create in their minds. Have each one plan a picnic in detail. How do they do it? Do they visualize it, hear it, or act it out? Or does it just come out in words?
Think of the events of yesterday. How do they come to you? Do your images seem to be visual, auditory, motor, or verbal? Do you seem to have all kinds of imagery? Is one kind predominant?
Think about what happened yesterday. How does it come to you? Do your memories feel visual, auditory, physical, or verbal? Do you have different types of imagery? Is one type more prominent than the others?
Test the class for speed of free association as described on page 193. Repeat the experiment at least five times and rank the members of the class from the results.
Test the class for the speed of free association as described on page 193. Repeat the experiment at least five times and rank the members of the class based on the results.
Compare the rankings in Nos. 4 and 5.
Compare the rankings in numbers 4 and 5.
The teacher can extend the controlled association tests by preparing lists that show different kinds of logical relations with one another, from genus to species, from species to genus, from verb to object, from subject to verb, etc. Do the students maintain the same rank in the various types of experiments? Do the ranks in these tests correspond to the students’ ranks in thinking in the school subjects?
The teacher can build on the controlled association tests by creating lists that illustrate various types of logical relationships, like from general to specific, from specific to general, from verb to object, from subject to verb, and so on. Do the students keep the same ranking across the different types of experiments? Do the ranks in these tests align with the students’ rankings in school subjects?
At least two series of experiments in reasoning should be performed, one to show the nature of reasoning and the other to show the ability of the members of the class.
At least two sets of reasoning experiments should be conducted, one to demonstrate the nature of reasoning and the other to showcase the abilities of the class members.
Put several problems to the class, similar to the following: What happens to a wet board laid out in the sunshine? Explain. Suppose corn is placed in three vessels, 1, 2, and 3. Number 1 is sealed up air tight and kept warm? Number 2 is kept open and warm? Number 3 is kept open and warm and moist. What happens in each case? Explain.
Put several problems to the class, similar to the following: What happens to a wet board left out in the sun? Explain. Suppose corn is placed in three containers, 1, 2, and 3. Container number 1 is sealed tight and kept warm. Container number 2 is left open and warm. Container number 3 is open, warm, and moist. What happens in each case? Explain.
Condensed milk does not sour as long as the can remains unopened. After the can is opened, the milk sours if allowed to become warm; it does not sour if kept frozen. Why? Two bars of metal are riveted together. One bar is lead, the other iron. What happens when the bars are heated to 150 C? 500 C? 1000 C? 2000 C? Answer the following questions: Is it ever right to steal? To kill a person? To lie? Which are unwise and mistaken, Republicans or Democrats?
Condensed milk stays fresh as long as the can is unopened. Once the can is opened, the milk can spoil if it gets warm; it won't spoil if it's kept frozen. Why? Two metal bars are fastened together. One bar is lead, and the other is iron. What happens when the bars are heated to 150 °C? 500 °C? 1000 °C? 2000 °C? Answer these questions: Is it ever okay to steal? To kill someone? To lie? Which group is more unwise and mistaken, Republicans or Democrats?
In the above, do all come to the same conclusion? Why? Were any unable to come to a conclusion at all on some questions? Why? Do the experiments make it clear that reasoning is dependent upon experience?
In the above, do all of them reach the same conclusion? Why? Were any of them unable to come to a conclusion on some questions? Why? Do the experiments clearly show that reasoning depends on experience?
Let the teacher prepare five problems in reasoning well within the experience of the class, and find the speed and accuracy of the students in solving them. Compare the results with those in the controlled association tests. Test the class with various kinds of mechanical puzzles.
Let the teacher create five reasoning problems that are suitable for the class's experience, and measure the students' speed and accuracy in solving them. Compare the results to those from the controlled association tests. Challenge the class with different types of mechanical puzzles.
The students should study several people to ascertain how well those people have their experience organized. Is their experience available? Can they come to the point immediately, or, are they hazy, uncertain, and impractical?
The students should examine a few individuals to see how well they organize their experiences. Is their experience accessible? Can they get to the point right away, or are they vague, unsure, and unfeasible?
It is claimed that we have two types of people, theoretical and practical. This is to some extent true. What is the explanation?
It’s said that there are two kinds of people: theoretical and practical. This is somewhat accurate. What’s the explanation?
From the point of view of No. 10, compare teachers and engineers.
From No. 10's perspective, compare teachers and engineers.
If anything will work in theory, will it work in practice?
If something works in theory, will it actually work in practice?
From what you have learned in the chapter and from the experiments, write a paper on training in reasoning.
Based on what you've learned in this chapter and from the experiments, write a paper on training in reasoning.
What are the main defects of the schools with reference to training children to think?
What are the main flaws of schools when it comes to training kids to think?
Make a complete outline of the chapter.
Make a full outline of the chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin and Bagley: Human Behavior, Chapters XVI and XVIII.
- Dewey: How We Think, Parts I and III.
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, Chapters VIII and XII; also pp. 192–195.
- Pillsbury: Essentials of Psychology, Chapters VI and IX.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology, Chapter XV.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, Chapters V, VI, and X.
CHAPTER IX
INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES
Physical Differences. One never sees two people whose bodies are exactly alike. They differ in height or weight or color of the skin. They differ in the color of the hair or eyes, in the shape of the head, or in such details as size and shape of the ear, size and shape of the nose, chin, mouth, teeth, feet, hands, fingers, toes, nails, etc. The anatomist tells us that we differ internally just as we do externally. While the internal structure of one person has the same general plan as that of another, there being the same number of bones, muscles, organs, etc., there are always differences in detail. We are built on the same plan, i.e. we are made after a common type. We vary, above and below this type or central tendency.
Physical Differences. You never see two people whose bodies are exactly alike. They differ in height, weight, or skin color. They differ in hair and eye color, the shape of their heads, or in details like the size and shape of their ears, noses, chins, mouths, teeth, feet, hands, fingers, toes, nails, etc. Anatomists tell us that we differ internally just as much as we do externally. While one person's internal structure has the same general layout as another's, with the same number of bones, muscles, organs, etc., there are always differences in the details. We are built on the same template, i.e. we are made after a common type. We vary above and below this type or central tendency.
Weight may be taken for illustration. If we should weigh the first thousand men we meet, we should find light men, heavy men, and men of medium weight. There would be few light men, few heavy men, but many men of medium weight. This fact is well shown in diagram by what is known as a curve of distribution or frequency surface, which is constructed as follows: Draw a base line A B, and on this line mark off equal distances to represent the various weights. At the left end put the number representing the lightest men and at the right the number representing the heaviest men; the other weights come in between in order. Then select a scale; we will say a millimeter in height above the base line represents one person of the weight represented on the base, and in drawing the upper part of the figure, A C B, we have but to measure up one millimeter for each person weighed, of the weight indicated below on the base.
Weight can be used as an example. If we weigh the first thousand men we encounter, we would find some light men, some heavy men, and many men of average weight. There would be only a few light men and a few heavy men, but a lot of men with average weight. This fact is clearly illustrated in a diagram known as a curve of distribution or frequency surface, which is created as follows: Draw a baseline A B, and on this line, mark off equal distances to represent different weights. At the left end, place the number for the lightest men and at the right end, place the number for the heaviest men; the other weights will fall in order between them. Then choose a scale; let's say that one millimeter in height above the baseline represents one person of the weight shown on the base. When drawing the upper part of the figure, A C B, we simply measure up one millimeter for each person weighed, corresponding to the weight indicated below on the base.

Figure V—Frequency Surface—Weight
Freq Surface - Weight
The solid line represents men, the broken line, women.
The solid line represents men, and the dashed line represents women.
A study of this frequency surface shows a tendency for people to be grouped about the central tendency or average. There are many people of average weight or nearly so, but few people who deviate widely from the average weight. If we measure people with refer ence to any other physical characteristic, or any mental characteristic, we get a similar result, we find them grouped about an average or central tendency.
A study of this frequency surface shows that people tend to cluster around the average. There are many people who are of average weight or close to it, but few who are significantly different from the average weight. If we measure people in terms of any other physical or mental characteristic, we get a similar outcome; they are also grouped around an average or central tendency.
Mental Differences. Just as we differ physically, so also we differ mentally, and in the various aspects of our behavior. The accompanying diagram (Free Association) shows the distribution of a large number of men and women with respect to the speed of their flow of ideas. When men and women are measured with respect to any mental function, a similar distribution is found.
Mental Differences. Just like we have physical differences, we also have mental differences and variations in our behavior. The diagram (Free Association) illustrates how a large number of men and women vary in the speed of their thought processes. When measuring any mental function in men and women, you'll see a comparable distribution.

Figure VI—Frequency Surface—Free Association
Figure VI—Frequency Surface—Free Association
Solid line, men; broken line, women. The numbers below the base represent the number of words written in the Free Association test, and the numbers at the left represent the number of people making the respective scores.
Solid line, men; broken line, women. The numbers below the base show how many words were written in the Free Association test, and the numbers on the left indicate how many people received the respective scores.
An interesting question is whether our mental dif ferences have any relation or connection with one another. If one mental characteristic is of high order, are all the others of high order also? Does a good memory indicate a high order of attention, of association, of imagination, of learning capacity? Experiments show that mental characteristics have at least some degree of independence. But the rule is that they generally go together, a high order of ability in one mental function indicating a high order of ability in at least some others, and a low order of ability in one function indicating a low order in other functions.
An interesting question is whether our mental differences are connected to each other. If one mental characteristic is highly developed, are all the others also highly developed? Does a good memory suggest strong attention, association, imagination, or learning ability? Experiments show that mental traits have at least some degree of independence. However, the general trend is that they often correlate; a high ability in one mental function usually indicates high ability in several others, while low ability in one function typically suggests low ability in other areas.
However, it seems that abilities that are very much specialized, such as musical ability, artistic ability, etc., may exist in high order while other mental functions may be only mediocre. It is a common thing for a musical person to be of rather poor ability otherwise. To the extent that special abilities require specialized differences in the structure of brain, nervous system, or sense organ, they can exist in some degree of independence of other functions. Musical ability to some extent does require some such differences and may therefore be found either with a high or a low degree of ability in other characteristics.
However, it seems that highly specialized abilities, like musical talent or artistic skill, can be very developed while other mental functions may be just average. It's quite common for someone who excels in music to have limited abilities in other areas. To the extent that these special abilities require unique differences in the structure of the brain, nervous system, or sensory organs, they can exist somewhat independently from other functions. Musical ability, to some degree, does require some of these differences and can therefore occur alongside either high or low levels of ability in other traits.
It is doubtless true that at maturity the unequal power of mental functions in the same person may be partly due to the fact that one function has been exercised and others neglected. A person having very strong musical tendencies is likely to have such a great interest in music that he will think other activities are not worth while, and will consequently neglect these other activities. It will therefore turn out that at maturity the great differences in mental functions in such a person are in part due to exercise of one function and neglect of others. But there can be no doubt that in many cases there are large original, inherited differences, the individual being poor in one aspect of mind and good in others. Feeble-minded people are usually poor in all important aspects of mind. However, one sometimes finds a feeble-minded person having musical or artistic ability, and often such a person has a good rote memory, sometimes a good verbal memory. However, the so-called higher mental functions—logical memory, controlled association, and constructive imagination—are all poor in a feeble-minded person.
It’s definitely true that as we grow up, the uneven development of mental abilities in the same person can be partly because one ability has been practiced while others have been ignored. A person with strong musical interests is likely to be so passionate about music that they consider other activities unimportant and end up neglecting them. As a result, when they mature, the significant differences in their mental abilities are partly due to the focus on one skill while neglecting others. However, it’s important to recognize that in many cases, there are also significant original, inherited differences, with some individuals being underdeveloped in one area of the mind while excelling in others. People with intellectual disabilities often struggle in all key areas of the mind. Still, it’s not uncommon to find someone with these challenges who has musical or artistic talent, and often they have a good memory for facts or words. On the other hand, the so-called higher mental functions—like logical memory, controlled associations, and creative imagination—tend to be lacking in individuals with intellectual disabilities.
Each mental function may be looked upon as in some measure independent; each is found existing in people in varying degrees from zero ability up to what might be called genius ability. The frequency curves in Fig. VI show this. Take rote memory for example. Idiots are found with practically zero ability in rote memory. At the other extreme, we find mathematical prodigies who, after watching a long freight train pass and noting the numbers of the cars, can repeat correctly the number of each car. Rote memory abilities can be found representing every step between these two extremes. This principle of distribution holds true in the case of all mental functions. We find persons practically without them, and others possessing them in the highest order, but most people are grouped about the average ability.
Each mental function can be seen as somewhat independent; each exists in people at varying levels, from no ability at all to what could be considered genius. The frequency curves in Fig. VI illustrate this. Take rote memory, for example. Some individuals have almost no ability in rote memory. On the other hand, we have mathematical prodigies who, after watching a long freight train pass and noting the numbers on the cars, can accurately repeat the number of each car. Rote memory abilities can be found at every level between these two extremes. This principle of distribution applies to all mental functions. We see some individuals who have virtually none, while others possess them at the highest level, but most people tend to cluster around average ability.
Detecting Mental Differences. It has already been said that mind has many different aspects and that people differ with respect to these aspects. Now let us ask how we can measure the degree of development of these aspects or functions of mind. We measure them just as we measured muscular speed as described in the first chapter. Each mental function means ability to do something—to learn, to remember, to form images, to reason, etc. To measure these different capacities or functions we have but to require that the person under consideration do something, as learn, remember, etc., and measure how well and how fast he does it, just as we would measure how far he can jump, how fast he can run, etc.
Detecting Mental Differences. It's already been stated that the mind has many different aspects and that people vary in these aspects. Now, let's explore how we can assess the level of development of these mental functions. We assess them just like we assessed muscular speed in the first chapter. Each mental function represents the ability to do something—like learning, remembering, forming images, reasoning, etc. To evaluate these different abilities or functions, we simply need to have the person perform a task, such as learning or remembering, and measure how well and how quickly they do it, just like we would measure how far they can jump or how fast they can run.
In such measurements, the question of practice is always involved. If we measure running ability, we find that some are in practice while others are not. Those in practice can run at very nearly their ultimate capacity. Those who are not in practice can be trained to run much faster than they do. To get a true measure of running capacity, we should practice the persons to be measured till each runs up to the limit of his capacity, and then measure each one’s speed. The same thing is true, to some extent, when we come to measure mental functions proper. However, the life that children live gives exercise to all fundamental functions of the mind, and unless some of the children tested have had experience which would tend to develop some mental functions in a special way, tests of the various aspects of learning capacity, memory, association, imagination, etc., are a fairly good measure of original, inherited tendencies.
In these measurements, the issue of practice is always a factor. When we measure running ability, we see that some people are in practice while others aren't. Those who are practicing can run very close to their maximum capacity. Those who aren't can be trained to run significantly faster than they currently do. To accurately assess running capacity, we should have the individuals being measured practice until each of them reaches their limit, and then measure each person's speed. The same principle applies, to some degree, when measuring mental functions. However, the lives children lead engage all the fundamental functions of the mind, and unless some of the children tested have had experiences that specifically develop certain mental functions, tests of various learning capacities, memory, association, imagination, etc., provide a pretty good measure of their original, inherited abilities.
Of course, it must be admitted that there are measurable differences in the influence of environment on children, and when these differences are extreme, no doubt the influence is shown in the development of the child’s mind. A child reared in a home where all the influences favor its mental development, ought to show a measurable difference in such development when compared with a child reared in a home where all the influences are unfavorable. It is difficult to know to what extent this is true, for the hereditary and environmental influences are usually in harmony, the child of good hereditary stock having good environmental influences, and vice versa. When this is not the case, i.e. when a child of good stock is reared under poor environmental influences, or when a child of poor stock is reared under good influences, the results seem to show that the differences in environment have little effect on mental development, as far as the fundamental functions are concerned, except in the most extreme cases.
Of course, we have to acknowledge that there are noticeable differences in the way environment affects children, and when these differences are significant, they clearly impact the development of the child’s mind. A child brought up in a home that supports mental development should show a noticeable difference in that development when compared to a child raised in a home where the influences are negative. It's tough to determine how true this is, because hereditary and environmental influences often align, with children from good hereditary backgrounds typically having positive environmental influences, and vice versa. When that’s not the case—like when a child with strong hereditary traits grows up in a poor environment, or when a child with weak hereditary traits is raised in a good environment—the outcomes suggest that environmental differences have minimal impact on mental development regarding fundamental functions, except in the most extreme situations.
Each mental function is capable of some development. It can be brought up to the limit of its possibilities. But recent experiments indicate that such development is not very great in the case of the elementary, fundamental functions. Training, however, has a much greater effect on complex mental activities that involve several functions. Rote memory is rather simple; it cannot be much affected by training. The memory for ideas is more complex; it can be considerably affected by training. The original and fundamental functions of the mind depend upon the nature of the nervous system which is bequeathed to us by heredity. This cannot be much changed. However, training has considerable effect on the coördinations and combinations of mental functions. Therefore, the more complex the mental activities which we are testing, the more likely they are to have been affected by differences in experience and training.
Every mental function can develop to some extent. It can reach its full potential. However, recent studies show that the development of basic, fundamental functions isn't very significant. Training has a much more pronounced impact on complex mental activities that involve multiple functions. Rote memorization is fairly straightforward; it doesn't change much with training. In contrast, the memory for ideas is more intricate and can be significantly influenced by training. The original and core functions of the mind rely on the makeup of the nervous system we inherit, which is not easily altered. Still, training can greatly affect the coordination and combination of mental functions. So, the more complex the mental activities we are examining, the more likely they are to be influenced by variations in experience and training.
If we should designate the logical memory capacity of one person by 10, and that of another by 15, by practice we might bring the first up to 15 and the second to 22½, but we could not equalize them. We could never make the memory of the one equal to that of the other. In an extreme case, we might find one child whose experience had been such that his logical memory was working up to the limit of its capacity, while the other had had little practice in logical memory and was therefore far below his real capacity. In such a case, a test would not show the native difference, it would show only the present difference in functioning capacity.
If we rate one person's logical memory capacity at 10 and another's at 15, with practice, we could boost the first person’s to 15 and the second’s to 22.5, but we wouldn’t be able to make them equal. We could never make one person's memory equal to that of the other. In an extreme case, we might find one child whose experiences have pushed his logical memory to its limit, while another child, who hasn’t practiced logical memory much, would be far below his actual potential. In this scenario, a test wouldn’t reveal the innate difference; it would just reveal the current difference in functioning capacity.
Fairly adequate tests for the most important mental functions have been worked out. A series of group tests with directions and norms follow. The members of the class can use these tests in studying the individual differences in other people. The teacher will find other tests in the author’s Examination of School Children, and in Whipple’s Manual of Mental and Physical Tests.
Fairly good tests for the key mental functions have been developed. A series of group tests with instructions and standards follow. The class members can use these tests to study the individual differences in others. The teacher will find additional tests in the author’s Examination of School Children, and in Whipple’s Manual of Mental and Physical Tests.
MENTAL TESTS
General Directions
The results of the mental tests in the school will be worse than useless unless the tests are given with the greatest care and scientific precision. Every test should be most carefully explained to the children so that they will know exactly what they are to do. The matter must be so presented to them that they will put forth all possible effort. They must take the tests seriously. Great care must be taken to see that there is no cheating. The work of each child should be his own work. In those tests in which time is an important element, the time must be carefully kept, with a stop watch if one is available. The papers should be distributed for the tests and turned face downward on the pupil’s desk. The pupil, when all are ready to begin, should take the paper in his hand and at the signal “begin” turn it over and begin work, and when the signal “stop” is given, should quit work instantly and turn the paper over. Before the work begins, the necessary information should be placed on each paper. This information should be the pupil’s name, age, grade, sex, and school. This should be on every paper. When the test is over the papers should be immediately collected.
The results of the mental tests in the school will be completely useless unless the tests are conducted with great care and scientific precision. Every test should be clearly explained to the children so they know exactly what they need to do. The information must be presented in a way that encourages them to put forth all possible effort. They need to take the tests seriously. It’s important to ensure there is no cheating. Each child’s work should be their own. In tests where time is a factor, the timing must be carefully kept, using a stopwatch if available. The papers should be handed out for the tests and placed face down on each pupil’s desk. When everyone is ready to start, the pupil should hold the paper in hand and, at the signal “begin,” turn it over and start working; when the signal “stop” is given, they should stop immediately and turn the paper over. Before the work starts, essential information should be put on each paper, including the pupil’s name, age, grade, sex, and school. This should be on every paper. Once the test is over, the papers should be collected right away.
Logical Memory
Object. The purpose of this test is to determine the pupil’s facility in remembering and reproducing ideas. A pupil’s standing in the test may serve as an indication of his ability to remember the subject matter of the school studies.
Object. The purpose of this test is to determine the student's ability to remember and reproduce ideas. A student's performance in the test may indicate their ability to recall the subject matter covered in school studies.
Method. The procedure in this test is for the teacher to read slowly and distinctly the story to be reproduced. Immediately after the reading the pupils are to write down all of the story that they can recall. They must not begin to write till after the reading. Ten minutes should be allowed for the reproduction. This is ample time, and each pupil should be told to use the whole time in working on his reproduction. At the end of ten minutes, collect the papers. Care should be taken to see that each pupil does his own work, that there is no copying. Before reading the story, the teacher should give the following instructions:
Method. In this test, the teacher reads the story slowly and clearly for the students to reproduce. Right after the reading, the students need to write down everything they can remember from the story. They should wait to start writing until after the reading is finished. Ten minutes should be given for this reproduction task. This is enough time, and each student should be encouraged to use the full duration to work on their reproduction. After ten minutes, collect the papers. Make sure that each student does their own work and that there is no copying. Before reading the story, the teacher should give the following instructions:
I shall read to you a story entitled “Willie Jones and His Dog” (or “A Farmer’s Son,” or “A Costly Temper,” as the case may be). After I have read the story you are to write down all you can remember of it. You are not to use the exact words that I read unless you wish. You are to use your own words. Try to recall as much as possible and write all you recall. Try to get all the details, not merely the main facts.
I’m going to read you a story called “Willie Jones and His Dog” (or “A Farmer’s Son,” or “A Costly Temper,” depending on the version). Once I’m done reading, write down everything you remember about it. You don’t need to use the exact words I read unless you want to. Use your own words. Try to recall as much as you can and note everything that comes to mind. Be sure to include all the details, not just the main points.
Material. For grades three, four, and five, use “Willie Jones and His Dog”; for grades six, seven, and eight, use “A Farmer’s Son”; for the high school, use “A Costly Temper.” The norms for the latter are based on eighth grade and high school pupils.
Material. For grades three, four, and five, use “Willie Jones and His Dog”; for grades six, seven, and eight, use “A Farmer’s Son”; for high school, use “A Costly Temper.” The standards for the latter are based on eighth-grade and high school students.
WILLIE JONES AND HIS DOG
Willie | Jones | was a little | boy | only | five years old. | He had a dog | whose name was Buster. | Buster was a large | dog | with long, | black, | curly | hair. | His fore | feet | and the tip | of his tail | were white. | One day | Willie’s mother | sent him | to the store | which was only | a short | distance away. | Buster went with him, | following behind. | As Buster was turning | at the corner, | a car | struck him | and broke | one | hind | leg | and hurt | one | eye. | Willie was | very | sorry | and cried | a long | time. | Willie’s father | came | and carried | the poor | dog | home. | The broken leg | got well | in five | weeks | but the eye | that was hurt | became blind. |
Willie Jones was a little boy, just five years old. He had a dog named Buster. Buster was a big dog with long, black, curly fur. His front paws and the tip of his tail were white. One day, Willie’s mom sent him to the store, which was just a short walk away. Buster tagged along, following behind. As Buster turned the corner, a car hit him, breaking one of his back legs and injuring one of his eyes. Willie was really sad and cried for a long time. Willie’s father came and carried the poor dog home. The broken leg healed in five weeks, but the injured eye became blind.
A FARMER’S SON
Will | was a farmer’s | son | who attended school | in town. | His clothes | were poor and his boots | often smelled | of the farmyard | although he took great | care of them. | Since Will had not gone to school | as much | as his classmates, | he was often | at a disadvantage, | although his mind | was as good | as theirs,—| in fact, he was brighter | than most | of them. | James, | the wit | of the class, | never lost an opportunity | to ridicule | Will’s mistakes, | his bright | red | hair, | and his patched | clothes. | Will | took the ridicule | in good part | and never | lost his temper. | One Saturday | as Will | was driving | his cows | to pasture, | he met James | teasing | a young | child, | a cripple. | Will’s | indignation | was aroused | by the sight. | He asked | the bully | to stop, | but when he would not, | Will pounced | upon him | and gave him | a good | beating, | and he would not | let James go | until he promised | not to tease | the crippled | child | again. |
Will was a farmer's son who went to school in town. His clothes were shabby, and his boots often smelled like the farm, even though he took good care of them. Since Will hadn't attended school as often as his classmates, he found himself at a disadvantage, although his intellect was just as sharp as theirs—actually, he was smarter than most of them. James, the class comedian, never missed a chance to mock Will’s mistakes, his bright red hair, and his ragged clothes. Will took the teasing in stride and never lost his cool. One Saturday, while Will was herding his cows to pasture, he saw James picking on a young child, a disabled boy. Will felt a surge of anger at the sight. He asked the bully to stop, but when James refused, Will jumped on him and gave him a solid beating, not letting him go until he promised to stop teasing the crippled child.
A COSTLY TEMPER
A man | named John | Murdock | had a servant | who worried him | much by his stupidity. | One day | when this servant was more | stupid | than usual, | the angry | master | of the house | threw a book | at his head. | The servant | ducked | and the book flew | out of the window. |
A man named John Murdock had a servant who annoyed him a lot with his stupidity. One day, when this servant was being especially foolish, the furious master of the house threw a book at his head. The servant ducked, and the book went flying out of the window.
“Now go | and pick that book up!” | ordered the master. | The servant | started | to obey, | but a passerby | had saved him | the trouble, | and had walked off | with the book. | The scientist | thereupon | began to wonder | what book | he had thrown away, | and to his horror, | discovered | that it was a quaint | and rare | little | volume | of poems, | which he had purchased | in London | for fifty | dollars. |
“Now go and pick that book up!” ordered the master. The servant started to obey, but a passerby had saved him the trouble and had walked off with the book. The scientist then began to wonder what book he had thrown away, and to his horror, discovered that it was a unique and rare little volume of poems, which he had bought in London for fifty dollars.
But his troubles | were not over. | The weeks went by | and the man had almost | forgotten his loss, | when, strolling | into a secondhand | bookshop, | he saw, | to his great delight, | a copy of the book | he had lost. | He asked the price. |
But his troubles weren't over. The weeks passed, and the man had almost forgotten his loss when, while walking into a secondhand bookstore, he saw, to his great delight, a copy of the book he had lost. He asked the price.
“Well,” | said the dealer, | reflectively, | “I guess we can let you have it | for forty | dollars. | It is a very | rare book, | and I am sure | that I could get seventy-five | dollars for it | by holding on a while.” |
“Well,” said the dealer, thoughtfully, “I suppose we can let you have it for forty dollars. It’s a really rare book, and I’m sure I could get seventy-five dollars for it if I hold onto it for a while.”
The man of science | pulled out his purse | and produced the money, | delighted at the opportunity of replacing | his lost | treasure. | When he reached home, | a card | dropped out | of the leaves. | The card was his own, | and further | examination | showed that he had bought back | his own property. |
The scientist took out his wallet and pulled out the cash, thrilled at the chance to get back his lost treasure. When he got home, a card fell out from the pages. It was his own card, and a closer look revealed that he had bought back his own belongings.
“Forty dollars’ | worth of temper,” | exclaimed the man. | “I think I shall mend my ways.” | His disposition | afterward | became so | good | that | the servant became worried, | thinking the man | must be ill. |
“Forty bucks’ worth of temper,” exclaimed the man. “I think I should change my ways.” His attitude afterward became so good that the servant started to worry, thinking the man must be sick.
The Results. The material for the test is divided into units as indicated by the vertical lines. The pupil’s written reproduction should be compared unit by unit with the story as printed, and given one credit for each unit adequately reproduced. The norms for the three tests are shown in the accompanying Figures VII, VIII, and IX. In these and all the graphs which follow, the actual ages are shown in the first horizontal column. The norms for girls appear in the second horizontal column, the norms for boys in the column at the bottom. By the norm for an age is meant the average performance of all the pupils of that age examined. Age ten applies to those pupils who have passed their tenth birthday and have not reached their eleventh birthday, and the other ages are to be similarly interpreted. The vertical lines in the graphs indicate birthdays and the scores written on these lines indicate ability at these exact ages. The column marked ten, for example, includes all the children that are over ten and not yet eleven. The graphs show the development from age to age. In general, it will be noticed, there is an improvement of memory with age, but in the high school, in the “Costly Temper” test, there is a decline. This may not indicate a real decline in ability to remember ideas, but a change in attitude. The high school pupil probably acquires a habit of remembering only significant facts. His memory is selective, while in the earlier ages, the memory may be more parrot-like, one idea being reproduced with about as much fidelity as another. This statement is made not as a fact, but as a probable explanation.
The Results. The test material is divided into units as shown by the vertical lines. The student’s written response should be compared unit by unit with the printed story, earning one point for each unit that is accurately reproduced. The norms for the three tests are displayed in the accompanying Figures VII, VIII, and IX. In these and all following graphs, the actual ages are listed in the first horizontal column. The norms for girls appear in the second horizontal column, while the norms for boys are in the bottom column. By norm for an age, we mean the average performance of all the students of that age who were tested. Age ten refers to students who have celebrated their tenth birthday but have not yet turned eleven, and the same interpretation applies to the other ages. The vertical lines in the graphs represent birthdays, and the scores noted on these lines indicate ability at those specific ages. For instance, the column labeled ten includes all children who are over ten but not yet eleven. The graphs illustrate the progression from age to age. Generally, it can be observed that memory improves with age, but in high school, particularly in the “Costly Temper” test, there is a decline. This may not actually reflect a decrease in the ability to remember ideas but rather a shift in attitude. High school students likely develop a tendency to remember only significant facts. Their memory becomes selective, while at younger ages, memory might be more repetitive, with one idea being recalled with about as much accuracy as another. This observation is presented not as a fact, but as a likely explanation.
Rote Memory
Object. The object of the rote memory tests is to determine the pupil’s memory span for unrelated impressions—words that have no logical relations with one another. Much school work makes demands upon this ability. Therefore, the tests are of importance.
Object. The aim of the rote memory tests is to find out how many unrelated impressions a student can remember—words that don’t have any logical connections to each other. A lot of schoolwork requires this ability. So, these tests are important.
Method. There are two lists of words, concrete and abstract, with six groups in each list. The list of concrete words should be given first, then the abstract. The procedure is to pronounce the first group, cat, tree, coat, and then pause for the pupils to write these three words. Then pronounce the next group, mule, bird, cart, glass, and pause for the reproduction, and so on through the list.
Method. There are two lists of words, concrete and abstract, each containing six groups. Start with the concrete words, then move on to the abstract ones. The process involves saying the first group: cat, tree, coat, and then pausing for the students to write down these three words. Next, say the second group: mule, bird, cart, glass, and pause again for them to write those down, and continue this way through the list.
Give the following instructions:
Please provide the text you'd like modernized.
We wish to see how well you can remember words. I shall pronounce first a group of three words. After I have pronounced them, you are to write them down. I shall then pronounce a group of four words, then one of five words, and so continue with a longer group each time. You must pay very close attention for I shall pronounce a group but once. You are not required to write the words in their order, but just as you recall them.
We want to see how well you can remember words. I will start by saying a group of three words. After I say them, you need to write them down. Next, I will say a group of four words, then a group of five words, and so on, gradually increasing the number of words each time. You need to pay close attention because I will only say each group once. You don't have to write the words in the order I say them; just jot them down as you remember them.
Material. The words for the test are given in the following lists:
Material. The words for the test are provided in the following lists:
Concrete | Abstract |
---|---|
|
|
Results. The papers are graded by determining the number of concrete words and the number of abstract words that are reproduced. No account is taken of whether the words are in the right position or not. A perfect score in each test would therefore be thirty-three. The norms are shown in Figures X and XI.
The Substitution Test
Object. This test determines one’s ability to build up new associations. It is a test of quickness of learning.
Object. This test measures a person's ability to form new connections. It's a test of how quickly someone can learn.
Method. The substitution test-sheets are distributed to the pupils and turned face down on the desks. The teacher gives the following instructions:
Method. The substitution test sheets are handed out to the students and placed face down on the desks. The teacher provides the following instructions:
We wish to see how fast you can learn. At the top of the sheet which has been distributed to you there is a key. In nine circles are written the nine digits and for each digit there is written a letter which is to be used instead of the digit. Below the key are two columns of numbers; each number contains five digits. In the five squares which follow the number you are to write the letters which correspond to the digits. Work as fast as you can and fill as many of the squares as you can without making mistakes. When I say “stop,” quit work instantly and turn the paper over.
We want to see how quickly you can learn. At the top of the sheet you received, there's a key. The nine digits are listed in nine circles, and each digit has a letter assigned to it that you'll use instead of the digit. Below the key, there are two columns of numbers; each number has five digits. In the five boxes after each number, write the letters that correspond to the digits. Work as quickly as you can and fill in as many boxes as possible without making mistakes. When I say “stop,” stop immediately and turn your paper over.
Before beginning the test the teacher should explain on the blackboard the exact nature of the test. This can be done by using other letters instead of those used in the key. Make sure that the pupils understand what they are to do. Allow eight minutes in grades three, four, and five, and five minutes above the fifth grade.
Before starting the test, the teacher should explain on the board the exact nature of the test. This can be done by using different letters instead of those used in the key. Make sure the students understand what they need to do. Allow eight minutes for grades three, four, and five, and five minutes for grades above five.
Material. For material, use the substitution test-sheets. This and the other test material can be obtained from the University of Missouri, Extension Division.
Material. For the material, use the substitution test sheets. This and the other test materials can be obtained from the University of Missouri, Extension Division.
Free Association
Object. This test determines the speed of the free flow of ideas. The result of the test is a criterion of the quickness of the flow of ideas when no restriction or limitation is put on this flow.
Object. This test measures how quickly ideas can flow freely. The result of the test indicates the speed of idea flow when there are no restrictions or limitations imposed on it.
Method. The procedure in this test is to give the pupils a word, and tell them to write this word down and all the other words that come into their minds. Make it clear to them that they are to write whatever word comes to mind, whether it has any relation to the word that is given them or not. Start them with the word “cloud.” Give the following instructions:
Method. In this test, the procedure is to give the students a word and ask them to write it down along with any other words that come to mind. Make sure they understand they should write down any word that pops into their heads, regardless of whether it relates to the initial word or not. Start with the word “cloud.” Provide the following instructions:
I wish to see how many words you can think of and write down in three minutes. I shall name a word, you may write it down and then all the other words that come into your minds. Do not write sentences, merely the words that come into your minds. Work as fast as you can.
I want to see how many words you can think of and write down in three minutes. I'll say a word, and you can jot it down along with any other words that come to mind. Just write the words, not full sentences. Move as fast as you can.
Results. Score the work by counting the number of words that have been written. The norms are shown in Figure XIII.
Results. Evaluate the work by tallying the total number of words that have been written. The standards are displayed in Figure XIII.
Opposites
Object. This is a test of controlled association. It tests one aspect of the association of ideas. All thinking is a matter of association of ideas. Reasoning is controlled association. The test may therefore be taken as a measure of speed in reasoning.
Object. This is a test of controlled association. It evaluates one aspect of how ideas are connected. All thinking involves the association of ideas. Reasoning is a form of controlled association. Therefore, this test can be seen as a measure of how quickly one can reason.
On the sheets that have been distributed to you are fifty words. After each word you are to write a word that has the opposite meaning. For example, if one word were “far,” you could write “near.” Work as fast as you can, and when I say “stop” quit work instantly and turn your paper over.
You have received a sheet with fifty words. After each word, write a word that means the opposite. For example, if the word is "far," you could write "near." Work as fast as you can, and when I say "stop," stop right away and flip your paper over.
Results. The score is the number of opposites correctly written. The norms are shown in Figure XIV.
Results. The score is the number of correctly written opposites. The norms are shown in Figure XIV.
OPPOSITES—LIST NO. 1 | OPPOSITES—LIST NO. 2 |
---|---|
|
The Word-Building Test
Object. This is a test of a certain type of inventiveness, namely linguistic invention. Specifically, it tests the pupil’s ability to construct words using certain prescribed letters.
Object. This is a test of a specific kind of creativity, specifically linguistic creativity. It measures the student's ability to create words using certain designated letters.
I wish to see how many words you can make in five minutes, using only the letters which I give you. The words must be real English words. You must use only the letters which I give you and must not use the same letter more than once in the same word. You do not, of course, have to use all the letters in the same word. A word may contain one or more letters up to six.
I want to see how many words you can come up with in five minutes, using only the letters I give you. The words must be real English words. You can only use the letters I provide, and you can’t use the same letter more than once in each word. You don’t have to use all the letters in one word. A word can have between one and six letters.
Material. The pupils need only sheets of blank paper.
Materials. The students only need sheets of blank paper.
Results. The score is the number of words that do not violate the rules of the test as given in the instructions. The norms are shown in Figure XV.
Results. The score represents the number of words that follow the test rules outlined in the instructions. The norms are shown in Figure XV.
The Completion Test
Object. This is, to some extent, a test of reasoning capacity. Of course, it is only one particular aspect of reasoning. The pupil is given a story that has certain words omitted. He must read the story, see what it is trying to say, and determine what words, put into the blanks, will make the correct sense. The meaning of the word written in a particular blank must not only make the sentence read sensibly but must fit into the story as a whole. Filling in the blanks in this way demands considerable thought.
Object. This is, to some extent, a test of reasoning ability. Of course, it's only one specific aspect of reasoning. The student is given a story with some missing words. They need to read the story, understand what it’s trying to convey, and decide which words to fill in the blanks to make sense. The word chosen for each blank must not only make the sentence sound reasonable but also fit into the story as a whole. Filling in the blanks this way requires significant thought.
Method. Distribute the test-sheets and turn them face down on the desks. Allow ten minutes in all the tests. Give the following instructions:
Method. Hand out the test sheets and place them face down on the desks. Allow a total of ten minutes for all the tests. Provide the following instructions:
On the sheets which have been distributed is printed a story which has certain words omitted. You are to put in the blanks the words that are omitted. The words which you write in must give the proper meaning so that the story reads correctly. Each word filled in must not only give the proper meaning to the sentence but to the story as a whole.
Material. Use the completion test-sheets, “Joe and the Fourth of July,” for grades three, four, and five; “The Trout” for grades, six, seven, and eight; and “Dr. Goldsmith’s Medicine” for the high school.
Material. Use the completion test sheets, “Joe and the Fourth of July,” for grades three, four, and five; “The Trout” for grades six, seven, and eight; and “Dr. Goldsmith’s Medicine” for high school.
Results. In scoring the papers, allow one credit for each blank correctly filled. The norms are shown in Figures XVI, XVII, and XVIII. It will be noticed that the boys excel in the “Trout” story. This is doubtless because the story is better suited to them on the ground of their experience and interest.

Figure XVI—Completion Test—“Joe and the Fourth of July”
Figure XVI—Completion Test—“Joe and the Fourth of July”
JOE AND THE FOURTH OF JULY
Joe ran[6] errands for his mother and took care of the baby until by the Fourth of July his penny grew to be a dime. The day before the Fourth, he went down town all by himself to get his fire works. There were so many kinds he hardly knew which to buy. The clerk knew that it takes a long time to decide, for he had been a boy himself not very long ago. So he helped Joe to select the very best kinds. “When are you going to fire them off?” asked the clerk. “I will fire them very early to-morrow,” said the boy. So that night Joe set the alarm clock, and the next morning got up early to fire his firecrackers.
Joe ran[6] errands for his mother and looked after the baby until the Fourth of July, when his penny turned into a dime. The day before the Fourth, he went downtown all by himself to buy his fireworks. There were so many options that he hardly knew which to pick. The clerk understood that it takes a long time to decide, since he had been a boy not too long ago. So he helped Joe choose the best kinds. “When are you going to set them off?” the clerk asked. “I will set them off very early tomorrow,” the boy replied. So that night, Joe set the alarm clock and got up early the next morning to set off his firecrackers.
THE TROUT
The trout is a fine fish. Once a big trout lived in a pool close by a spring. He used to stay under the bank with only his head showing. His wide-open eyes shone like jewels. I tried to catch him. I would creep up to the edge of the pool where I could see his bright eyes looking up.
The trout is a great fish. Once, a big trout lived in a pool near a spring. He would hang out under the bank with only his head above water. His wide-open eyes sparkled like jewels. I tried to catch him. I would sneak up to the edge of the pool where I could see his bright eyes looking up.
I caught a grasshopper and threw it over to him. Then there was a splash in the water and the grasshopper was gone. I did this two or three times. Each time I saw the rush and splash and saw the bait had been taken.
I caught a grasshopper and tossed it over to him. Then there was a splash in the water and the grasshopper was gone. I did this two or three times. Each time I saw the rush and splash and noticed the bait had been taken.
So I put the same bait on my hook and threw it over into the water. But all was silent. The fish was an old one and had grown very wise. I did this day after day with the same luck. The trout knew there was a hook hidden in the bait.
So I put the same bait on my hook and threw it into the water. But everything was silent. The fish was old and had become very wise. I did this day after day with the same luck. The trout knew there was a hook hidden in the bait.
DOCTOR GOLDSMITH’S MEDICINE
This is a story of good medicine. Most medicine is bad to take, but this was so good that the sick man wished for more.
This is a story about effective medicine. Most medicine is hard to swallow, but this was so good that the sick man wanted more.
One day a poor woman went to Doctor Goldsmith and asked him to go to see her sick husband. “He is very sick,” she said, “and I can not get him to eat anything.”
One day a poor woman went to Doctor Goldsmith and asked him to visit her sick husband. “He is really sick,” she said, “and I can’t get him to eat anything.”
So Doctor Goldsmith went to see him. The doctor saw at once that the reason why the man could not eat was because he was so poor that he had not been able to buy good food.
So Doctor Goldsmith went to see him. The doctor saw right away that the reason the man could not eat was because he was so poor that he had not been able to buy good food.
Then he said to the woman, “Come to my house this evening and I will give you some medicine for your husband.”
Then he said to the woman, “Come to my place this evening and I will give you some medicine for your husband.”
The woman went in the evening and the doctor gave her a small paper box tied up tight. “It is very heavy,” she said. “May I see what it looks like?” “No,” said the doctor, “wait until you get home.” When she got home, and she and her husband opened the box so that he could take the first dose of medicine,—what do you think they saw? The box was filled with silver money. This was the good doctor’s medicine.
The woman went in the evening, and the doctor gave her a small paper box tied up tight. “It’s really heavy,” she said. “Can I see what it looks like?” “No,” said the doctor, “wait until you get home.” When she got home, she and her husband opened the box so he could take the first dose of medicine—what do you think they saw? The box was filled with silver coins. This was the good doctor’s medicine.
Importance of Mental Differences. (1) In school work. One of the important results that come from a knowledge of the mental differences in children is that we are able to classify them better. When a child enters school he should be allowed to proceed through the course as fast as his development warrants. Some children can do an eight-year course in six years; others require ten years; still others can never do it. The great majority, of course, can do it in eight years.
Importance of Mental Differences. (1) In school work. One of the significant outcomes of understanding the mental differences in children is that we can categorize them more effectively. When a child starts school, they should be allowed to progress through the curriculum at a pace that matches their development. Some children can complete an eight-year program in six years; others need ten years; and some may never finish it. Most, of course, can complete it in eight years.

Figure XVIII—Completion Test—“Dr. Goldsmith’s Medicine”
Figure XVIII—Completion Test—“Dr. Goldsmith’s Meds”
Norms for adults, as obtained from university students, are:
Norms for adults, based on university students, are:
Test | Men | Women |
---|---|---|
Substitution Test | 29.1 | 32.2 |
Rote Memory, Concrete | 28.5 | 28.6 |
Rote Memory, Abstract | 28.4 | 27.9 |
Free Association | 51.5 | 49.3 |
Completion, Dr. Goldsmith’s Medicine | 48.1 | 49.0 |
Word Building | 20.5 | 20.1 |
Logical Memory, Costly Temper | 64.0 | 69.6 |

Figure XIX—Frequency Surfaces—Comparing Fourth Grade with High School
Figure XIX—Frequency Surfaces—Comparing Fourth Grade with High School
The numbers along the base represent mental age; those at the left, the number of pupils of the respective ages.
The numbers along the bottom show mental age, while those on the left indicate the number of students at those ages.
It may be thought that a child’s success in school branches is a sufficient measure of his ability and that no special mental measurements are needed. This is a mistake. Many factors contribute to success in school work. Ability is only one of these factors, and should be specially and independently determined by suitable tests. Children may fail in school branches because of being poorly started or started at the wrong time, because of poor teaching, sickness, moving from one school to another, etc. On the other hand, children of poor ability may succeed at school because of much help at home. Therefore special mental tests will help in determining to what extent original mental ability is a factor in the success or failure of the different pupils.
It might seem that a child’s success in school subjects is a good indicator of their abilities and that there’s no need for additional mental assessments. This is a misconception. Many factors play a role in school success. Ability is just one of these factors, and it should be assessed specifically and independently through appropriate tests. Children might struggle in school due to being poorly started or starting at the wrong time, inadequate teaching, illness, changing schools, and other reasons. Conversely, children who may not have strong abilities can do well in school with a lot of support at home. Therefore, specialized mental tests will help in determining how much inherent mental ability contributes to the success or failure of different students.
As far as possible, the children of the same grade should have about the same ability; but such is seldom the case. In a recent psychological study of a school system, the author found wide differences in ability in the same grade. The distribution of abilities found in the fourth grade and in the high school are shown in Figure XIX. It will be seen that in the fourth grade pupils are found with ability equal to that of some in the high school. Of course to some extent such a condition is unavoidable, for a pupil must establish certain habits and acquire certain knowledge before passing from one grade to another. However, much of the wide variation in ability now found in the same grade of a school could be avoided if the teacher had accurate knowledge of the pupils’ abilities. When a teacher learns that a child who is doing poorly in school really has ability, she is often able to get from that pupil the work of which he is capable. It has been demonstrated by experience that accurate measures of children’s abilities are a great help in gradation and classification.
As much as possible, children in the same grade should have similar abilities, but that’s rarely the case. In a recent psychological study of a school system, the author found significant differences in ability within the same grade. The ability distribution for fourth grade and high school is shown in Figure XIX. It shows that some fourth graders have abilities comparable to those of high school students. To some degree, this situation is unavoidable because a student needs to develop certain habits and acquire knowledge before moving up a grade. However, a lot of the significant variation in ability currently found in the same grade could be avoided if teachers had accurate information about their students' abilities. When a teacher discovers that a child who is struggling actually has potential, they can often help that student achieve their true capability. Experience has shown that precise measurements of children’s abilities are very beneficial for grouping and classification.
A knowledge of mental differences is also an aid in the actual teaching of the children. The instance mentioned at the close of the last paragraph is an example. A knowledge of the differences among the mental functions of the same pupil is especially helpful. It has been pointed out that the different mental functions in the same pupil are sometimes unequally developed. Sometimes considerable differences exist in the same pupil with respect to learning capacity, the different aspects of memory, association, imagination, and attention. When a teacher knows of these differences, she can better direct the work of the pupils.
Understanding mental differences is also helpful in actually teaching children. The example mentioned at the end of the last paragraph illustrates this point. Being aware of the varying mental functions in the same student is particularly useful. It has been noted that different mental functions within the same student can be unequally developed. Often, significant differences can be found in a single student regarding learning capacity, various aspects of memory, association, imagination, and attention. When a teacher is aware of these differences, she can more effectively guide the students' work.
For example, if a pupil have a very poor memory, the teacher can help him by aiding him to secure the advantage that comes from close and concentrated attention, frequent repetitions, logical organization, etc. On the other hand, she can help the brilliant student by preventing him from being satisfied with hastily secured, superficial knowledge, and by encouraging him to make proper use of his unusual powers in going deeper and more extensively into the school subjects than is possible for the ordinary student. In many ways a teacher can be helpful to her pupils if she has an accurate knowledge of their mental abilities.
For example, if a student has a very poor memory, the teacher can assist them by helping them take advantage of close and focused attention, frequent practice, logical organization, and so on. Conversely, she can support the bright student by encouraging them not to settle for quick, superficial knowledge and motivating them to leverage their exceptional abilities to explore subjects more deeply and broadly than typical students can. A teacher can be very helpful to her students if she understands their mental capabilities accurately.
(2) In life occupations. Extreme variations in ability should certainly be considered in choosing one’s life work. Only persons of the highest ability should go into science, law, medicine, or teaching. Many occupations demand special kinds of ability, special types of reaction, of attention, imagination, etc. For example, the operation of a telephone exchange demands a person of quick and steady reaction. The work of a motorman on a street car demands a person having the broad type of attention, the type of attention that enables one to keep in mind many details at the same time. Scientific work demands the type of concentrated attention. As far as it is possible, occupations demanding special types of ability should be filled by people possessing these abilities. It is best for all concerned if each person is doing what he can do best. It is true that many occupations do not call for special types of ability. And therefore, as far as ability is concerned, a person could do as well in one of these occupations as in another. The time will sometime come when we shall know the special abilities demanded by the different occupations and professions, and by suitable tests shall be able to determine what people possess the required qualifications.
(2) In life occupations. Significant differences in ability should definitely be taken into account when choosing a career. Only those with exceptional abilities should pursue fields like science, law, medicine, or teaching. Many jobs require specific skills, types of reactions, attention levels, imagination, and so on. For instance, running a telephone exchange requires someone with quick and steady reflexes. A streetcar operator needs a person with broad attention, able to keep track of multiple details at once. Scientific work calls for a concentrated focus. As much as possible, jobs that require unique abilities should be filled by individuals who have those skills. It’s best for everyone if each person is doing what they do best. However, many jobs do not require specific types of abilities. Thus, in terms of ability, a person could perform equally well in one of these roles as in another. In the future, we will likely understand the specific abilities needed for various occupations and professions, and suitable tests will be able to assess who meets the necessary qualifications.
The schools should always be on the lookout for unusual ability. Children that are far superior to others of the same age should be allowed to advance as fast as their superior ability makes possible, and should be held up to a high order of work. Such superior people should be, as far as possible, in the same classes, so that they can the more easily be given the kind and amount of work that they need. The schools should find the children of unusual special ability, such as ability in drawing, painting, singing, playing musical instruments, mechanical invention, etc. Some provision should be made for the proper development and training of these unusual abilities. Society cannot afford to lose any spark of genius wherever found. Moreover, the individual will be happier if developed and trained along the line of his special ability.
Schools should always be on the lookout for unique talents. Children who are significantly more advanced than their peers should be allowed to progress as quickly as their abilities allow and should be held to a higher standard of work. These exceptional individuals should, whenever possible, be placed in the same classes so they can more easily receive the type and amount of work they need. Schools should identify children with special talents, such as skills in drawing, painting, singing, playing musical instruments, or mechanical invention. There should be provisions made for the proper development and training of these unique talents. Society cannot afford to lose any spark of genius wherever it's found. Additionally, individuals will be happier if they are developed and trained in line with their special abilities.
Subnormal Children. A small percentage of children are of such low mentality that they cannot do the ordinary school work. As soon as such children can be picked out with certainty, they should be taken out of the regular classes and put into special classes. It is a mistake to try to get them to do the regular school work. They cannot do it, and they only waste the teacher’s time and usually give her much trouble. Besides, they waste their own time; for while they cannot do the ordinary school work, they can do other things, perhaps work of a manual nature. The education of such people should, therefore, be in the direction of simple manual occupations.
Subnormal Children. A small percentage of children have such low cognitive abilities that they struggle with regular schoolwork. As soon as these children can be reliably identified, they should be removed from standard classes and placed in special classes. It's a mistake to expect them to complete the usual school tasks. They can't do it, which only wastes the teacher’s time and typically causes her a lot of frustration. Additionally, they waste their own time; while they may not be able to handle regular schoolwork, they can engage in other activities, possibly involving manual labor. Therefore, their education should focus on simple manual skills.
For detecting such children, in addition to the tests given above, elaborate tests for individual examination have been devised. The most widely used is a series known as the Binet-Simon tests. A special group of tests is provided for the children of each age. If a child can pass the tests for his age, he is considered normal. If he can pass only the tests three years or more below his age, he is usually considered subnormal. But a child’s fate should not depend solely upon any number or any kind of tests. We should always give the child a trial and see what he is able to achieve. This trial should cover as many months or years as are necessary to determine beyond doubt the child’s mental status.
To identify these children, in addition to the tests mentioned earlier, detailed individual assessments have been created. The most commonly used are the Binet-Simon tests. There’s a specific set of tests for each age group. If a child can pass the tests for their age, they are considered normal. If they can only pass tests that are three years or more below their age, they are typically seen as subnormal. However, a child’s future shouldn’t rely solely on any number or type of test. It’s important to give the child a chance and see what they can achieve. This assessment should take as many months or years as needed to clearly determine the child’s mental abilities.
Summary. Just as we differ in the various aspects of body, so also we differ in the various aspects of mind. These differences can be measured by tests. A knowledge of these differences should aid us in grading, classifying, and teaching children, as well as in the selection of occupation and professions for them. Mental traits have some degree of independence; as a result a high degree of one trait may be found with low degree of some others.
Summary. Just like we have physical differences, we also have differences in our minds. These differences can be measured through tests. Understanding these differences should help us evaluate, categorize, and teach children, as well as choose careers and professions for them. Mental traits have some level of independence; because of this, someone can excel in one trait while having a low level in others.
CLASS EXERCISES
Many of the tests and experiments already described should have shown many of the individual differences of the members of the class. The teacher will find in the author’s Examination of School Children a series of group tests with norms which can be used for a further study of individual differences.
Many of the tests and experiments described so far should have highlighted the individual differences among the class members. The teacher will find in the author's Examination of School Children a series of group tests with standards that can be used for further study of individual differences.
The tapping experiment described in the first chapter can now be repeated and the results taken as a measure of reaction time.
The tapping experiment mentioned in the first chapter can now be repeated, and the results can be used to measure reaction time.
You should now have available the records of all the tests and experiments so far given that show individual differences. Make out a table showing the rank of each student in the various tests. Compute the average rank of each student for all the tests. This average rank may be taken as a measure of the intelligence of the students, as far as such can be determined by the tests used. Correlate this ranking with standing in the high school classes. It will give a positive correlation, not perfect, however. Why not? If your measures of intelligence were absolutely correct, you still would not get a perfect correlation with high school standing. Why not?
You should now have the records of all the tests and experiments conducted so far that show individual differences. Create a table showing each student's rank in the various tests. Calculate the average rank of each student across all the tests. This average rank can be seen as a measure of the students' intelligence, as far as it can be determined by the tests used. Correlate this ranking with their standing in high school classes. It will show a positive correlation, though not perfect. Why not? Even if your measurements of intelligence were completely accurate, you still wouldn't achieve a perfect correlation with high school standing. Why not?
If you had a correct measure of intelligence of 100 mature people in your city, selected at random, would this measure give you an exact measure of their success in life? Give the reason for your answer.
If you had an accurate measure of intelligence for 100 adults in your city, chosen at random, would this measure provide a precise indicator of their success in life? Explain your answer.
Of all the tests and experiments previously described in this book, which gives the best indication of success in high school?
Of all the tests and experiments mentioned earlier in this book, which one best indicates success in high school?
If the class in psychology is a large one, a graph should be prepared showing the distribution of abilities in the class. For this purpose, you will have to use the absolute measures instead of ranks. Find the average for each test used. Make these averages all the same by multiplying the low ones and dividing the high ones. Then all the grades of each student can be added. This will give each test the same weight in the average. The use of a slide rule will make this transference to a new average very easy. A more accurate method for this computation is described in the author’s Examination of School Children, p. 65.
If the psychology class is large, a graph should be created to show the distribution of abilities within the class. To do this, you'll need to use absolute measures instead of ranks. Calculate the average for each test used. Adjust these averages so they’re all the same by multiplying the lower ones and dividing the higher ones. Then, sum all the grades for each student. This will ensure that each test carries the same weight in the overall average. Using a slide rule will make this transition to a new average quite simple. A more precise method for this calculation is outlined in the author’s Examination of School Children, p. 65.
The students should make a study of individual differences and the distribution of ability in some grade below the high school. The tests described in this chapter can be used for that purpose.
The students should study individual differences and how abilities are distributed in grades below high school. The tests described in this chapter can be used for that purpose.
Is it a good thing for high school students to find out how they compare with others in their various mental functions? If you have poor ability, is it a good thing for you to find it out? If the teacher and students think best, the results of all the various tests need not be made known except to the persons concerned. The data can be used in the various computations without the students’ knowing whose measures they are.
Is it beneficial for high school students to learn how they stack up against others in different mental abilities? If you aren't performing well, is it helpful to know that? If both teachers and students are thoughtful, the results of all the different tests don't need to be shared publicly, only with the individuals involved. The data can be utilized in various calculations without students needing to know whose scores are being used.
To what extent is ability a factor in life? You find people of only ordinary ability succeeding and brilliant people failing. Why is this?
To what extent does ability play a role in life? You see ordinary people succeeding while brilliant individuals fail. Why is that?
None of the tests so far used measures ideals or perseverance and persistence. These are important factors in life, and there is no very adequate measure for any of them. The students might plan some experiments to test physical and mental persistence and endurance. The tapping experiment, for example, might be continued for an hour and the records kept for each minute. Then from these records a graph could be plotted showing the course of efficiency for the hour. Mental adding or mul tiplying might be kept up continuously for several hours and the results studied as above.
None of the tests so far have measured ideals, perseverance, or persistence. These are important factors in life, and there's really no adequate way to measure any of them. The students could plan some experiments to test physical and mental persistence and endurance. For instance, the tapping experiment could go on for an hour, with records kept for each minute. Then, from these records, a graph could be created to show the efficiency over the hour. Mental addition or multiplication could also be maintained continuously for several hours, and the results could be analyzed similarly.
We have said that ideals and persistence are important factors in life. Are they inherited or acquired?
We’ve mentioned that having ideals and being persistent are key factors in life. Are these traits inherited or learned?
Do you find it to be the rule or the exception for a person standing high in one mental function to stand high in the others also?
Do you think it's usually the case or more of an exception for someone who's really good at one mental skill to also be good at others?
Make a complete outline of the chapter.
Make a full outline of the chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied. Chapter XVI.
- Pyle: The Examination of School Children.
- Pyle: The Outlines of Educational Psychology. Chapter XVII.
- Titchener: A Beginner’s Psychology, pp. 309–311.
CHAPTER X
APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY
The General Field. Psychology has now reached that stage in its development where it can be of use to humanity. It can be of use in those fields which demand a knowledge of human nature. As indicated in the first chapter, these fields are education, medicine, law, business, and industry. We may add another which has been called “culture.” We cannot say that psychology is able yet to be of very great service except to education, law, and medicine. It has been of less service to the field of business and industry, but in the future, its contribution here will be as great as in the other fields. While the service of psychology in the various fields is not yet great, what it will eventually be able to do is very clear. It is the purpose of this chapter to indicate briefly, the nature and possibilities of this psychological service.
The General Field. Psychology has now reached a point in its development where it can be beneficial to humanity. It can be helpful in areas that require an understanding of human nature. As mentioned in the first chapter, these areas include education, medicine, law, business, and industry. We can also add another area known as "culture." We can't say that psychology is currently of significant help except in education, law, and medicine. Its impact has been smaller in business and industry, but in the future, its contributions here will be as substantial as in the other fields. Although psychology's current impact in various fields isn't very large, its potential is clear. This chapter aims to briefly outline the nature and possibilities of this psychological service.
Education. Throughout the preceding chapters, we have emphasized the educational importance of the facts discussed. There is little left to say here except to summarize the main facts. Since education is a matter of making a child over into what he ought to be, the science of education demands a knowledge of the original nature of children. This means that one must know the nature of instincts, their relations to one another, their order of development, and the possibilities of their being changed, modified, developed, suppressed. It means that one must know the nature of the child’s mind in all its various functions, the development and significance of these functions,—memory, association, imagination, and attention. The science especially demands that we understand the principles of habit-formation, the laws of economical learning, and the laws of memory.
Education. Throughout the previous chapters, we have highlighted the educational significance of the facts discussed. There's not much left to say here except to recap the key points. Since education is about transforming a child into who they should be, the science of education requires an understanding of children's original nature. This means knowing the nature of instincts, how they relate to each other, their order of development, and the possibilities for them to be changed, modified, developed, or suppressed. It also means understanding the child's mind in all its various functions, the development of these functions, and their significance—memory, association, imagination, and attention. The science especially requires that we grasp the principles of habit formation, the laws of effective learning, and the laws of memory.
This psychological knowledge must form the ground-work in the education of teachers for their profession. In addition to this general preparation of the teacher, psychology will render the schools a great service through the psycho-clinicist, who will be a psychological expert working under the superintendents of our school systems. His duty will be to supervise the work of mental testing, the work of diagnosis for feeble-mindedness and selection of the subnormal children, the teaching of such children. He will give advice in all cases which demand expert psychological knowledge.
This psychological knowledge must be the foundation in training teachers for their profession. Besides this general preparation, psychology will greatly benefit schools through the psycho-clinicist, a psychological expert working with the superintendents of our school systems. Their role will be to oversee mental testing, diagnose developmental delays, and choose appropriate methods for teaching underperforming children. They will provide guidance in all situations that require expert psychological insight.
Medicine. In the first place, there is a department of medicine which deals with nervous diseases, such as insanity, double personality, severe nervous shock, hallucination, etc. This entire aspect of medicine is wholly psychological. But psychology can be of service to the general practitioner both in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. A thorough psychological knowledge of human nature will assist a physician in diagnosis. Often the best way to find out what ails a patient’s body is through the patient’s mind, and the doctor must know how to get the truth from the patient’s mind even in those cases in which the patient is actually trying to conceal the truth. A profound practical knowledge of human nature is neces sary,—a knowledge which can be obtained only by long and careful technical study as well as practice and experience.
Medicine. First of all, there’s a branch of medicine that focuses on nervous disorders, like mental illness, multiple personality disorder, severe nervous shock, hallucinations, and so on. This entire area of medicine is purely psychological. However, psychology can also help general practitioners in both diagnosing and treating illnesses. A solid understanding of human psychology can aid a doctor in making accurate diagnoses. Often, the best way to figure out what’s wrong with a patient’s body is by understanding their mind, and the doctor needs to know how to elicit the truth from the patient, even when they are trying to hide it. A deep, practical understanding of human nature is essential—a knowledge that can only be gained through extensive and careful technical study, as well as practice and experience.
Psychology can be of service in the treatment of disease. The physician must understand the peculiar mental characteristics of his patient in order to know how to deal with him. In some cases, hypnotism is a valuable aid in treatment, and in many cases, ordinary normal suggestion can be of considerable service. The state of mind of a sick person has much to do with his recovery. The physician must know this and must know how to induce the desired state of mind. Indeed, a patient’s trouble is often imaginary, exists in the mind only; in such cases, the treatment should be wholly mental, i.e. through suggestion. Of course, the best physicians know these facts and make use of them in their practice, but preparation for this aspect of their work should be a regular part of their medical education. They should not be left to learn these facts from their practice as best they may, any more than they should be expected to learn their physiology and anatomy in this way.
Psychology can help in treating illness. Doctors need to understand the unique mental traits of their patients to know how to approach them. In some cases, hypnosis can be a helpful tool, and in many situations, simple suggestion can be quite effective. A patient's mindset significantly impacts their recovery. Doctors must recognize this and be able to create the right mindset. Often, a patient's issues are mostly imaginary and exist only in their mind; in such cases, treatment should focus entirely on mental approaches, like suggestion. The best doctors understand these concepts and apply them in their practice, but training in this area should be a standard part of their medical education. They shouldn't have to learn these insights solely through experience, just as they shouldn’t be expected to grasp physiology and anatomy on their own.
Law. The service of psychology to law can be very great, but owing to the necessary conservatism of the courts, it will be a long time before they will make much use of psychological knowledge. Perhaps the greatest service will be in determining the credibility of evidence. Psychology can now give the general principles in this matter. Witnesses go on the stand and swear to all sorts of things as to what they heard and saw and did, often months and even years previously. The expert clinical psychologist can tell the court the probability of such evidence being true. Experiments have shown that there is a large per centage of error in such evidence. The additional value that comes from the oath has been measured. The oath increases the liability of truth only a small percentage.
Law. The contribution of psychology to the legal system can be significant, but due to the courts' inherent cautiousness, it will take a long time before they widely utilize psychological insights. One of the biggest benefits will be in assessing the reliability of evidence. Psychology can now provide general principles in this area. Witnesses take the stand and swear to various things regarding what they heard, saw, and did, often months or even years prior. An expert clinical psychologist can inform the court about the likelihood of such evidence being accurate. Research has demonstrated that there is a high percentage of error in this kind of evidence. The extra value added by the oath has been evaluated. The oath only slightly increases the likelihood of truthfulness.
Experiments have also shown that one’s feeling of certainty is no guarantee of truth. Sometimes the point we feel surest about is the one farthest from the truth. In fact, feeling sure of a thing is no guarantee of truth.
Experiments have also shown that feeling certain about something doesn’t guarantee that it’s true. Sometimes, the point we feel most confident about is the one that’s farthest from the truth. In fact, just being sure of something doesn’t mean it’s true.
In a particular case in court, the psychologist can determine the reliability of the evidence of a particular witness and enable the judge and the jury to put the proper value on such witness’s testimony. For example, a witness may swear to a certain point involving the estimation of time and distance. The psychologist can measure the witness’s accuracy in such estimates, often showing that what the witness claims to be able to do is an impossibility. A case may hinge on whether an interval of time was ten minutes or twelve minutes, or whether a distance was three hundred or four hundred feet. A witness may swear positively to one or both of these points. The psychologist can show the court the limitations of the witness in making such estimates.
In a specific court case, the psychologist can assess the reliability of a particular witness’s evidence and help the judge and jury properly evaluate that testimony. For instance, a witness may confidently speak about their estimation of time and distance. The psychologist can evaluate the witness’s accuracy in these estimates, often revealing that what the witness believes they can do is actually impossible. A case might depend on whether a time interval was ten minutes or twelve minutes, or whether a distance was three hundred feet or four hundred feet. A witness might firmly assert one or both of these points. The psychologist can illustrate to the court the limitations the witness has in making such estimates.
Psychology can be of service in the examination of the criminal himself. Through association tests and in other ways, the guilt or innocence of the prisoner can often be determined, and his intellectual status can also be determined. The prisoner may be insane, or feeble-minded, or have some other peculiar mental disorder. Such matters fall within the realm of psychology. After a prisoner has been found guilty, the court should have the advice of the clinical psychologist in deciding what should be done with him.
Psychology can help in assessing the criminal. Through various tests and methods, we can often find out if the prisoner is guilty or innocent, as well as their mental capability. The prisoner might be mentally ill, have a low intelligence, or have another unusual mental condition. These issues are part of psychology. Once a prisoner is found guilty, the court should consult a clinical psychologist to determine the appropriate course of action.
It should be added that the court and not the attorneys should make use of the psychologist. Whenever a psychologist can be of service in a case in court, the judge should summon such assistance, just as he should if expert chemical, physical, physiological, or anatomical knowledge should be desired.
A knowledge of human nature can be of much service to society in the prevention of crime. This will come about from a better knowledge of the psychological principles of habit-formation and moral training, through a better knowledge of how to control human nature. A large percentage of all crime, perhaps as much as forty per cent, is committed by feeble-minded people. Now, if we can detect these people early, and give them the simple manual education which they are capable of receiving, we can keep them out of a life of crime.
Understanding human nature can greatly benefit society in preventing crime. This can be achieved through a better grasp of the psychological principles behind forming habits and moral education, as well as learning how to manage human behavior. A significant portion of crime, possibly as much as forty percent, is committed by individuals with intellectual disabilities. If we can identify these individuals early and provide them with the basic skills training they can handle, we can help steer them away from a life of crime.
Studies of criminals in reform schools show that the history of many cases is as follows: The person, being of low mentality, could not get on well at school and therefore came to dislike school, and consequently became a truant. Truancy led to crime. Crime sent the person to the court, and the court sent the person to the state reformatory.
Studies of criminals in reform schools show that the history of many cases is as follows: The person, having a low IQ, struggled in school and started to dislike it, which led to skipping classes. Skipping school led to crime. Crime got the person in front of the court, and the court sent them to the state reformatory.
The great duty of the state is the prevention of crime. Usually little can be done in the way of saving a mature criminal. We must save the children before they become criminals, save them by proper treatment. Society owes it to every child to do the right thing for him, the right thing, whether the child is an idiot or a genius. Merely from the standpoint of economy, it would be an immense saving to the state if it would prevent crime by the proper treatment of every child.
The main responsibility of the government is to prevent crime. Once someone becomes a serious criminal, it’s usually too late to change them. We need to help kids before they turn into criminals, and that means giving them the right support. Society has a duty to every child to do what’s best for them, regardless of whether they struggle or excel. From a financial perspective, it would save the government a lot of money if it focused on preventing crime by properly supporting every child.
Business. The contribution of psychology in this field, so far, is in the psychology of advertising and salesmanship, both having to do chiefly with the selling of goods. Students of the psychology of advertising have, by experiment, determined many principles that govern people when reading newspapers and magazines, principles having to do with size and kind of type, arrangement and form, the wording of an advertisement, etc. The object of an advertisement is to get the reader interested in the article advertised. The first thing is to get him to read the advertisement. Here, various principles of attention are involved. The next thing is to have the matter of the advertisement of such a nature that it creates interest and remains in memory, so that when the reader buys an article of that type he buys the particular kind mentioned in the advertisement.
Business. So far, psychology has contributed to this field mainly through the psychology of advertising and sales, which focus primarily on selling goods. Researchers studying advertising psychology have conducted experiments to uncover many principles that influence how people read newspapers and magazines, including aspects like font size and style, layout, and wording of ads. The goal of an advertisement is to pique the reader's interest in the product being promoted. The first step is to make sure they actually read the ad. This involves various principles of attention. Next, the content of the ad must be engaging enough to capture interest and stick in the reader's memory, so that when they decide to buy a product of that type, they choose the specific one mentioned in the ad.
In salesmanship, many subtle psychological principles are involved. The problem of the salesman is to get the attention of the customer, and then to make him want to buy his goods. To do this with the greatest success demands a profound knowledge of human nature. Other things being equal, that man can most influence people who has the widest knowledge of the nature of people, and of the factors that affect this nature. The successful salesman must understand human feelings and emotions, especially sympathy; also the laws of attention and memory, and the power of suggestion. A mastery of the important principles requires years of study, and a successful application of them requires just as many years of practice.
In sales, many subtle psychological principles are at play. The salesman's challenge is to grab the customer's attention and then make them want to buy what they're selling. To do this successfully requires a deep understanding of human nature. When everything else is equal, the person who can most effectively influence others is the one with the broadest knowledge of people's nature and the factors that impact it. A successful salesman needs to understand human feelings and emotions, particularly empathy; as well as the rules of attention and memory, and the impact of suggestion. Mastering these key principles takes years of study, and applying them successfully requires just as many years of practice.
The last paragraph leads us to a consideration of the general problem of influencing men. In all occu pations and professions, one needs to know how to influence other men. We have already discussed the matter of influencing people to buy goods. People who employ labor need to know how to get laborers to do more and better work, how to make them loyal and happy. The minister needs to know how to induce the members of his congregation to do right. The statesman needs to know how to win his hearers and convince them of the justice and wisdom of his cause. Whatever our calling, there is scarcely a day when we could not do better if we knew more fully how to influence people.
The last paragraph brings us to the broader issue of how to influence others. In every job and profession, it's important to know how to sway people. We've already talked about influencing people to buy products. Employers need to understand how to motivate workers to perform better and feel valued. A minister must learn how to inspire their congregation to act rightly. A politician has to figure out how to persuade their audience and make them believe in the fairness and wisdom of their ideas. No matter what we do, there's hardly a day when knowing more about how to influence people wouldn't help us do better.
Industry. The service of psychology here is four-fold: (1) Finding what men are fitted for. (2) Finding what kinds of abilities are demanded by the various trades and occupations. (3) Helping the worker to understand the psychological aspects of his work. (4) Getting the best work out of the laborer.
Industry. The role of psychology here has four main parts: (1) Identifying what people are suited for. (2) Discovering the types of skills needed in different jobs and careers. (3) Assisting workers in understanding the psychological factors related to their work. (4) Maximizing the productivity of the laborer.
Finding what men are fitted for. In the preceding chapter, we discussed the individual variations of men. Some people are better fitted physically and mentally for certain types of work than they are for other types of work. The determination of what an individual is fitted for and what he is not fitted for is the business of psychology. In some cases, the verdict of psychology can be very specific; in others, it can be only general. Much misery and unhappiness come to people from trying to do what they are not fitted by nature to do. There are many professions and occupations which people should not enter unless they possess high general ability. Now, psychology is able to measure general ability. There are many other occupations and professions which people should not enter unless they possess some special ability. Music, art, and mechanics may be mentioned as examples of occupations and professions demanding specific kinds of ability. In industrial work, many aspects demand very special abilities, as quick reaction, quick perception, fine discrimination, calmness and self-control, ingenuity, quick adaptation to new situations. Psychology can aid in picking out the people who possess the required abilities.
Finding what men are suited for. In the previous chapter, we talked about the individual differences among people. Some individuals are better suited physically and mentally for specific types of work than for others. Determining what an individual is suited for and what they are not is the job of psychology. In some cases, psychology can provide a very precise assessment; in others, it might only be general. A lot of misery and unhappiness comes from people trying to do what they're not naturally suited to do. There are many professions and occupations that individuals should avoid unless they have strong general abilities. Psychology can measure these general abilities. There are also many other occupations and professions that require specific skills; music, art, and mechanics are examples of fields that demand particular types of talent. In industrial work, many roles require very specific abilities, such as quick reactions, sharp perception, fine discrimination, composure and self-control, creativity, and the ability to adapt quickly to new situations. Psychology can help identify individuals who possess these necessary skills.
The different abilities demanded. It is the business of psychology to make a careful analysis of the specific abilities required in all the various works of life. There are hundreds of occupations and often much differentiation of work within an occupation. It is for the psychologist of the future to make this analysis and to classify the occupations with reference to the kinds of abilities demanded. Of course, many of them will be found to require the same kind of ability, but just as surely, many will be found to require very special abilities. It is a great social waste to have people trying to fill such positions unless they possess the specific abilities required.
The different abilities demanded. It's the role of psychology to carefully analyze the specific skills needed for all the various jobs in life. There are hundreds of occupations, and within each, there is often a lot of variation in the work. It's up to future psychologists to conduct this analysis and categorize jobs based on the types of skills required. Many jobs will indeed require similar skills, but just as certainly, many will require very specialized abilities. It’s a significant social waste to have people trying to fill such positions unless they have the specific skills required.
It should be the work of the high school and college to explain the possibilities, and the demands in the way of ability, of the various occupations of the locality. By possibilities and demands are meant the kinds of abilities required and the rewards that can be expected, the kind of life which the different fields offer. It is the further duty of the high school and college to find out, as far as possible, the specific abilities of the students. With this knowledge before them, the students should choose their careers, and then make specific preparation for them. The schools ought to work in close coöperation with the industries, the student working for a part of the day in school and a part in the industries. This would help much in leading the student to understand the industries and in ascertaining his own abilities and interests.
High schools and colleges should explain the opportunities and requirements for various local jobs. By opportunities and requirements, we mean the skills needed and the rewards to be expected, as well as the lifestyles that different careers offer. Additionally, it's the responsibility of these institutions to identify the specific skills of their students as much as possible. With this understanding, students should select their careers and then prepare specifically for them. Schools should collaborate closely with local industries, allowing students to spend part of their day in school and part in the workplace. This approach would greatly help students understand the industries better and discover their own abilities and interests.
The psychological aspects of one’s work. All occupations have a psychological aspect. They involve some trick of attention, of association, of memory. Certain things must be looked for, certain habits must be formed, certain movements must be automatized. Workmen should be helped to master these psychological problems, to find the most convenient ways of doing their work. Workmen often do their work in the most uneconomical ways, having learned their methods through imitation, and never inquiring whether there is a more economical way.
The psychological aspects of one’s work. Every job has a psychological component. They require certain attention techniques, associations, and memory skills. There are specific things to focus on, habits to develop, and movements to automate. Workers should be supported in tackling these psychological challenges and discovering the most efficient methods for their tasks. Often, workers perform their jobs in the least efficient ways, having learned their techniques through imitation without ever questioning if there’s a more efficient method available.
Securing efficiency. Securing efficiency is a matter of influencing men, a matter which we have already discussed. Securing efficiency is quite a different matter from that treated in the preceding paragraph. A workman may have a complete knowledge of his work and be skilled in its performance, and still be a poor workman, because he does not have the right attitude toward his employer or toward his work. The employer must therefore meet the problem of making his men like their work and be loyal to their employer. The laborer must be happy and contented if he is to do good work. Moreover, there is no use in working, or in living either, if one cannot be happy and contented.
Securing efficiency. Securing efficiency is all about influencing people, which we’ve already talked about. It’s a completely different issue than what we covered in the previous paragraph. A worker may fully understand his job and be skilled at it, yet still be an ineffective worker because he doesn’t have the right mindset towards his employer or his tasks. Therefore, the employer needs to tackle the challenge of helping his employees enjoy their work and feel loyal to the company. The worker needs to be happy and satisfied in order to perform well. Plus, there’s no point in working, or living for that matter, if you can’t be happy and satisfied.
We have briefly indicated the possibilities of psychology in the various occupations and professions. There is a further application that has no reference to the practical needs of life, but to enjoyment. A psychological knowledge of human nature adds a new interest to all our social experience. The ability to understand the actions and feelings of men puts new meaning into the world. The ability to understand oneself, to analyze one’s actions, motives, feelings, and thoughts, makes life more worth living. A knowledge of the sensations and sense organs adds much pleasure to life in addition to its having great practical value. Briefly, a psychological knowledge of human nature adds much to the richness of life. It gives one the analytical attitude. Experiences that to others are wholes, to the psychologist fall apart into their elements. Such knowledge leads us to analyze and see clearly what otherwise we do not understand and see only darkly or not at all. Literature and art, and all other creations and products of man take on a wholly new interest to the psychologist.
We have briefly highlighted how psychology can be applied in different jobs and professions. There’s another application that isn’t about practical needs but rather about enjoyment. A psychological understanding of human nature brings a new level of interest to all our social experiences. The ability to grasp the actions and emotions of others adds depth to our world. Knowing oneself, along with analyzing one's actions, motives, feelings, and thoughts, makes life more fulfilling. Understanding sensations and sense organs enhances our enjoyment of life, in addition to its practical benefits. In short, a psychological insight into human nature greatly enriches life. It fosters an analytical mindset. Experiences that seem complete to others can be broken down into their parts by a psychologist. This kind of knowledge enables us to dissect and clearly understand what we might otherwise see only vaguely or miss entirely. Literature, art, and all other human creations gain a completely new level of interest for the psychologist.
Summary. Psychology is of service to education in ascertaining the nature of the child and the laws of learning; to law, in determining the reliability of evidence and in the prevention of crime; to medicine, in the work of diagnosis and treatment; to business, in advertising and salesmanship; to the industries, in finding the man for the place and the place for the man; to everybody, in giving a keener insight into, and understanding of, human nature.
Summary. Psychology supports education by understanding children and how they learn; it helps law by evaluating the reliability of evidence and reducing crime; it assists medicine in diagnosing and treating patients; it aids business in marketing and sales; it helps industries by connecting people with suitable jobs; and it enhances everyone's lives by offering deeper insights into human nature.
CLASS EXERCISES
Visit a court room when a trial is in progress. Note wherein psychology could be of service to the jury, to the judge, and to the attorneys.
Visit a courtroom when a trial is happening. Observe how psychology could assist the jury, the judge, and the attorneys.
To test the reliability of evidence, proceed as follows: Take a large picture, preferably one in color and having many details; hold it before the class in a good light where all can see it. Let them look at it for ten or fifteen seconds, the time depending on the complexity of the picture. The students should then write down what they saw in the picture, underscoring all the points to which they would be willing to make oath. Then the students should answer a list of questions prepared by the teacher, on various points in the picture. Some of these questions should be suggestive, such as, “What color is the dog?” supposing no dog to be in the picture. The papers giving the first written description should be graded on the number of items reported and on their accuracy. The answers to the questions should be graded on their accuracy. How do girls compare with boys in the various aspects of the report? What is the accuracy of the underlined points?
To test the reliability of evidence, follow these steps: Take a large picture, preferably in color and rich in details; display it in front of the class in good lighting where everyone can see it. Allow them to observe it for ten to fifteen seconds, depending on the complexity of the image. Students should then write down what they noticed in the picture, underlining all the points they would confidently swear to. Next, students should answer a list of questions prepared by the teacher about various aspects of the picture. Some of these questions should be suggestive, like, “What color is the dog?” assuming there’s no dog in the picture. The initial written descriptions should be graded based on the number of items reported and their accuracy. The answers to the questions should also be graded for accuracy. How do girls compare to boys in different aspects of the report? What is the accuracy of the underlined points?
Let the teacher, with the help of two or three students, perform before the class some act or series of acts, with some conversation, and then have the students who have witnessed the performance write an account of it, as in No. 2.
Let the teacher, along with two or three students, demonstrate some actions or a series of actions, including some dialogue, in front of the class. Afterward, have the students who observed the demonstration write a summary of it, like in No. 2.
Divide the class into two groups. Select one person from each to look at a picture as in No. 1. These two people are then to write a complete account of the picture. This account is then read to another person in the same group, who then writes from memory his account and reads to another. This is to be continued till all have heard an account and written their own. You will then have two series of accounts of the same picture proceeding from two sources. It will be well for the two who look at the picture to be of very different types, let us say, one imaginative, the other matter-of-fact.
Divide the class into two groups. Choose one person from each group to look at a picture like in No. 1. These two individuals will then write a complete description of the picture. After that, one person in the same group will read their account to another, who will write their version from memory and read it to someone else. This process continues until everyone has heard an account and written their own. You will then have two sets of descriptions of the same picture coming from two different perspectives. It would be beneficial for the two who look at the picture to be of very different types, for example, one imaginative and the other practical.
Do all the papers of one series have some characteristics that enable you to determine from which group they come? What conclusions and inferences do you draw from the experiment?
Do all the papers in a series have certain characteristics that help you identify which group they belong to? What conclusions and insights do you gather from the experiment?
Does the feeling of certainty make a thing true? See how many cases you can find in a week, of persons feeling sure a statement is true, when it is really false.
Does feeling certain make something true? See how many examples you can find in a week of people who are convinced a statement is true when it’s actually false.
In the following way, try to find out something which a person is trying to conceal. Prepare a list of words, inserting now and then words which have some reference to the vital point. Read the words one by one to the person and have him speak the first word suggested by those read. Note the time taken for the responses. A longer reaction time usually follows the incriminating words, and the subject is thrown into a visible confusion.
In the following way, try to discover something that a person is trying to hide. Make a list of words, occasionally including words that relate to the key issue. Read the words one by one to the person and have them say the first word that comes to mind from those you've read. Keep track of the time it takes for their responses. A longer response time typically follows the incriminating words, and the subject shows noticeable confusion.
Talk to successful physicians and find out what use they make of suggestion and other psychological principles.
Talk to successful doctors and find out how they use suggestion and other psychological principles.
Could the qualities of a good teacher—native and acquired—be measured by tests and experiments?
Could the qualities of a good teacher—both natural and learned—be assessed through tests and experiments?
Visit factories where men do skillful work and try to learn by observation what types of mind and body are required by the different kinds of work.
Visit factories where people perform skilled work and try to learn by watching what kinds of skills and physical abilities are needed for the different types of jobs.
Does the occupation which you have chosen for life demand any specific abilities? If so, do you possess them in a high degree?
Does the career you've chosen require any special skills? If it does, do you have them to a significant extent?
Could parents better train their children if they made use of psychological principles?
Could parents train their kids better by using psychological principles?
In how many ways will the facts learned in this course be of economic use to you in your life? In what ways will they make life more pleasurable?
In how many ways will the facts you learn in this course be useful to you economically in your life? In what ways will they make your life more enjoyable?
Make a complete outline of this chapter.
Make a detailed outline of this chapter.
REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Münsterberg: Psychology, General and Applied, Chapter XXVII–XXXIII.
- Münsterberg: The Psychology of Industrial Efficiency.
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF REFERENCES FOR CLASS READING
- Colvin, S. S., and Bagley, W. C.: Human Behavior. The Macmillan Company, 1913.
- Davenport, C. B.: Heredity in Relation to Eugenics. Henry Holt & Company, 1911.
- Dewey, J.: How We Think. D. C. Heath & Company, 1910.
- Kellicott, W. E.: The Social Direction of Human Evolution. D. Appleton & Company, 1911.
- Kirkpatrick, E. A.: The Fundamentals of Child Study. The Macmillan Company, 1912.
- Münsterberg, H.: Psychology, General and Applied. D. Appleton & Company, 1914.
- Münsterberg, H.: The Psychology of Industrial Efficiency. Houghton Mifflin Company, 1913.
- Pillsbury, W. B.: Essentials of Psychology. The Macmillan Company, 1916.
- Pyle, W. H.: Outlines of Educational Psychology. Warwick and York, 1912.
- Pyle, W. H.: The Examination of School Children. The Macmillan Company, 1913.
- Rowe, S. H.: Habit-Formation and the Science of Teaching. Longmans, Green, & Company, 1911.
- Titchener, E. B.: A Beginner’s Psychology. The Macmillan Company, 1916.
GLOSSARY
Most of the terms given below are explained in the text, but it is hoped that this alphabetical list with brief definitions will prove helpful. It is a difficult task to make the definitions scientific and at the same time brief, simple, and clear.
Most of the terms listed below are explained in the text, but we hope this alphabetical list with short definitions will be helpful. It's a challenging job to make the definitions scientific while also being brief, simple, and clear.
- Abnormal.
- Having mental or physical characteristics widely different from those commonly found in ordinary people.
- Acquired nature.
- Those aspects of habit, skill, knowledge, ideas, and ideals that come from experience and are due to experience.
- Action.
- Muscular contractions usually producing motion of the body or of some part of the body.
- Adaptation.
- Adjustment to one’s surroundings.
- Adaptive.
- Readily changing one’s responses and acquiring such new responses as enable one to meet successfully new situations; also having tendencies or characteristics which enable one to be readily adjustable.
- After-images.
- Images that follow immediately after stimulation of a sense organ, and resulting from this stimulation.
- Association.
- Binding together ideas through experiencing them together.
- Attention.
- Relative clearness of perceptions and ideas.
- Attitude.
- The tendency toward a particular type of response in action or a particular idea or association in thought.
- Bond.
- The connection established in the nervous system which makes a certain response follow a certain stimulus or a certain idea follow another idea or perception.
- Capacity.
- The possibility of learning, achieving, etc.
- Color blindness.
- Inability to experience certain colors, usually red and green.
- Complementary color.
- Complementary colors are those which, mixed in the right proportion, produce gray.
- Congenital.
- Inborn.
- Connection.
- The nerve-path through which a stimulus produces a response or through which one idea produces or evokes another.
- Conscious.
- Having consciousness, or accompanying consciousness or producing consciousness.
- Consciousness.
- The mental states—perceptions, ideas, feelings—which
one has at any moment.
- Low level of consciousness.
- Conscious processes not so clear as others existing at the same time.
- High level of consciousness.
- Conscious processes that are clear as compared to others existing at the same time.
- Contrast.
- The enhancing or strengthening of a sensation by another of opposite quality.
- Correlation.
- The relation that exists between two functions, characteristics, or attributes that enables us, finding one, to predict the presence of the other.
- Development.
- The appearance, or growth, or strengthening of a characteristic.
- Emotion.
- The pleasure-pain aspect of experience plus sensations from characteristic bodily reactions.
- Environment.
- The objects and forces about us which affect us through our senses.
- Environmental instincts.
- Instincts which have originated, at least in part, from the periodic changes in man’s environment.
- Eugenics.
- The science of race improvement through selective breeding or proper marriages or in some cases through the prevention of marriage.
- Experience.
- What we learn of the world through sensation and perception.
- Fatigue.
- Inability to work produced by work and which only rest will cure.
- Feeble-minded.
- Having important mental traits only poorly developed or not at all.
- Feeling.
- The pleasure-pain aspect of experience or of ideational states.
- Function.
- The use of a thing or process, also any mental process or combination of processes considered as a unit.
- Genetic.
- Having reference to origin and development.
- Habits.
- Definite responses to definite stimuli depending upon bonds established by use after birth.
- Heredity.
- Transmission of characteristics from parent to offspring.
- Human nature.
- The characteristics and tendencies which we have as human beings, with particular reference to mind and action.
- Ideals.
- Definite tendencies to act in definite ways. Ideas of definite types of action with tendency toward the actions; ideas of definite conditions, forms, and states together with a desire to experience or possess them.
- Ideas.
- Revived perceptions.
- Images.
- Revived sensations, simpler than ideas.
- Imitation.
- Acting as we see others act.
- Impulse.
- Tendency to action.
- Individualistic instincts.
- Those instincts which more immediately serve individual survival.
- Individual differences.
- The mental and physical differences between people.
- Inherited nature.
- Those aspects of one’s nature due directly to heredity.
- Instincts.
- Definite responses produced by definite stimuli through hereditary connections in the nervous system.
- Intellectual habits.
- Definite fixed connections between ideas; definite ways of meeting typical thought situations.
- Intensity.
- The amount or strength of a sensation or image, how far it is from nothing.
- Interest.
- The aspect given to experience or thinking by attention and pleasure.
- Learning.
- Establishing new bonds or connections in the nervous system; acquiring habits; gaining knowledge.
- Memory.
- The retention of experience; retained and reproduced experience.
- Mental set.
- Mental attitude or disposition.
- Mind.
- The sum total of one’s conscious states from birth to death.
- Nerve-path.
- The route traversed by a nerve-stimulus or excitation.
- Original nature.
- All those aspects of mind and body directly inherited.
- Perceive.
- To be aware of a thing through sensation.
- Perception.
- Awareness of a thing through sensation or a fusion of sensations.
- Plasticity.
- Modifiability, making easy the formation of new bonds or nerve-connections.
- Presupposition.
- A theory or hypothesis on which an argument or a system of arguments or principles is based.
- Primary.
- First, original, elementary, perceptive experience as distinguished from ideational experience.
- Reaction.
- The action immediately following a stimulus and produced by it.
- Reasoning.
- Thinking to a purpose; trying to meet a new situation.
- Reflex.
- A very simple act brought about by a stimulus through an hereditary nerve-path.
- Response.
- The act following a stimulus and produced by it.
- Retention.
- Memory; modification of the nervous system making possible the revival of experience.
- Science.
- Knowledge classified and systematized.
- Sensation.
- Primary experience; consciousness directly due to the stimulation of a sense organ.
- Sense.
- To sense is to have sensation, to perceive. A sense is a sense organ or the ability to have sensation through a sense organ.
- Sense organ.
- A modified nerve-end with accompanying apparatus or mechanism making possible a certain form of stimulation.
- Sensitive.
- Capable of giving rise to sensation, or transmitting a nerve-current.
- Sensitivity.
- Property of, or capacity for being sensitive.
- Sensory.
- Relating to a sense organ or to sensation.
- Situation.
- The total environmental influences of any one moment.
- Socialistic instincts.
- The instincts related more directly to the survival of a social group.
- Stimulation.
- The setting up of a nerve process in a sense organ or in a nerve tract.
- Stimulus.
- That which produces stimulation.
- Subnormal.
- Having characteristics considerably below the normal.
- Tendency.
- Probability of a nerve-current taking a certain direction due to nerve-organization.
- Thinking.
- The passing of images and ideas.
- Thought.
- Thinking; an idea or group of ideas.
- Training.
- Establishing nerve connection or bonds.
- Vividness.
- Clearness of sensations, perceptions, images, and ideas.
INDEX
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M |
N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |
- Abilities, specialized, 179
- Ability, unusual, 206
- Adaptation of vision, 41
- After-images, visual, 40
- Ancestors, 22 f.
- Anger, 58
- Appearance of instincts, 54
- Applied psychology, 8–9, 210 ff.
- Association of ideas, 152
- Astigmatism, 44
- Attention, 80 ff.;
- and will, 82.
- Attitude, 157
- Causality, 18, 21
- Centrally initiated action, 51
- Child, nature of, 11
- Cold, sense of, 42
- Collecting instinct, 62
- College, function of, 217
- Color blindness, 45
- Color mixture, 39
- Color, sensation of, 38
- Completion test, 198
- Concentrated practice, 102
- Consciousness, 7
- Conservatism, 109
- Costly Temper test, 186
- Cramming, 141
- Criminal, the, 213 f.
- Curriculum, 145
- Darwin, 89
- Defects of sense organs, 43
- Development, individual, 24 ff.;
- Direct method, 112
- Dizziness, organs that give us sense of, 42
- Dramatization, 67
- Drill in school subjects, 110–112
- Dynamic, world as, 20
- Economical practice, 101 ff.
- Education, 210;
- Educational inferences, 143
- Educational psychology, 9 ff.
- Efficiency, 98, 108
- Emotions, 74 ff.
- Environment, 31
- Environmental instincts, 61
- Envy, 58
- Evolution, 19 ff.
- Exceptions, 101, 114
- Excursions, 61
- Experience, 8;
- organization of, 169
- Experiment, 13 ff.
- Eye, the, 37
- Eye defects, 43 ff.
- Eyestrain, 20
- Farsightedness, 44
- Fatigue, 101
- Fear, 56
- Feeble-mindedness, 29
- Feeling, 73 ff.
- Fighting instincts, 58
- Formal drill, III, 112
- Free association frequency surface, 178
- Free association test, 193
- Frequency of experience, 156
- Habit, 87 ff.;
- Hearing, 41;
- defects of, 45
- Heredity, 24 ff.
- Heredity vs. Environment, 31
- Heritage, social, 23
- High school and fourth grade abilities compared, 203
- High school, function of, 217
- Home and moral training, 118
- Idea, 52
- Ideas, 124
- Imitation, 64 ff.
- Imitation in ideals, 67
- Incidental drill, 111
- Individual development, 24 ff.
- Individual differences, 176 ff.
- Individualistic instincts, 56
- Industry, 216
- Influencing men, 215
- Inheritance, 22
- Inherited tendencies, 50 ff.
- Initiative, 113
- Instincts, 52 ff.;
- Interest, 84
- Intervals between practice, 102
- Language and thinking, 170 ff.
- Language study, 144
- Latin, 116
- Law, service of psychology to, 212
- Learning and remembering, 138
- Learning by wholes, 141
- Life occupations, 205
- Logical memory, 184 ff.
- Meaning, 163 ff.
- Medicine, 211
- Memories, kinds of, 132
- Memory, 124 ff.;
- Mendelian principle, 26
- Mental development, 19
- Mental differences, 178;
- Mental functions developed, 182
- Mental set, 157
- Mental tests, 183 ff.
- Mind and body, 34 ff.
- Mood, 78
- Moral training, 117 ff.
- Motive, 77
- Muscular speed, 14
- Museum, school, 62 ff.
- Musical ability, 179
- Pain sense, 42
- Parents, and habit-formation of children, 104 ff., 119
- Perception, 124
- Physiological basis of memory, 126
- Piano playing, 51, 97
- Pitch, 41
- Plasticity, 93
- Play, 68
- Pleasure and habit, 101
- Pleasure, higher forms of, 80
- Practice, 99, 113
- Primary experience, 154
- Psychology and culture, 218
- Psychology defined, 5;
-
Race, development of, 18 ff.;- improvement of, 30
- Ranking students, 15
- Reasoning, 159; training in, 168
- Recalling forgotten names, 146
- Recency of experience, 155
- Regeneration, 23
- Repetition, 99
- Respect for authority, 77
- Resemblance, 25
- Retina, the, 37 f.
- Revived experience, 125
- Rigidity, 108
- Rote memory, 189
- Rules for habit-formation, 113
- Salesmanship, 215
- School, and habit, 108;
- and moral training, 119 f.
- Schoolhouse, community center, 60 f.
- Science, 1
- Scientific law, 3
- Scientist, 1 ff.
- Securing efficiency, 218
- Selecting habits, 109
- Sense organs, affects of stimulating, 6, 7;
- knowledge through, 35
- Sleight’s experiment, 140
- Smell, 42
- Social life of children, 60
- Social tendencies, 59
- Stimulation, 6
- Stimulus and response, 50
- Study, learning how to, 132
- Subnormal children, 206
- Substitution test, 192
- Taste, 42
- Teacher, function of in memory work, 142;
- function of in habit-formation, 103
- Teaching too abstract, 129
- Temperament, 78
- Tendons, sense organs in, 42
- Thinking, 152 ff., 159
- Touch, 42
- Transfer of training, 114 ff., 140
- Truancies, 61
- Typewriting, 51, 94 ff.
- Wandering, 61
- Warmth, sense of, 42
- Weight, diagram showing frequency surface of, 177
- Word-building test, 197
- Work and psychology, 218
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!